R2011-142 - 2011-11-14ATTEST:
A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND,
TEXAS, AWARDING A BID FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES
ASSOCIATED WITH THE PEARLAND GATEWAY MONUMENT.
BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS:
Section 1. That the City opened bids for construction services associated with the
Pearland Gateway Monument, and such bids have been reviewed and tabulated.
Section 2. That the City Council hereby awards the bid to Architrave Construction
and Design, Inc., in the amount of $77,950.00.
Section 3. The City Manager or his designee is hereby authorized to execute a
contract for construction services associated with the Pearland Gateway Monument.
PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED this the 14 day of November, A.D., 2011.
L's NG,
ETARY
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
DARRIN M. COKER
CITY ATTORNEY
RESOLUTION NO. R2011 -142
TOM REID
MAYOR
nHid g4:40
Ra
O 0 C. 0 0 0
H o 0 0 0 0
O O I,- N
V) in o 0
N C)C 6) Nr N
p c' (NI C
ER to EA a)
CL E
7
C
a)G) OE
to
cC N
0 v v v v v
J O. c
d -
Q-' O)
C_
HHHHH `-
U U U U U
y0_rr a_ aa_ a_ a. r
V 0 dN M ~� M 7 Q
d N ts U
C C
C 0 O c- V C
C
a o0000 u) o
h N N N N N O
CD M M c," (h ol 'a
N
O p 8O O P. 0 R
C U
C X
O O
d) fa Ca
a-'cti XXXXX N
O 4-
N I- I- H 1- H 0 0
Es (6 2
0_ Q-
C C 0 N
U) N -- _c
UU '-' raa
o °)
E Q 0 p o O)
n 0 0 C c C a) O
C > 0 o o 0 0 o p t Q-a
_ O C) >, O c
CO N V 7 7 n a- U (a
-0 Ur O `- ,- 0 0 0 (a
Q 1 1 I H J o
-O C ,- p )
CN ay O O N O )
C N M G) O Q
(a O O Q
O
Od Co .- ZH c.)
06
c
i (n O L
.CId N U2 J C
E 7 o O N
Zc CO w a)
cn o + o_ o o n
7 y cy6 c O c c o O J
a > Y a) W U N y y
CS Q p CI c (6 Xcc C R
d �+ Oa' 0 _ C p C N O Q C1
a) ~ y 0 N E L '� u) -O E to IZ I7)
"0 a:+ TS Q 0 N CO E a O Q 0) 0 a) 3 0
[fli- COOU CL ZQpi W --) U IYfn =
October 18, 2011
City of Pearland
3519 Liberty Drive
Pearland, TX 77581
Attention: Mr. Skipper Jones
Project Manager
Projects Department
Reference: City of Pearland Gateway
Subject: Contract Award
Dear Mr. Jones:
Competitive bids for the City of Pearland—COP PN: PST01, Bid No. 0311-21 Pearland Gateway were
received and opened at 2:00 pm on October 13, 2011. Five bids were received with Total Bid Prices
ranging from $77,950.00 to$127,500.00. Architrave Construction & Design, Inc. submitted the low bid
price of$77,950.00
The City of Pearland has tabulated and Knudson, LP has reviewed all of the bids submitted. There were
no discrepancies found within the submitted bids.
The following is a list of the bids for the above referenced project. Only the Subtotal Base Bid Items and
Total Bid with Alternates are listed. They are listed from low to high.
Subtotal Base Bid Price:
Architrave Construction & Design, Inc. $77,500.00
Hoggatt, LP. $90,812.00
RAM Design+Build $95,272.00
Jerdon Enterprise, LP $101,101.00
Comex Corporation $132,000.00
Total Bid Price with Alternatives:
Architrave Construction & Design, Inc. $77,950.00
Hoggatt, LP. $92,477.00
RAM Design+Build $97,222.00
Jerdon Enterprise, LP $102,001.00
Comex Corporation $127,500.00
1
Upon review of these bids, phone conversations with references, and past project experience, we
recommend that the City of Pearland accept the Total Bid Price from Architrave Construction & Design,
Inc., in the amount of$77,500.00.
Please call me at 713.932.4011 if you have any questions or comments.
Sincerely,
Knudson, LP
Chris McBride
Project Manager
2
FOR
PEARLAND PARKWAY
COP PROJECT No.: PSTRO1
BID No.: 0311n21
June 29, 2011
Prepared By:
Knudson, LP
8588 Katy Freeway — Suite 441
Houston, TX 77024
713-463-8200
SECTION TITLE
CITY OF PEARLANI)
BRAZORIA COUNTY, TEXAS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 0 - BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
NO OF
PAGES
00100 Invitation to Bid 3
00200 Instructions to Bidders 8
00300 Bid Proposal 2
00500 Standard Form of Agreement 7
00610 Performance Bond 2
00611 Payment Bond 7
00612 One -Year Maintenance Bond 2
00615 Partial Waiver of Lien 1
00700 General Conditions of Agreement 58
00800 Special Conditions of Agreement 2
00811 Wage Scale for Engineering Construction 2
00850 Drawing Index 1
DIVISION 1-
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01100 Summary of Work 2
01140 Contractor's Use of Premises 4
01200 Measurement and Payment Procedures 3
01290 Change Order Procedures 4
01310 Coordination and Meetings 3
01350 Submittals 7
01380 Construction Photographs 3
01420 Referenced Standards 5
01430 Contractor s Quality Control 2
01440 Observation Services 1
01450 Testing Laboratory Services 2
01505 Temporary Facilities and Controls 10
01505 Mobilization 2
01550 Stabilized Construction Exits 4
01555 Traffic Control and Regulation 4
01560 Filter Fabric Fence 3
01562 Waste Material Disposal 3
01563 Tree and Plant Protection 4
01564 Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 8
01565 TPDFS Requirements 3
01566 Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation 5
01570 Trench Safety System 4
01580 Project Identification Signs 4
01600 Material and Equipment 3
00010 - 1 of2
CITY OF PEARLAND TABLE OF CONTENTS
01630
01720
01730
01760
01770
Product Options and Substitutions 3
Field Surveying 2
Cutting and Patching 3
Project Record Documents
7
Contract Closeout 2
DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK
02200 Site Preparation
02220 Site Demolition
02252 Cement Stabilized Sand
02255 Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials
02317 Excavation and Backfill for Structures
02330 Embankment
02910 Topsoil
02922 Sodding
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
03100 Concrete Formwork
03200 Concrete Reinforcing
03300 Cast in Place Concrete 2
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
04100 Masonry Mortar
04200 Manufactured Stone Masonry
04300 Unit Masonry
12
12
5
7
7
5
3
4
3
2
8
3
6
5
DIVISION 5 - METALS
05510 Sitework Metal Fabrications 6
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
16000 Electrical General 3
hND OF SECTION
00010 - 2 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID
Section 00100
INVITATION TO BID
CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS
Sealed Electronic Bids will be accepted for the following project, in the City's E-bid System.
Electronic bids shall be submitted through the City's web site at: www.cityofpearland org/bids.
All interested Bidders are required to register as a "supplier" on the City's E-bid System at the
above web address and clicking on "Supplier Registration". Registration provides automatic
access to any changes to the Plans, Specifications or Bid time and date.
However, submission of an E-bid requires completing a short registration questionnaire found on
this web site. For more information regarding registration instructions, See, INSTRUCT IONS
TO BIDDERS, Section 00200, included in the project bid documents viewable on the web site.
Questions iegarding electronic bidding should be directed to City Puichasing Officer at
ebids@ci pearland.tx.us
All Bids submitted electronically will remain confidential untill the opening date and time when
they will be opened and read into the public record.
Bids, shall be submitted on the form provided in the E-bid System and submitted electronically
through this system to the Office of the City Purchasing City of Pearland, City Hall located at
3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581. Electronic bids will be accepted until 2:00 p.m.,
Thursday, October 13 2011 All Bids shall reference the following project information in the
appropriate locations in provided electionic format. All properly submitted bids shall be publicly
"opened" and read aloud into the public record following the closing; of the acceptance period for
the construction of:
Pearland Gateway
City of Pearland, Texas
COP PN: PSTRO1
BID NO.: 0311-21
A mandatoiy pre -bid conference will be held at the City of Pearland City Hall at 3519 Liberty
Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 at 2:00 p.m. on Sept, 29, 2011 in the Second Floor Conference
Room
The project will entail the construction of the Pearland Gateway monument to be located within
the center median along Pearland Parkway south of Beltway 8. The work includes earthwork
and site grading, steel fabrication, masonry construction and includes an electrical alternate.
Upon award of a contract, the successful Bidder will be required to utilize the City's web based
project management software, Pro-Trak" for the administration of the construction pioject,
including but not limited to, all transmittals and material submittals BFI's, RFC's, Change
Orders, Applications for Payment and all project communications with the City, its Construction
Manager and Engineer. This system has certain hardware, Internet access and operation
requirements that form the basis for all pioject communications, documentation and records for
the project. For more information, see INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, Section 00200.
08, 2011 00100 - 1 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID
Electronic Bid Documents: including Contract Documents, Plans and Technical Specifications
are available foi download on the City's Website at: www cityofpearland.org/bids upon
registration. The documents are viewable without registration. These same documents are also
available at the following locations.
City of Pearland, City Hall
Purchasing Department
3519 Liberty Drive
Pearland, Texas 77581
Amtek Plan Room
4001 Sherwood
I-Iouston, TX 77092
The Associated General Contractors of America, Inc.
2400 Augusta, Suite 180
Houston, TX 77057
Associated Builders & Contractors of Greater Houston
3910 Kirby, Suite 131
Houston, TX 77098
Dodge Reports
10606 Hempstead Rd., Suite 110
Houston, Texas 77092
(281) 652-1600
(713) 956-0100
(713) 334-7100
(713) 523-6222
(713) 316-9411
No plan fees or deposits are required for plans and bid documents obtained through the City's E-
bid System. BIDDERS MUST REGISTER AS A SUPPLIER ON THE CITY'S E-BID
SYSTEM IN ORDER TO SUBMIT A BID EVEN IF BID DOCUMENTS ARE OBTAINED
VIA ONE OF THE PLAN HOUSES
Bidders accept sole responsibility for downloading all of the required documents, plans,
specifications bid forms and addenda required for bidding.
No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of sixty (60) days subsequent to the bid
opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland. Unless otherwise expressly provided
herein, all references to "day(s)" shall mean calendar day(s)
Bid Security and Bonds: Bid Security in the form of Cashier's Check, Certified Check, or Bid
Bond payable to the City of Pearland in the amount of 5% of the total base bid price must
accompany each proposal. Bidders submitting bids electronically through the E-bid System shall
scan and up -load a copy of the sealed Bid Bond as an attachment to their bid. Original Bid
Bonds shall be delivered to the City's Purchasing Officer prior to the opening of bids Bid
bonds shall be delivered to: Office of City Purchasing Finance Department, 2" Floor City Hall,
3519 Liberty Diive, Pearland, Texas 77581.
08, 2011 00100 - 2 of 3
CITY OF PEARL ND INVITATION TO 131ll
The successful Bidder must furnish Performance and Payment Bonds as required by Chapter
2253 of the Texas Government Code or other applicable law, as amended, upon the form
included in the Contract Documents, in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the
contract price, such bonds to be executed by a coi porate surety duly authorized to do business in
the State of Texas, and named in the current list of `Treasury Department Circular No 570",
naming the City of Pearland, Texas as Obligee. Additionally, the successful bidder shall be
required to provide a one year Maintenance Bond for the improvements installed as part of this
work, as provided in the Special Conditions of Agreement.
Equal Opportunity: All responsible bidders will receive consideration for award of contract
without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin
Selection Criteria: In determining to whom to award a contract, the City of Pearland may
consider: 1) purchase price; 2) reputation of the Bidder and Bidder's goods or services; 3)
quality of Bidder's goods or services; 4) extent to which the goods or seivices meet the Owner's
needs; 5) Bidder's past relationship with the Ownei 6) impact on the ability of Owner to comply
with laws and rules relating to contracting with historically underutilized businesses and
nonprofit o1 ganizations employing persons with disabilities; 7) total long-term cost to Owner to
acquire Bidder's goods or seivices; 8) the Qualifications of Bidders, including Financial
Statements of Bidders, identified in the Instructions to Bidders; and 9) any other relevant criteria
specifically listed in the Bidding Documents.
The City of Pearland reserves the right to reject any or all bids.
A bid that has been "opened" may *not be changed for the purposes of correcting an error in the
bid price.
Young Lofting, TRMS
City Secretary,
City of Pearland
First Publication date Sept. 21, 2011
Second Publication date Sept. 28, 2011
08, 2011 00100 - 3 of 3
CITY OFPEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Section 00200
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1. Defined Terms
1.1 The term "Owner" hereinafter is defined as the City of Pearland and is used
interchangeably with the term "the City". Both terms are synonymous and refer to the City.
1.2 The term "Bidder" means one who submits a Bid Proposal directly to Owner, as
distinct from a sub -bidder, who submits a bid to a Bidder. I'he term "Successful Bidder"
means the lowest responsible Bidder to whom the Ownei (on the basis of Owner's evaluation
as hereinafter provided) makes an award. The term "Bid Documents" includes the Invitation
to Bidders, Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Proposal, and the proposed Contract Documents
(including all Addenda issued prior to receipts of bids).
1.3 The term ` E-bid System" refers to the City's electronic bidding system. This is a web -
based system that provides all Bid Documents electronically to potential Bidders and forms the
pathway for interested Biddeis to submit bids in response to advertisement and invitation. The
term "e-bid" and/ or ' electronic bid" means the Bidders' electronic response submitted on the
electronic Bid Proposal to the Ownei by way of the E-bid System. The terms "electronic bid"
or `e-bid" are used inter -changeably to describe the above bid process to submit an authorized
bid to the City in response to an Invitation to Bidders.
1.4 The term "Pro-Trak" means the City's web -based contract administration and
construction records management system used by involved parties to administer the project.
This system serves as the web accessed centralized information distribution hub for
communications and document management, pay application processing and record retention
for all project documentation. Operational instructions for this system will be issued to the
successful Bidder at the pre -Construction Meeting.
1.5 All other definitions set out in the Contract Documents are applicable to terms used in
the Bidding Documents.
1.6 Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to "day(s)" shall mean
consecutive calendar day(s).
•
2. Registration for E-bid System
2.1 The Owner's E-bid System is accessible via the City's web site at
www.c tyofpearland orq/bids, Bid documents can be viewed by simply selecting a specific project
from the list and clicking on that project.
Potential Bidders MUST REGISTER as a "Supplier" by clicking on the Supplier
Registration button and completing the registration form. Registrants must provide data for
all categories marked with a "" and must select the following project bid categories:
Building Construction Services, New (includes Maintenance and Repair)
Construction Services, General "
cc
08 2011 00200 - 1 of 8
CITY OFPEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Construction Services, Heavy "
Construction Services, Trade (new construction)
Select the appropriate Time Zone for the Bidder's location and whether that location observes
Daylight Savings time. Complete the registration information providing all required contact
information and establish password security for the E-bid System. Once complete, ` suppliers'
will receive mails notifying of bid opportunities. Downloading any project bid data will
automatically place the bidder's contact information on the list of plan holders list and the E-
bid System will automatically send any and all updates, changes or addenda associated with
. that project.
2.2 The electronic Bid Proposal can only be submitted through this system. The form can
be printed for Bidder's use, but the Bid Proposal MUST be submitted on the electronic form
within the E-bid System.
2.3 Questions regarding use of the E-bid System may be directed by email to:
ebids@rci.pearland.tx.us
'4
3. Copies of Bidding Documents
3.1 Complete sets of `electronic" Bidding Documents are available for download to
registered Bidders at No Cost fiom the City s E-bid System at: www.cityofpearland.oig/bids
Interested Bidders must register as a "Supplier" on this site in order to receive the Bid
Documents, and all Addenda or other notifications of changes, including communications
from the Owner or Engineer. All Bid Documents are available to download and print.
3.2 The Bidder accepts sole responsibility for ensuring that he obtains a full set of these
documents by completing the registration and executing a full and complete download of the
project documents. Downloading of Bid Documents automatically ensures receipt of any and
all subsequent communications from the City or its Engineer.
3.2 Copies of Bidding Documents are available or may be viewed at any of the Plan
Houses listed in the Invitation to Bidders. It is recommended that all interested Bidders,
whether bidding directly to the Owner or Sub -bidders bidding to the Bidder, register as a
Supplier and download the project Bid Documents.
3.3 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing Bid Proposals; neither
Owner nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting fiom
the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents including, but not limited to all Addenda
issued prior to bid.
3.4 Owner and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above
terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bid Proposals on the Work, and do not confer a
license or grant for any other use.
4. Qualifications of Bidders
4.1 In determining to whom to award a contract, the City of Pearland may consider, in
addition to the other selection criteria identified in section 15 of these Instructions to Bidders,
the following Qualifications of Bidder, and each Bidder must be prepared to submit within two
(2) days of Owner s request any or all of such Qualifications requested:
08 2011
00200 - 2 of 8
CITY OFPEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1) A brief narrative of previous experience of the Bidder with projects of a similar nature and
scope;
2) A list, including owner name and project location, of on -going projects and contracts for
constiuction of projects of the Biddei which are not yet substantially complete;
3) A list of proposed subcontractors and suppliers for the project being bid;
4) A list of name, address and telephone number of references for projects completed by
Biddei; and
5) A Financial Statement of Bidder, consisting of the balance sheet and annual income
statement of Bidder for the Bidder's last fiscal year end preceding the submission of the Bid
Proposal, which has been audited or examined by an independent certified public accountant.
The Financial Statement of Bidder shall be used to determine a Bidder's net working capital,
%hich is defined as current assets less current liabilities. A Bidder's net working capital shall
be considered evidence of the Bidder's ability to provide sufficient financial management of
the project being bid. The Bidder s Financial Statement shall be clearly and conspicuously
marked as "confidential' , and shall be deemed and treated as confidential and excepted from
the Public Information disclosure requirements of Texas Government Code Section 552.001 et
seq., as such information, if released, would give advantage to a competitor or bidder, and/or
would cause substantial competitive harm to Bidder.
5. Examination of Contract Documents and Site
5.1 It is the responsibility of each Biddei before submitting a Bid Proposal, to (a) examine
the Bidding Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions
that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, (c) consider federal,
state and local laws and regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing
of the Work, (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract
Documents, and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors, omissions or discrepancies in the
Contract Documents, (f) to recognize and plan for use of the City's "Pro-Trak" software to
administer the construction process and perform the work of the project
5.2 Any reports of explorations and tests of conditions at the site which have been utilized
by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents will be made available to Bidders
for review, but such reports are not part of the Contract Documents. Bidder may not and
should not rely upon the accuracy of the data contained in such reports, interpretations or
opinions contained therein, or the completeness thereof, for the purposes of bidding or
construction.
5.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to
underground utilities, equipment or other underground facilities at or contiguous to the site is
based upon information and data furnished to Owner and Engineer by owners of such
underground facilities or others, and Owner does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or
completeness thereof
5.4 Before submitting a Bid Proposal, each Bidder will, at Bidder's own expense, make or
obtain any additional examinations, investigations explorations, tests and studies and obtain
any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface,
08 2011 00200 - 3 of 8
CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
subsurface and underground facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may
affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work and which Bidder deems
necessary to determine its Bid Proposal prices for performing and furnishing the Work in
accordance with the Contract Time, Contract Price and other terms and conditions of the
Contract Documents.
5.5 On request in advance, Owner will provide each prospective Bidder access to the site
to conduct such explorations and tests as each prospecth e Bidder deems necessary for
submission of a Bid Proposal. Prospective Bidders shall fill all holes, clean up and restore the
site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations.
5.6 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights -of -way and easements for
access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work are
identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for
temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by
Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures
are to be obtained and paid for by Owner unless otherwise provided in the Contract
Documents.
5.7 The submission of a Bid Proposal will constitute an incontrovertible representation by
Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without
exception the Bid Proposal is premised upon performing and furnishing all of the Work
required by the Contract Documents and such means, methods, techniques, sequences or
procedures of construction as may be indicated in, required by or reasonably inferred from the
Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to
indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and finnishing
of the Work.
6. Interpretations and Addenda
6.1 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed
to Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by Engineer in response to
such questions will be issued by Addenda delivered or transmitted by electronic means to all
registered Bidders in the City's E-bid System. Questions received less than five (5) days prior
to the date for opening of Bid Proposals may not be answered. Only questions answered by
formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be
without legal effect. .
6.2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by
Owner or Engineer. Addenda will automatically be made available to all registered Bidders
that have downloaded Bid Documents from the City's I+: -bid System.
7. Bid Security
7.1 Each Bid Proposal must be accompanied by bid security made payable to Owner in
an amount of five percent (5%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid Proposal price, in the form of a
certified check, cashier's check or a Bid Bond ("Bid Security").
7.2 Bidders filing bids electronically through the E-bid System shall scan and up -load a
copy of the sealed Bid Bond as an attachment to their bid. Original Bid Bonds shall be
08 2011
00200 - 4 of 8
CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
delivered to the City's Purchasing Officer prior to the opening of bids. Bid bonds shall be
delivered to: Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, 2" d Floor City Hall, 3519 Liberty
Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581.
7.3 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such time as Bidder
has executed the Standard Form of Agreement, and furnished the required Performance and
Payment Bonds, whereupon the Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to
execute and deliver the Standard Form of Agreement and furnish the required performance and
payment bonds within ten (10) days after the Notice of Award, Owner may annul the Notice of
Award and shall be entitled to make a claim against the Bid Security. The Bid Security of
other Bidders will be retained until after the Contract is awarded and the Standard Form of
Agreement becomes effective, or all bids are rejected, whereupon Bid Secuiity furnished by
such Bidders will be returned.
8. Contract Time
8.1 The number of days in which the Work is to be Substantially Completed, as set forth in
the Bid Proposal form and the Standard Form of Agreement, subject to such extension of time
as may be due under the teims and conditions of the Contract Documents ("Contract Time").
All references to "time' or "days" shall be interpreted as consecutive calendar days.
9. Liquidated Damages and Early Completion Bonus
9.1 Provisions for liquidated damages and early completion bonus, if any, are set forth in
the Standard Form of Agreement.
10 Substitute or "Or -Equal" Items
10.1 The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of the selected materials and equipment
described in the Plans or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible
substitute or ' or -equal' items. Whenever it is indicated in the Plans or specified in the
Specifications that a substitute or "or -equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished
or used by the Contractor if acceptable to hngineer, application for such acceptance will not be
considered by Engineer until after the Agreement becomes effective. All "or -equal" references
shall be interpreted to mean "or approved equal'. The procedure for submission of any such
application by Contractor and consideration by Engineer is set forth in the Contract
Documents.
11. Bid Form
11.1 The Bid Proposal form (Section 00300 — Bid Proposal) is included with the Bidding
Documents when downloaded. This Document must be printed and signed, as required below,
and then uploaded as an Attachment to the Bid.
All E-bids must be submitted on the City's official E-bid System Bid Proposal document. All
blanks on the Bid Proposal form must be completed or tilled in. The Bidder shall bid all
Alternates, if any. Incomplete Bid Proposals may be cause for rejection.
08 2011 00200 - 5 of 8
CITY OF PPARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
11.2 Bid Proposals by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president
or a vice-president (or other corporate officer accompanied be evidence of authority to sign)
and the corporate seal must be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary.
The corporate address and state of incorporation must be shown below the signature. Once
executed the document is to be uploaded as an attachment to the Bid.
11.3 Bid Proposals by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by
a general partner, whose title must appear under the signature, and if a corporate general
partner, executed as required above for corporations and the official address of the partnership
must be shown below the signature. All names must be typed or printed below the signature.
Once executed the document is to be uploaded as an attachment to the Bid.
11.4 The Bidder shall acknowledge receipt of all Addenda (the number of which must be
tilled in on the Bid P 'oposal form).
11.6 The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid Proposal
must be shown on the Bid Proposal form.
12. Submission of Bid Proposals
12.1 The place, date and/or time designated for opening Bid Proposals may be changed in
accordance with applicable laws, codes and ordinances. Any such changes to the Bid Schedule
shall be made by Addenda.
12.2 Electronic Bids shall be submitted per the requirements, instructions, terns and
conditions as stated in the registration and submittal instructions of the City's F-bid System
electronic bidding software. All Bidders utilizing this system MUST register as a potential
supplier, (Bidder). E-Bids are submitted directly via the City's Web based system located at
www.cityofpearland.orq/b,ds.
Bid Proposals submitted after the bid date and time will be rejected.
13. Modification and Withdrawal of Bid Proposals
13.1 Prior to submission, E-bid Bid Proposals may be modified or withdrawn without
prejudice.
13.2 Once submitted, Bid Proposals may only be modified by an appropriate document duly
executed (in the manner that a Bid Proposal must be executed) and delivered to Office of City
Purchasing, Finance Department, 2nd Floor City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas
77581 and submitted any time prior to the opening of Bid Proposals.
13.3 A Bidder may not modify or withdraw its Bid Proposal by verbal, facsimile or verbal
means. A withdrawn Bid Proposal may be resubmitted prior to the designated time for
opening Bid Proposals. No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of sixty (60) days
subsequent to the bid opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland.
13.4 If, within twenty-four (24) hours after Bid Proposals are opened any Bidder files a
duly signed, written notice with Owner and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable
satisfaction of Owner that there was a material mistake in the preparation of its Bid Proposal,
that Bidder may request to withdraw its Bid Proposal and the bid security may be returned or,
at the discretion of the Owner, Owner may make a claim against the bid security. Thereafter,
08 2011 00200 - 6 of 8
CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
that Bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on the Project to be provided under the
Contract Documents.
14. Opening of Bid Proposals
14.1 Bid Proposals will be opened and (unless obviously non -responsive) read aloud
publicly. An abstract of the amounts of the base Bid Proposals and major alternates (if any)
will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bid Proposals. Bid Proposals, in their
entirety, shall be open for public inspection after the contract is awarded, with the exception of
any trade secrets or confidential information contained therein, provided Bidder has expressly
identified any specific information contained therein as being trade secrets of confidential
information.
15. Bid Proposals to Remain Subject to Acceptance
15.1 All Bid Proposals will remain subject to acceptance for sixty (60) days after the day of
the Bid Pioposal opening, but Owner may, in its sole discretion, release any Bid Proposal and
return the bid security prior to that date.
16. Award of Contract
16.1 Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bid Proposals, to waive any and all
informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work and to negotiate contract terms
with the Successful Bidder Owner may reject a bid as non -responsive if 1) Bidder fails to
provide required Bid Security, 2) Bidder improperly or illegibly completes or fails to complete
all information required by the Bidding Documents; 3) Bidder fails to sign the Bid Proposal or
improperly signs the Bid Proposal; 4) Bidder qualifies its Bid Proposal; 5) Bidder tardily or
otherwise improperly submits its Bid Proposal 6) Biddei fails to submit the Qualifications of
Bidder as requited under section 3 of these Instructions to Bidders; of 7) Bid Proposal is
otherwise non -responsive. In determining the best value for the Owner, and in determining to
whom to award a contract, Ownei may consider: 1) purchase price; 2) reputation of the Bidder
and Bidder's goods or seivices; 3) quality of Bidder's goods or services; 4) extent to which the
goods of services meet the Owner s needs; 5) Bidder's past relationship with the Owner; 6)
impact on the ability of Owner to comply with laws and rules relating to contracting with
historically underutilized businesses and nonprofit organizations employing persons with
disabilities; 7) total long-term cost to Ownei to acquire Bidder's goods or seavices 8) the
Qualifications of Bidder; and 9) any other relevant criteria specifically listed in the Bidding
Documents. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be
resolved in favor of the unit prices. Disciepancies between the indicated sum of any column
of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favoi of the correct sum.
16.2 In evaluating Bid Proposals, Ownei will consider the Qualifications of the Bidders,
whether or not the Bid Proposals comply with the prescribed requirements, and such
alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Proposal form or prior to
the Notice of Award.
16.3 Owner may conduct such investigations as Owner deems necessary to assist in the
evaluation of any Bid Proposal and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial
08 20 I 1 00200 - 7 of 8
CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations to
perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, to Owner's
satisfaction, within the Contract Time.
16.4 The contract is to be awarded to the lowest responsible Bidder and may be let on either
a lump sum basis or a unit cost basis dependent on the Bid Proposal format. Acceptance of
any and all bids may be conditioned on compliance with the requirement for attendance of the
mandatory pre -bid meeting.
17. Contract Security
17.1 When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Standard Form of Agreement to
Owner, it must be accompanied by the Performance, Payment, Maintenance and Surface
Correction Bonds required by the Conti act Documents. Bonds may be on the forms provided
herein or an equal form containing no substantive changes, as determined by Owner.
18. Signing of Agreement
18.1 When Owner gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied
by the required number of unsigned counter parts of the Standard Form of Agreement, and the
required Performance and Payment Bond forms. Within ten (10) days thereafter Contractor
shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Standard Form of Agreement
to Owner with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter, Owner shall deliver one
fully signed counterpart to Contractor. There shall be no contract or agreement between
Owner and the Successful Bidder until proper execution and attestation of the Standard Form
of Agreement by authorized representatives of the Owner.
19. Pre -bid Conference
19.1 A pre -hid conference will be held as indicated in the Invitation to Bid. Attendance at
the pre -bid conference is MANDITORY to fulfill the prerequisite requirements for Bidders
bidding directly to the Owner.
20. Retainage
20.1 Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Contract Documents.
END OF SECTION
08 2011 00200 - 8 of 8
(1171Y OE I'I,,ARLANI)
BID PROPOSAL
Section 00300
BID PROPOSAL
Date: /c//3 //
Bid of 4re4/t-tai',c irenoerathis IN -fly ae, an individual proprietorship /
corporation organized and existing under the law of the State of Texas / a partnership consisting
of�.� 7 7 Y SG • ‘)() , for the construction of:
Pearland Gateway
City of Pearland, Texas
COP PN: PSTRO1
BID NO.: 0311-21
(Submitted in Electronic format)
To: The Honorable Mayor and City Council of Pearland
City of Pearland
3519 Liberty Drive
Pearland, Texas 77581
Pursuant to the published Invitation to Bidders, and Instructions to Bidders, the undersigned
. .- - - work -necessary superintendence, labor,
Bidder hereby proposes to perform all the and furnish all p
machinery, equipment, e ui ment, tools and materials, and whatever else may be necessary to complete all
the work described in or reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents for the construction of
the Pearland Gateway with all related appurtenances, complete, tested, and operational, in
accordance with the Plans, and Specifications prepared by the Architect, Knudson, LP 8588 Katy
Houston,Texas 77024, under the Cityof Pearland's inspection for the unit
Freeway, Suite 441,
prices or applicable prices set forth in Exhibit ``A", the electronic bid form as contained in the
1 pp
City's E-bid system, which, once fully executed and submitted shall constitute a legal and
executable from the Bidder. It is understood that, in the event any changes are ordered
proposal
on any part of the Work, the applicable unit prices bid shall apply as additions to or deductions
1
from the total prices for the parts of the Work so changed.
The Bid Security required under the Instructions to Bidders is included and has been uploaded as
✓' ' � fully - signed andsealed hard copy has
an attachment within the E-bid system and, that a executed, signed 1
been delivered thetoCity Office of Purchasing, Finance Department, 2" Floor, City Hall, 3519
Liberty Drive, Pearland Texas 77581.
The Bidder agrees to submit to the Owner the Qualifications of Bidder, including the Financial
Statement of Bidder, as required by the Instructions to Bidders if requested to do so as a condition
of the Bid review.
The Bidder binds himself, upon acceptance of his proposal, to execute the Standard Form of
Agreement and furnish a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond, each in the amount of one
hundred percent 100%) of the total Contract Price, according to the forms included in the
Contract Documents, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated and for
the prices stated in Exhibit "A"
of this proposal along with all required insurance in the required
amounts.
08/201 1
00300 - 1 of 2
CITY OF PEA1?LAND
BID PROPOSAL
The undersigned Bidder agrees to commence work within 10 days of the date of a. written notice to
e �
commence work.
rk It is understood that the Work is to be Substantially Complete within 120 days
after the date of the notice to commence work. Time for Substantial Completion shall begin on
the date esta
blished by the notice to commence work. The Contractor will pay liquidated damages
in the amount(s) spe
cified in Document 00500 — Standard Form of Agreement in the event the
Work is not Substantially Complete in this time limit.
isagreedthatthe Contract Price be increased or decreased to cover work added, altered, or
It may
deleted by order ofEngineer, the En 7ineer in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions of
Agreement.
ersi 7ned that the amounts bid in this Bid Proposal will not be withdrawn or
The undersigned agrees.
for sixtydays following date of Bid Proposal opening, or such longer period as may
modified _ �
be agreed to in writing by the City of Pearland and Bidder.
that in the event the Successful Bidder fails to enter into the Standard Form of
It is understood t nt and/or to furnish a Performance Bond and Payment Bond, each in the amount of one
Agreement hundred (100) percent of the Contract Price, along with all required insurance in the stated
within ten(10)da ;s of the Notice of Award, the Successful Bidder will forfeit the Bid
ai110tll1tS �
Security as pr
ovided ' in the Instructions to Bidders. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein,
all references to "day(s)" shall mean calendar day(s).
The
Bidder acknowledges that the following Addenda have been received. The modifications to
the Bidding Documents noted therein have been considered and all costs thereto are included in
the Bid Proposal prices.
Addendum No.: �� Date: o / Addendum No.: Date:
Addendum No.: 2- Date: 4/2 // Addendum No.: Date:
Bidder herebyrepresents
that the only person or parties interested in this offer as principals are
th
ose named . Bidder has not directly or indirectly entered into any agreement, participated in any
collusion. or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding
Firm Name: 4.e/ / i , 8 -/ at n
m (444M{yr, ..fic-- .
ATTEST:
By: ?aid Aiv/viPer
Titi e: .P/e,/Jt/9 /e
geniaan, �y� %���/
Address: //(3 /le,60iltel /bJ#26(//�Phone No: 2svi en 740
(t44i3 /L#r
ed o�Pij-ted a )
Signature
Date: /a//3///
END OF SECTION
(Seal. if Bidder is a Corporation)
00300 - 2 of 2
08/201 1
CITY OF PEA.RLAND
BID PROPOSAL
Item
Spec.
Estimated
No.
No.
Bid
Item
Description
Unit
Quantity
Amount
Bid
BASE
BID
ITEMS
GENERAL
AND
SITE
WORK
1
01505
Mobilization
(Limit
of
3%
of
Total
Bid)
LS
1
i�
2 CO
I
2
Bonds
and
Insurance
(3%
of
Total
Bid)
LS
1
/
9
GatewayMonument
inplace
LS
1
&I
�Q
3
—
complete
p���i
TOTAL - LUMP SUM BASE BID PRICE
Estimated
Quantity
Unit
Price
Item
No.
Spec.
No.
Bid
Item
Description
Unit
Amount
Bid
BID
ALTERNATE
ITEMS
GENERAL
AND
SITE
WORK
EA
3/522
1
Existing
Tree
Transplant
___e_r-)
__
TOTAL - BASE BID PLUS BID ALTERNATE PRICE
Note: Quantities shown on the Bid Form are solely for comparison of Bids. Each Bidder is
responsible for calculating quantities and Bid amounts based on the Drawings and
Specifications, and are solely responsible for the volumes, quantities, and units
incorporated into his or her Bid.
•
06/2008
Bidder's Initial's:
00 of 1
CITY OF PEARLAND
ADDENDUM
PROJECT:
BID NO.:
BID DATE:
FROM:
Section 00901
ADDENDUM NO. 1
Date: 10/12/11
Pearland Gateway
0311-21
Thursday, October 13, 2011
Chris McBride
Project Manager
Knudson, LP
8588 Katy Freeway — Suite 441
Houston, TX 77024
To: Prospective Bidders and Interested Parties
This addendum forms a part of the bidding documents and will be incorporated into the Contract
Documents, as applicable. Insofar as the original Contract Documents, Specifications, and
Drawings are inconsistent, this Addendum shall govern. Please acknowledge receipt of this
Addendum on both copies of the Bid Proposal form, Section 00300 submitted to the City of
Pearland. FAILURE TO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDA ON THE BID
PROPOSAL FORM MAY BE CAUSE FOR DISQUALIFICATION.
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:
N/A
SPECIFICATIONS:
N/A
CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS:
N/A
GENERAL INFORMATION:
Is the $5 Million in umbrella coverage are requirements for this project?
Yes, per the City of Pearland Attorney, $5 Million in umbrella coverage will be required.
07/2006
00901 - 1 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND ADDENDUM
In regards to the cast stone inset piece, 3/" thickness is currently shown but the piece cannot be
fabricated at that size as one whole piece? Are we to bid smaller pieces at a 3/" thickness in order
to fit the dimensions shown?
The cast stone inset piece is to be 4" in thickness to allow for one piece to be installed at each
location shown on the drawings. Contractor will need to form the inner concrete section to allow
for this thickness to be installed so that the cast stone will sit flush with the adoquin stone veneer.
The aluminum posts cannot be ordered per the dimensions shown on the drawings
(12"x12"x1/4"), can a steel substitute be submitted?
Yes, the contractor can substitute the aluminum posts with steel posts that are galvanized and
power coated. Powder coat finish to be selected and approved by owner.
END OF ADDENDUM NO. 1
Chris McBride
Project Manager
07/2006 00901 - 2 of 2
CITY OE PLARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT
Section 00500
STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT
THIS A 1REEMENT is by and between City of Pentland (hereinafter called OWNER or City) and
r oe I(� �.�,�_ � 4 byes u.I-_(,.tee.. (hereinafter called CON 1'RAC`1'OR).
OWNI'FR and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth,
agree as fellows:
Article 1. WORK
CONTRACTOR shall complete all work as specified or indicated in or reasonably
inferable from the Contract Documents (hereinafter the "Work"). 'I 'he Work is generally
described as follows:
Pendant' Gateway
City of Pearland, Texas
COP PN: PSTROI
BID NO.: 0311-21
Artiele 2. ENGINEER
The Work has been designed by Knudson l.,P 8588 Katy Freeway - Suite 441, Houston,
TX 77024 who is hereinaftct called ENGINEER and who is to assume all duties and
responsibilities and have the tights and authority assigned to ENG NFER in the Contract
Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
Article 3. CONTRAGI TIME
3.1 The Work will be Substantially Complete (as defined in Article 1 of the General
Conditions) within one hundred and twenty (120) days (including weekends and
holidays) from the date when (he Contract Time commences to run as provided in
paragraph 5.01 of the General Conditions (as revised in the Special Conditions if
applicable), and completed and ready for Final Payment within. one hunched and
fifty (1.50) clays from the date when the Contract Time commences to run. No work
will be allowed on Sundays
3.2 Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the
essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is
not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.1 above, plus any
extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 5 of the General Conditions.
OWNER and CON'l RAC fOR also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties
involved in I roving to a legal or arbitration preceding the actual loss suffered by
OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring
any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for
delay (but not as a pcn•ilt.y) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER two hundred and
00500 1 o1'7
02/2008
CITY OR 1 !ARLAND STANI)AR1) FORM OF AGREEMENT
fifty dollars (S250,00) for each clay that expires after the time specified in
paragraph 3,1 for Substantial Completionuntil the Work is substantially complete.
After Substantial. Completion, if CONTRACTOR shall neglect, refuse or fill to
complete the remaining Work within the time set out in the Certificate of
Substantial Completion or any proper extension thereof granted by OWNER,
CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER. two hundred and fifty dollars ($250.00) tor
each day that expires after the time specified in the Certilic.atc of Substantial
Completion for completion and readiness for Final Payment.
3.3 inspection Time. Working hours for the Pearland Inspection personnel are from
7:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday excluding City approved holidays.
The Contractor shall notify the OWNER of any required inspection overtime work
at least 48 hours in advance and shall pay the overtime wages for the required. City
Inspections,
Article 4. CONTRACT PRICE.
4.1 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in strict
accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds $ (the
"Contract Price").
The Contract Price includes the Base Bid as accepted by OWNER as shown in.
Document 00300 Bid Proposal.
Article 5, PAYMENT PROCEDURES
02/2008
CONTRACTOR shall subunit Applications for Payment in accordance with Section 6.0
"Measurement tnd Payment" of the General Conditions. Application for Payment will be
processed by ENGIN F1 R as pro\ i.ded in the Gene %al Conditions.
5.1 Progress Payments. OWNI-iR shall make progress payments on account of the
Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's .Application for Payment as
recommended by ItNGINFF;K as provided below. All. progress payments will be
on the basis of the progress of the Work and actual quantity of Work completed, in
accordance with Article 6 `Measurement and Payment ' of the General Conditions,
5.1.1 Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an
amount equal to the percentage or actual quantity of Work complete, but, in
each case less the aggregate of payments previously made and Tess such
amounts as ENGINE:KR shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in
accordance with the General Conditions, The OWNI.;IZ shall make pay ment
within 30 days of receipt of application for payment by the ENGINE)-`R.
5.1,2. Each progress payment shall be Tess retainagc as specified in Paragraph 6.06
of the General Conditions, and !lathes less all previous payments and all
further sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this
Agreement. It is understood, Ito«over. that in case the whole work be near
to completion and some unexpected and unusual delay occurs due to no
fault or neglect on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may upon
00500-2tof7
c17'Y(7FPEARI,AND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT
written recommendation of the ENGINEER pay a reasonable and equitable
portion of the retained percentage to the CONTRACTOR, or the
CONTRACTOR at the OWNI R's option, may be relieved of the obligation
to fully complete the Work ind, thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall
receive payment of the balance due him under the contract subject only to
the conditions stated under "Final Payment."
5.2 Final Payment. UJponfinalcompletion and acceptance Of the Work in accordance
with paragraph 6.08 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of
the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph
6.08.
Article 6. IN' I'I ? R.KS`1.'
Interest on any overdue payment from OWNER to CONTRACTOR. shall be paidin
accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2251 of the Texas Government Code as
amended.
Article 7. CONTRACTOR'S RFPRESENI A BONS
In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement CONTRACTOR makes the
folIing representations:
7.1 CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the Contract
Documents, Work, site, locality, and all Local conditions and Laws •ind Regulations
that in any manner ma} affect cost, pr)gress, performance or furnishing of the
Work.
7.2 CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all available surveys, assessments, reports of
explorations investigations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of
physical conditions of the site. Such technical reports and drawings are not
Contract Documents, an.cl Owne l makes no representations or warranties as to the
accuracy of such documents or information, or to whether or not they are complete,
comprehensive, or all-inclusive.
7.3 CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for
obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations,
explorations, tests, reports, and studies (in addition to or to supplement those
referred to in paragraphs 7.2 above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical
conditions at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress,
pertim mance or furnishing of the Work ,and CONTR.AC'i'OR asstunes the risk of
such subsurface and physical conditions, andshall furnish the Work at the Contract
Price, within the Co Tract Time and in accoidance with the other terms and
conditions of the Contract Documents; and no additional examinations
investigations, explorations, tests reports and studies or similar information or data
are of will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes.
'7.4 CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or
indicated on the Contract documents with respect to existing underground facilities
02/2008 00500 - 3 of 7
CITY OFPEARL,AND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT
at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of
said underground facilities. No additional exam►nvitions, investigations,
explorations, tests, reports studies or similat information or data in respect of said
underground facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR to order to
perfo►tn. and finish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in.
accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents,
7.5 CONTRACTOR has. correlated the results of all such observations, examinations,
investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies with the terms and conditions
of the Contract Documents.
7.6 CONTRACTOR. has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or
discrepancies in. the Contract Documents of which Contractor knew or should have
known, and CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work at the Contract Piiee, within
the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the
Contract Documents, including any written resolution of any such conflict, error or
discrepancy by ENGINEER.
Article 8. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contract Documents, which comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and
CONTRACTOR concerning the Work, consist of the following, each of which are
incorporated herein by reference:
8.1 Standard (Form of Agreement (Section. 00500).
8.2 Performance, Payment, and/or Maintenance Bonds (Sections 00610, 00611 and
00612).
8.3 General Conditions of Agreement (Section 00700), including Attachment No. 1
Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage, Attachment No. 2 Agreement for
Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, and Attachment No. 3 Owner's
Insurance Requirements of Contractor.
8.4 Special Conditions of Agreement (Section 00800).
8.5 Plans, consisting of sheets numbered 1 through 7 inclusive withattachments with
each sheet bearing the following general title: Pearland Gateway.
8.6 Instructions to Bidders and CONTRACTOR's Bid Proposal, including any
Addenda referenced therein.
8.7 Teclrical Specifications for the Work.
8.8 The following, which may be d.clivered. or 'ssucd after this Agreement becomes
effective: Any Change Oiders or other documents amending, modifying, or
supplementing the Contract Documents in accordance with the General Conditions.
There a►e no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 8. The
Contract Documents may only be amended, modified of supplemented as provided in the
02/2008 00500 t of 7
CITY OFREMAND STANIDAItII) I+ORM OF AGREEMENT
General Conditions.
Article 9. MISCF1,I.ANhOUJS
9.1 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Section 1, "Definitions and
Interpretations of the General. Conditions will have the meanings indicated in the
General Conditions.
9.2 No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract
Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the -mitten consent of
the party sought to be bound; and specifically but without limitation moneys that
ma) become clue and moneys that are clue may not be. assigned without such
consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by
law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an
assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from. any duty or
responsibility under the Contract Documents.
9,3 OWNER and CONTRAC FOR each hinds itself, its partners, successors, assigns
and legal representative to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns
and legal representatives in respect of all covenants, agreements and obligations
contained in the Contract. Documents.
9.4 CONTRACTOR agrees to warranty the Work for a period of one (1) year from
Substantial Completion against defects in materials and workmanship.
CONTRACTOR agrees to repair or replace any defective vcorlc within this wananty
period in an expeditious manner at no additional cost to OWNER
9. "flat Work will be completed according to the Contract Documents and in
accordance with codes, oidinances, and construction standards of the City of
Pearland, and all applicable laws, codes and regulations of governmental
authorities.
9.6 In the event any notice period required under the Contract Documents is found to
be shorter than any minimum period prescribed by applicable law, the notice period
required shall be construed to be the minimum period presci ibed by applicable law.
9.7 This Contract and the Contract Documents, insofar as they relate in any part or in
any way to the Work undertaken therein constitute the entire agreement between
the parties hereto, and it is expressly understood and agreed that there are no
agreements or promises by and between said parties, except as aforesaid, and that
any additions thereto or changes shall he in writing.
9.8 The provisions of this Contract shall be applied and interpreted in a manner
consistent with each other so as to early out the purposes and the intent of the
parties, but it foi any reason any provision is unenforceable or ins alid, such
provisions shall be deemed severed from this Contract and the remaining
provisions shall be cairied out with the same force and effect as if the severed
provision had not been part of this Contract.
02/2008 00500 - 5 of 7
CITY OFPEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT
9.9 The headings of the paragraphs are included solely for the convenience of ►'eference
and if there is any conflict between the headings and the text of this Contract, the
Cont► act text shall control.
9.10 The waiver of any breach hereof shall not constitute a waiver of any subsequent
breach of the same or any other provision hereof. Failure by the OWNER in an)
instance to insist upon observance or perfoimancc by CONTRACTOR shall not be
deemed a waiver by CONTRACTOR of any such observance or perlormance. No
waiver will be binding upon OWNER. unless in writing and then will be for the
particular instance only. Payment of any sum by OWNER to CON1. RAC FOR with
knowledge of any breach or default will not be deemed a waiver of such breach or
default or any other breach or default.
9.11 The CONTRACTOR. acknowledges that the OWNER (through its employee
handbook) considers the following to be misconduct that is grounds for termination
of an employee of the OWNER' Any fraud., forgery, misappropriation of funds,
receiving payment for services not pc► formed or for hours not worked, mishandling
or untruthful repo►ting of money transactions, destruction of assets, embezzlement,
accepting materials of value from vendors, or consultants, and/or collecting
reimbursement of expenses made for the benefit of the OWNER. The
CONTRACTOR agrees that it will not, directly or indirectly rain. an employee of
the OWNER to engage in such misconduct.
02/2008
00500-6of7
CITY OF P EARI<AND
STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and CONI'RAC`fOR have signed this Agreement in
duplicate One counterpart oach has been delivered. to OWNER and one to
CONTRACTOR,
This Agreement will be effective upon execution. and attestation by authorized representatives of
the City of Pearland and upon th.c following date: /VdV"tpi ber / J , 20 /7,
OWNER: C N,YTRACTOR.:
CITY OF P A Z �. rr 7-Yer / fete
By By:
Title: eine' A/t-NA-6 Title:
Date: _-2c//
tES loaf
Date: 1 /
(Corporate Seal)
ATTEST
Address for giving notices
//10 3 Xe wr a / VY
ntt '7'7/ f9
Phone: 211-- q97,r 71-196}
Fax: r al— 399O
Agent for service of process:
NI\ D OF SECTION
02/2003 00500 7 of 7
Bond No. 71192812
C,.T/'}' (2F PE: fPTANI) PEI170LIMANCE BOND
Section. 01)6:10
PERFORMANCE BOND
STATE C)1~ TEXAS: §
COUNTY C)U I3RAIORIi\ §
KNOW ALL M1FN BY l t IESE PRESENTS: That Architrave Construction & Design, Ifl&I the City
of __.._Houston , County of, Harris:. , and State of 'Texas, as principal, and
._Lestern.Surety Company authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act.
as surety on bondsfor principals are held and firmly hound unto City of Pearland as Obligee.
(Owner), in the penalstint of$ 77,95Q.QQ lot the payment whereof, the said
Principal and Surety bind the nselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors; successors, and
'tssigias,.;ointly and severally, by these presents:
WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain: written contract with the Owner,. effective as
of the 15th day of. November , 20 11 (the "Contract") to. commence and complete =the
construction of certain improN ements describedas follows:
Veailand-Gateway
City of Pearland, Texas
COP -EN; PSTRO1
l lt).:Nee: O3i 1•421
which Contract, including the Contract Documents as defined therein, is hereby referred to and
made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as f copied at length herein.
NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION .IS SUCH, that if the said
Principal shall faithfully perform said Contract Work and shall in:.all _icspects duly and faithfully
observe and perform all a id :singular the covenants, conditions, and tpreenaents in and by. said
C ontract. agreed and covenanted by the Principal to be observed and performed, and accutdmg to
the true intent and meaning of said Contract and Contract Documents, then this obligation shall be
sotd; otherwise to remain in fall force and effect,:
PROVIDED, HOWEVER., that :this bind is executed pursuant to :the provisions of Chapter 2253
of the. ['exitsGovernment Codeas amended and all liabilities on th's bond shall be determined in
accordance with the Revisions of said Statute to the same. extent as if it were copied at length
herein,
Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or
addition ;to the terms of tht: contract,, or to the Work performed thereunde , or 'tite plans,
specificattonr• or drawings accomptnying thesame, shill in any way affect its obligation on this
bond, gild it does hereby waive notice of any such ohang,e, extension of 'Me alteration or addition
to the terns cif the Contract, or to the Work to be performed thereunder.
12/2007 00610 1 0
CM' OF . 7f 4RL N) _ I'. 2 tr ORIVIANCE :BAN')
IN 'WITNESS 'WHEREOF, the: saki rineipal and. Surety have signed and .seared. this instrument
this 15thday. of . November „NW.
Pi iucipai
Architrave .Q tructi 2 n & Design, Inc.
Title: I 4._ 6c, PQattv
Address:
11003 Resource Parkway, # 201
Houston, TX 77089
`l`e1e h.o .e: 281-997-7400
Fax; 281-484-3990
.. .. \YV W
Surety:
Western Surety CompanyBy:
title; Attorney -in -Fact
Address:
101 S. Phillips Ave T
Stow.Fall.sSD6711.7 ___
a.. 5D 5&
Fax; 605-335-0357
NOTICE:. T •II+ •A1), .. -ESS OF Tiff+, .suRETY cc.MVANY i O WHICH ANY N()TICIt
QrCLAINISHOULD.TIE ENT. MAY BE OBTAINED FROM Ti-IE TEXAS
IflAttT ENT OF INSURANCE . BY CAL./MGM TOLL.WEREE. T..''. LEF Q .. r
NUMBER; 1--800-252-3439..
12/2007 OOG J U. _ 2 .U#` 7.
CITY OF PEr1IZLAND
Section 00611
PAYMENT BOND
STATE. OF VENAN `3
COUNTY OP BRALORIA
Bond No. 71192812
PAYMENT BOND
KNOW Al el, MI{N flY" THESE PRESENTS: That Architrave Construciton & Design Inca tlx: city
of_Jouston _, County of Harris , and State of Texas, asprincipal, and
Western Surety Company authorized under the laws .of:the State of Texas to act.
as surety on bonds for principals, arc; held and firmly bound unto Cit3 of Pcai=land as Obligee
(Owner), in the penal stile of $ 77,950.00 tot the payment whereof, the said
Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successorsand.
assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents:
WHFRF a,S, the Principal has entered into a certain ‘vritten contract with the Owner, effective as
of the 15th, day of November , 20 11 (tale "Contract") to commence and complete the
construction of certain 'rttprovements described as fellows:
Pear land Gateway
City ofPearittud, Texas.
COP PN: PSTRO1
BIB NO,: 0311-2 (
which Contract, including the Contract Documents as defined therein; is'hcreby referred to and
made a part hereof as hilly and to the .same extent as if copied at length.hcrc tt.
NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBT;IGATION IS SUCH, that if the said
Principal shill hay all clhtimants supplying_ labor or material to him_ or a subconttactoi' in the
prosecution of the Work provided for in said Contract, then, this obligation shall be void;:
otherwise .to_remain in full force t lid effect;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executedpursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253
of the '1 exas Government Coale as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in
acc-ordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length
herein.
Surety, for vain c received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or
addition to the terms of the contract, or to the Work performed thereundei, :or the plans,
specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, Shall in any way affect its obligation On this
bond, and it does hcrchy waive: notice of any such chat ge extensionof time, alterrition or addition
to the terms of the Contract, or to the Work to be performed thereunder.
0712006 00611. - 1 of 2
y iSti.(i)NT ItIONI)
CITY Cal ninAivp. .� a d..s
EN WETNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have: signed and scaled this instrument
this 15thday of .. November . 2011.
Principal:
ea. . i _ : I - siQnrIn c.
I law
13y: /. ,� .r�'• Arika......�.......
r v
Surety:
r
Title:
tt6 S 02‘,141'
Address
1.100_3. Resource Parkway
.Houston, ,TJ 7.0 8 9
Telephone-: 2a1.-997-74QQ
Fax: 281-484-3990
Weter'iSrpty_Ggmpany;.
Title: Attorrle.yzin-•Fact.
Address:
101 S. Phillips Ave
.... .. .. ----- . -_ crwwr�w*rwrr....T4rr
SiouxFalls,SD 571.1 .
Telephone: 800-33176053
Fax 605-335-0357
NOTICE:: � .I- g ADDRESS 011:1711E.SVRET ' COMPANY T9 WHICH ANY NOTICE
1' OCLAIM ► HOULD: 3E SE T:1 AY Bit OBTAINED FROM THE T E:t� SAS
ff11 1
DEPARTMENT OF I Sf N E.BY CALLING ITS T 4)LL REE T ELEP1 tONi#f
i• .U- B E 3 i -800,15 - 439
END OF SECTION
!Q7/ 006 006:11 , 2 of
Western Surety Company
POWER OF ATTORNEY APPOINTING INDIVIDUAL ATTORNEY -IN -FACT
Know MI Men By These Presents, That WESTERN SURETY COMPANY, a South Dakota corporation, is a duly organized and existing corporation
having its principal office in the City of Sioux Falls, and State of South Dakota, and that it does by virtue of the signature and seal herein affixed hereby
make, constitute and appoint
Douglas G Hotchkiss, Diane M Thompson, Wesley Weatherred, Michael J Hotchkiss, Kenneth
G Hotchkiss, Andrea M Penaloza, Individually
of Houston, TX, its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execute for and on its behalf bonds,
undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature
- In Unlimited Amounts -
and to bind it thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by a duly authorized officer of the corporation and all the acts of said
Attorney, pursuant to the authority hereby given, are hereby ratified and confirmed.
This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the By -Law printed on the reverse hereof, duly adopted, as indicated, by
the shareholders of the corporation.
In Witness Whereof, WESTERN SURETY COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its Senior Vice President and its corporate seal to
be hereto affixed on this 28th day of April, 2010.
State of South Dakota
County of Minnehaha
}
ss
WESTERN SURETY COMPANY
Paul . Bruflat, Senior Vice President
. Bruflat, President
On this 28th day of April, 2010, before me personally came Paul T. Bruflat, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that he
resides in the City of Sioux Falls, State of South Dakota; that he is the Senior Vice President of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY described in and which
executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so
affixed pursuant to authority given by the Board of Directors of said corporation and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and
acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said corporation.
My commission expires
November 30, 2012
♦ti,s40b4ti4,50h4ti40.,40,1/24,c,col1/24,1
s D. KRELL s
r r
s SE - NOTARY PUBLIC SE s
s s , SOUTH DAKOTA e , r
♦titititititi'otititititihtitititititititititi♦
CERTIFICATE
D. Krell, Notary Public
I, L. Nelson, Assistant Secretary of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY do hereby certify that the Power of Attorney hereinabove set forth is still in
force, and further certify that the By -Law of the corporation printed on the reverse hereof is still in force. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed
my name and affixed the seal ^f the said corporation this l 5 t h day of LV ov ern e r
(
uRErr^e-
es" 0R4tit a
E of ' V PE` y
tai
Se AV
frrib
'%.. 1
2011
WESTERN SURETY COMPANY
L. Nelson, Assistant Secretary
Form F4280-09-06
Authorizing By -Law
ADOPTED BY THE SHAREHOLDERS OF WESTERN SURETY COMPANY
This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By -Law duly adopted by the shareholders
of the Company.
Section 7. All bonds, policies, undertakings, Powers of Attorney, or other obligations of the corporation shall be executed in the
corporate name of the Company by the President, Secretary, and Assistant Secretary, Treasurer, or any Vice President, or by such other
officers as the Board of Directors may authorize. The President, any Vice President, Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer
may appoint Attorneys in Fact or agents who shall have authority to issue bonds, policies, or undertakings in the name of the Company.
The corporate seal is not necessary for the validity of any bonds, policies, undertakings, Powers of Attorney or other obligations of the
corporation. The signature of any such officer and the corporate seal may be printed by facsimile.
State of Texas
Claim Notice Endorsement
To be attached to and form a part of Bond No. 71192812.
In accordance with Section 2253.021(f) of the Texas Government Code and
Section 53.202(6) of the Texas Property Code any notice of claim to the named
surety under this bond(s) should be sent to:
CNA Surety
333 South Wabash
Chicago, IL 60604
Telephone: (312) 822-5000
Form F6944
.3 1
•T
,',t ._Houston__ . :; .x<< r4 , htarr_is..
Western Surety any
1. tR f1.,.; at, . ,,..• lc,lc(
lit of ;... i7,950.00
,•'
1cl iIN r•
int; cot
t'rit. 15th ti i) November_
eons&vt • iC)`i or . ..t",L't�{ ?f €:°il-i"1'i`r.fli
00612
Bond# No. 71192812
Architrave Construction & Design,lnol• tot
Sulk!.
z':eLl}It)1'f��
11c.4sd1;:fi 19
t ,. , L.
•
:(lt; said
14
C11, Iii;;C i1 !flit
It. u.i 1) ki,t, t:•,`;(i!??1,1...i,Y
:li, .,rtt
15th ,. nv4 November
tpviej-
11003 Resource Parkway..
Houston, TX 77039
_231-997-7400..
281:A84-3990
Western _Surety_o.mpany__.__..__-.
Attorney -in -Fact
101 S. Phillips Ave
Sioux Falls z SD 57117
i;<:;,, 800-331-6053
605-335-0357
es em Sure om any
POWER OF ATTORNEY APPOINTING INDIVIDUAL ATTORNEY -IN -FACT
Know All Men By These Presents, [hat WESTERN SURETY COMPANY, a South Dakota corporation, is a duly organized and existing corporation
having its principal office in the City of Sioux Falls, and State of South Dakota, and that it does by virtue of the signature and seal herein affiscd hereby
make, constitute and appoint
Douglas G Hotchkiss, Diane M Thompson, Wesley Weatherred, Michael J I-Iotchkiss, Kenneth
6 Hotchkiss, Andrea M Penaloza, Individually
of Houston, TX, its true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execute for and on its behalf bonds,
undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature
- In Unlimited Amounts
and to bind it thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by a duly authorized officer of the corporation and all the acts of said
Attorney, pursuant to the authority hereby given, are hereby ratified and confirmed.
'[his Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the By -Law printed on the reverse hereof, duly adopted, as indicated, by
the shareholders of the corporation.
1u Witness Whereof, WESTERN SURETY COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its Senior Vice President and its corporate. seal to
be hereto affixed on this 28th day of April, 2010.
State of South Dakota
County of Minnehalna
WESTERN SURETY COMPANY
sitt
aul " `: Bruflat, Senior Vice President
On this 28th day of April, 2010, before me personally came Paul T, Rcuflat, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: Ihat he
resides in the City of Sioux Falls, State of South Dakota; that he is the Senior Vice President of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY described in and which
executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so
affixed pursuant to authority given by the Board of Directors of said corporation and Iltat he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and
acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said corporation,
My commission expires
November 30, 2012
} 44t-i4N444Y44444444444444
}
r
D. KRELL
r
NOTARY PUBLIC
�G, SEAt- SOUTH DAKOTA
}4. •�k 4: 44444'+4h4Nh YSY44 }
D, Krell- No Public
CERTIFICAT1's
[, L. Nelson, Assistant Secretary of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY do hereby certify that the Power of Attorney hereinahove set lbrth is still in
force, and further certify that the By -Law of the corporation printed on the reverse hereof is still in force, In testimony s+hereof 1 have hereunto subscribed
my name and affixed the seal of the said corporation this 15 t_1 t day of Nov emb e r 2011
WESTERN SURETY COMPANY
Nelson, Assistant Secretary
Form Rt2PM-09-06
State of Texas
Claim Notice Endorsement
To be attached to and form a part of Bond No. 71192812.
In accordance with Section 2253.021(f) of the Texas Government Code and
Section 53 202(6) of the Texas Property Code any notice of claim to the named
surety under this bond(s) should be sent to:
CNA Surety
333 South Wabash
Chicago, IL 60604
Telephone: (312) 822-5000
Form F6944
Section 00615
PARTIAL WAIVER OF LIEN
AND PAYMENT AFFIDAVIT
The undersigned contracted with City of Pearland to furnish in
connection with certain improvements to real property located in the City of Pearland,
TX and owned by the City of Pearland which improvements are described as follows:
In consideration of Pay Estimate No. in the amount of $
the undersigned, on oath, states that all persons and firms who supplied labor and
materials to the undersigned in connection with said Project have been fully paid by the
undersigned for such work through
In consideration of the payment herewith made, the undersigned does fully and
finally release and hold harmless the City of Pearland and its surety, if any, through the
above date from any and all claims, liens, or right to claim or lien, arising out of this
Project under any applicable bond, law or statue.
It is understood that this affidavit is submitted to induce payment of the above
sum and for use by the City of Pearland in assuring the Owner and others that all liens
and claims relating to the said Project furnished by the undersigned are paid.
State of
County of
Signature
Printed Name & Title •
Subscribed and sworn to, before me, this day of
My Commission Expires:
Company Name
, 20
Notary Public
Revised 12/31/07
ARCHI-3 OP ID: SHGA
ACORD"
CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE
DATE (MM/DDIYYYY)
11/15/11
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER THIS
CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES
BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.
IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to
the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the
certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
PRODUCER
Hotchkiss Insurance Agency LLC
13105 NW Freeway, Suite 850
Houston, TX 77040-6312
713-956-9800
713-956-0331
CONTACT
NAME:
PHONE
(A/C No, Ext):
EMAIL
ADDRESS:
FAX
(A/C, No):
INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE
NAIC
INSURER A:Vlnings Insurance Company
16632
INSURED
Architrave Construction
& Design, Inc
11003 Resource Parkway #201
Houston, TX 77089
INSURER B:Travelers P&C of America
INSURER C: Texas Mutual Insurance Co
22945
INSURER D: Evanston Insurance Company
INSURER E :
INSURER F :
CATE NUMBER:
REVISION NUMBER'
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD
INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS
CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,
EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
INSR
ADDL
SUBR
POLICY
EFF
POLICY
EXPIY
LTRINSR
TYPE OF INSURANCE
WVO
POLICY NUMBER
(MM/DDYYY)
(MM/DO/YYYY)
LIMITS
GENERAL LIABILITY
EACH OCCURRENCE
$ 1,000,000
A
X
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
X
PKG0080722-03
03/08/11
03/08/12
DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES (Ea occurrence)
$
100,000
CLAIMS -MADE
X
OCCUR
MED EXP (Any one person)
$
5,000
X
Per
Proj Agg
PERSONAL & ADV INJURY
$ 1,000,000
X
$5000
Ded
GENERAL AGGREGATE
$ 2,000,000
GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER:
PRODUCTS- COMP/OPAGG
$ 2,000,000
POLICY
X
JECTPRO
LOC
$
AUTOMOBILE
LIABILITY
COMBINED
(Ea
accident)
SINGLE LIMIT
1,000,000
A
ANY AUTO
PKG0080722-03
03/08/11
03/08/12
BODILY INJAJRY (Per person)
$
ALL OWNED
SCHEDULED
BODILY INJJRY
$
AUTOS
AUTOS
(Per accident)
X
HIRED AUTOS
_
XNON-OWNED
AUTOS
PROPERTY
(Per
DAMAGE
accident)
$
$
UMBRELLA LIAB
X
OCCUR
EACH OCCURRENCE
$ 1,000,000
D
X
EXCESSLIAB
CLAIMS -MADE
BINDER
11/15/11
11/15/12
AGGREGATE
$ 1,000,000
DED
RETENTION$
$
WORKERS
COMPENSATION
X
WC STAT-
TORY LIMIUTS
OTH-
ER
AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY
11/10/11
11/10/12
1,000,000
C
ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVEYIN
Q003055707
E.L. EACH ACCIDENT
$
OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED?
N/A
1,000,000
(Mandatory in NH)
E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE
$
If yes, describe under
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below
E.L. DISEASE- POLICY LIMIT
$ 1,000,000
B
Builders
Special
Form
Risk
QT6608151
$1000
DED
P84ATIL11
AOP/$5000 WIND
03/01/11
03/01/12
Per
Per
Loc 2,000,000
Occ 5,000,000
DESCRIPTION
RE:
Pearland
OF
OPERATIONS
Gateway,
1 LOCATIONS
Construction
/VEHICLES
Protect
(Attach
No
ACORD
PSTR01
101, Additional Remarks Schedule, If more space Is required)
- $77,950.
Certificate
general
liability
holder
policy
Is
named
as
per
as an
written
additional
contract.
Insured
with
regards
to
the
CERTIFICATE HOLDER
CANCELLATION
CITYOPD
City of Pearland
Attn: Skipper Jones
3519 Liberty Dr.
Pearland, TX 77581
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE
THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS.
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
1988-2010 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved.
ACORD 25 (2010/05) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
Section 00700
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS
1.01 OWNER, CONTRACTOR AND ENGINEER. The OWNER, the
CONTRACTOR and the ENGINEER are those persons or organizations identified as such in the
Agreement. The term ENGINEER as used in these General Conditions shall refer to the Engineer
or Architect identified in the Agreement, as applicable, and means a person authorized to act as a
representative of the entity designated by the OWNER to provide professional services requited in
connection with the preparation and performance of this Contract. The Owner's representative on
the project site shrill be the Construction Manager or Fngineei as designated.
1.02 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Contract Documents shall consist of all of the
documents identified in Article 8 of the Standard Form of Agreement, which documents,
excluding the Plans and such documents as may be delivered or issued atter the Effective Date of
the Agreement, as referenced in Article 8, shall be bound together in a Project Manual foi the
Work. All references to the "Contract" or the "Agreement" in these General Conditions of
Agreement shall include the Contract Documents.
The Contract Documents are complementary and what is required by one shall be binding as if
required by all. In the event of any conflict among the Contract Documents, the Contract
Documents shall govern in the following order:
(1.) Modifications in writing and signed by both parties, including any Change Orders;
(2) Standard Form of Agreement;
(3) Special Conditions of Agreement;
(4) General Conditions of Agreement, including Attachment No. 1 — Workers'
Compensation Insurance Coverage, Attachment No. 2 — Agreement for Final
Payment and CONTRACTOR'S Sworn Release, and Attachment No. 3 — Owner's
Insurance Requirements of Contractor;
(9)
Addenda, if any;
Plans and Specifications referenced or included in the Project Manual;
Instructions to Bidders;
Bid Proposal; and
Exhibits: The following Exhibits, attached hereto, are incorporated herein, and are
a part of this Contract:
05/2008 00700 - 1 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
In the event a conflict or inconsistency remains between or within the Plans and Specifications or
other Contract Documents, or the Contract Documents and applicable standards, codes and
ordinances, CONTRACTOR shall provide the greater quantity or better quality, or
CONTRACTOR shall comply with the mole stringent requirements, as determined by
ENGINEER
Terms or phrases used in the Contract Documents with a well-known technical or construction
industry meaning shall have such recognized meanings. References to standards, specifications,
manuals or codes of any technical society, organization of association, or to the laws or
regulations of any governmental authority, shall mean the latest in effect on the effective date of
the Contract, unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents.
1 .03 SUBCONTRACTOR. The term "subcontractor", as employed herein, includes
those entities having a contract with the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor for performance of
work on the Project with a value meeting or exceeding 10% of the Contractor's TOTAL BASE
BID for the work contemplated by these Contract Documents. OWNER shall have no
responsibility to any subcontractor for performance of woik on the Project contemplated by these
Contract Documents, and any such subcontractor shall look exclusively to CONTRACTOR for
any payments due subcontractor.
1.04 WRITTEN NOTICE,. Written Notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if
delivered in person to the individual or to a partner of the partnership or joint venture, or to an
officer of the corporation or company for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by
Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested, to the last known business addi ess or registered office
of such individual, partnership, joint venture or corporation or company, or to the address for
giving notices listed in the Standard Form of Agreement.
1.05 WORK. Unless otherwise stipulated, the CONTRACTOR shall provide and pay
for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, services,
insurance, and all water light, power, fuel, transportation and all other facilities of services of any
nature whatsoever necessary for the execution and completion of the Woik described in the
Standard Form of Agreement. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new, and both
workmanship and materials shall be of good quality. The CONTRACTOR shall, if required by the
ENGINEER as representative of the OWNER, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and
quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have well-known,
technical of trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized standards. All work shall be
done and all materials shall be furnished in strict conformity with the Contract Documents.
1.06 EXTRA WORK. The term "Extra Work' , as used in this Contiact, shall be
understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the ENGINEER as
representative of the OWNER, to be done by the CONTRACTOR to accomplish any change,
alteration or addition to the work shown upon the plans. Extra work shall be authorized in writing
by the ENGINEER prior to commencement.
05/2008 00700 - 2 of 36
CITY OFPEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
1.07 WORK DAY: As used herein, a "Work Day" is defined as any Monday through
Friday, not a Iegll holiday, and any Saturday or Sunday specifically approved by the OWNER, in
which the CONTRACTOR can perform six or more hours of work per the current construction
schedule. CONTRACTOR agrees to request specific approval from the Construction Manager, in
advance, to perform work on Saturdays or Sundays and in so doing agrees to pa} all charges and
costs for Inspection and or Construction Management services required during the performance of
any such approved work.
1.07-1 RAIN DAY: As used herein, is defined as any WORK DAY during which weather
related conditions prevent the CONTRACTOR from performing four (4) or more consecutive
hours of work on critical path items as identified in the current construction schedule.
CONTRACTOR shall record Ram Days on the Pay Application each month for the review and
possible approval by the OWNER. The approved Rain Day is then added to the Contract Time.
(See 1.12 Contract Time below)
1.07-2 IMPACT DAY: As used herein, is a day that is added to the CONTRACT TIME
by the OWNER by Change Order to extend the Contract Time by one full Work Day. (See 1.12
Contract Time below) hnpact Days, once approved by the OWNER, shall extend the Contract
Time on a one-to-one basis to replace a Work Day lost to conditions that pievented the
CONTRACTOR from performing four 4 or more consecutive hours of work on critical path items.
Impact Days are added to the Contract Time by Change Order only at the end of the work and then
only if, in the opinion of the OWNER, a time extension is warranted due to delays beyond the
control of the Contractor and requii ed to complete the work within the Contract Time.
1.08 CALENDAR DAY. A "calendar day" is any day of the week, month, or year no
days being excepted. Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references to "day(s)" shall mean
calendar day(s).
1 .09 SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED• The terms "Substantially Completed", or
"Substantially Complete' of `Substantial Completion" as used in this Contract, shall mean that all
major process components of the facility or work have been made suitable for use or occupancy,
including appropriate documentation from the equipment suppliers that all of the individual
components have been installed in accordance with the specifications and manufacturer's
recommendations, the installations have been approved by the ENGINEER and the items have met
the start-up and testing requirements of the contract documents or is deemed to be in a condition to
serve its intended purpose or requires only minor miscellaneous work and adjustment to achieve
Final Completion and Acceptance as determined by the ENGINEER Upon compliance with the
above referenced criteria, ENGINEER shall issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion.
PARTIAL SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: designation will be given on components of
the Work that must be placed into service prior to the completion of the entire Work. The
contractor s One Year Warranty period for these items shall begin on the date of Partial
Substantial Completion as designated by the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER shall determine and
make all such designations.
05/2008 00700 - 3 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
1.10 INTERPRETATION OF WORDS AND PHRASES. Whenever the words
"directed", "permitted", ' designated' , "required', "ordered", "considered necessary", "prescribed"
or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission,
order, opinion designation or prescription of the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representati\ e is
intended. Similarly, the words "approved", "acceptable' , `satisfactory" or words of like import
shall mean that no exception is taken by ENGINEER, but does not relieve CONTRACTOR of
responsibility for compliance with the Contract Documents.
Whenever in the Specifications or Drawings of the Contract Documents, the terms of description
of various qualities relative to finish workmanship or other qualities of similai kind which cannot,
from their nature, be specifically and clearly described and specified, but are necessarily described
in general terms, the fulfilment of which must depend on individual judgment, then, in all such
cases, any question of the fulfillment of s rid Specifications shall be decided by the ENGINEER as
the OWNER's representative, and said work shall be done in accordance with his interpretations
of the meaning of the words, terms or clauses defining the character of the work.
1.11 REFERENCED STANDARDS No provision of any referenced standard
specification, or manual shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of the Owner,
Engineer, Contractor, or their consultants, employees, or representatives from those set forth in the
Contract Documents, noi shall it be effective to assign to the Engineer or its consultants,
employees, or representatives any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or
performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibilities contrary to
provisions of the Contract Documents.
1.12 CONTRACT TIME The term Contiact Time as used herein, refers to the number
of Calendar days provided to complete the work or the date, stated in the Agreement: (i) to achieve
Substantial Completion, and (ii) to complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as
evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommendation of final payment in accordance with
Paragraph 6.09 and as modified as a result of any authorized Extensions.
The established Contract Time includes 40 Rain Days per year, based on the average
number of rain days per year for the period of June 1898 to December 1996 as recorded by the
Alvin Weather Center Record. The Contract Time shall only be extended by (a) the addition of
Rain Days equal to the number of actual Rain Days in excess of 40 days per year and (b) the
number of Impact Days granted for delays, in the opinion of the Owner, beyond the control of the
Contractor. The extension of the Contract Time shall be the CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive
remedy for delays.
05/2008 00700 - 4 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
2.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER
2.01 NO WARRANTY OF DESIGN. It is understood that the OWNER MAKES NO
WARRAN 1,Y OF THE ADEQUACY, ACCURACY OR SUFFICIENCY OF THE PLANS AND
SPECIFICATIONS OR ANY OTHER DESIGN DOCUMENTS, AND OWNER HEREBY
EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY SUCH WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. Prior to
commencing each portion of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the
relevant Contract Documents, shall obsei ve conditions at the site affecting the Work, and shall
take field measurements of existing conditions related to the Work. Any errors, omissions or
inconsistencies in the Contract Documents noted by the CONTRACTOR, and/or any variance
between the Contract Documents and applicable codes, standards or ordinances, shall be promptly
reported by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER in writing as a Request for Information.
CONTRACTOR shall not proceed with the affected portion of the Work until it receives
ENGINEER's written response to such Request foi Information, and then only in accordance with
ENGINEER's response. If CONTRACTOR fails to perform its obligations under this paragraph,
CONTRACTOR shall pay such costs and damages to OWNER as would have been avoided if
CONTRACTOR had reported any errors, omissions, inconsistencies or variances in the Contract
Documents noted by CONTRACTOR or which should have been noted by a careful study of the
Contract Documents.' CONTRACTOR shall comply with the Contract Documents, all approved
modifications thereof and additions and alterations thereto approved in writing by the OWNER.
The burden of proof of such compliance shall be upon the CONTRACTOR to show that he has
complied with the requirements of the Contiact Documents and approved modifications thereof
and all approved additions and alterations, thereto, as the same shall have been interpreted by the
ENGINEER
2.02 RIGHT OF FNTRY. The OWNER reserves the right to enter the property or
location on which the work herein contracted for is to be performed, constructed or installed, for
itself or such agent or agents as it may select, for the purpose of inspecting the work, of for the
purpose of performing, constructing or installing such collateral work as the OWNER may desire.
The OWNER shall have the right to make inspections at all reasonable times, and the
CONTRACTOR hereby waives any claims for extension of time and/or compensation for any loss
or damage if his work shall be delayed by reason of such inspection, performance, construction or
installation of collateral work.
2.03 OWNERSI-IIP OF DRAWINGS. All drawings, specifications and copies thereof
furnished by the OWNER shall not be reused on other work and, with the exception of the sets
Riming the part of the signed Contract Documents, aie to be returned to the OWNFR on request
at the completion of the Work. All drawings and models are the property of the OWNER
2.04 CHANGFS AND ALTFbRATIONS. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that the
Owner may make such changes and alterations additions and deletions as the OWNER may see
fit, in the Work, including but not limited to changes in line, grade, form, dimensions, plans or
specifications for the Work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either before or after the
beginning of construction, without affecting the validity of this Contract and the corresponding
Performance and Payment Bonds.
05/2008 00700 - 5 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
If such changes or alterations or deletions diminish the quantity or the value of the Work to be
done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for compensation or damages, including lost or
anticipated profits on the Work that may be affected. If the amount of Work is increased and the
work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid for according to
the quantity actually done and at the unit pike, if any, established for such work under this
Contract, otherwise, such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Article 7 heieof for
Extra Work. In case the OWNER shall make such changes or alterations as shall make useless
any Work already done or material already furnished or used in said Work, then the OWNRR shall
compensate the CONTRACTOR for any material or labor so used and for any actual loss
occasioned by such change due to actual expenses incurred in preparation for the Work as
originally planned.
2.05 DAMAGES. In the event the OWNER is damaged in the course of the work by
the act, negligence, omission, mistake or default of the CONTRACTOR, or should the
CONTRACTOR unreasonably delay the progress of the work being done by others on the job so
as to cause loss for which the OWNER becomes liable, then the CONTRACTOR shall reimburse
the OWNER for such loss.
3.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSII3ILITIES OF THE ENGINEER
3.01 OWNER -ENGINEER RELATIONSHIP. The ENGINEER shall serve as the
OWNER'S representative during construction. The duties, responsibilities and limitations on the
authority of the ENGINEER as the OWNER s representative during construction are set forth in
the Contract Documents; and the ENGINEER shall not have authority to extend the OWNER's
liability or to hind the OWNER for any additional liability of any nature whatsoever without the
written consent of the OWNER. Any communications by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR
regarding the Work shall be issued through the ENGINEER.
It is the intent of this Agreement that there shall be no delay in the execution of the Work;
therefore, written decisions or directions rendered by the ENGINEER as the OWNER's
representative shall be promptly carried out, and any claim arising therefrom shall be resolved as
provided in Article 7. Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this
Agreement that the ENGINEER shall have the authority to issue written stop work orders
whenever such stoppage may be necessai y to insure the performance of the Work in accordance
with the Contract Documents.
3.02 KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE The
ENGINEER shall furnish the CONTRACTOR with foul (4) copies of all Plans and Specifications
without expense to the CONTRACTOR, and the CONTRACTOR shall keep one full size copy of
the same constantly accessible on the job site, with the latest revisions noted thereon. The
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for preserving the Plans and Specifications, timely and
accurately updated, for reference and review by the OWNER or the ENGINEER and submittal of
redlines during closeout.
05/2008
00700 - 6 of 36
CITY OFPEA NAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
3.03 PRELIMINARY APPROVAL. The ENGINEER shall not have the power to
waive the obligations imposed under this Contract for the furnishing by the CONTRACTOR of
new material of good quality, and for good and workmanlike performance of the Work as herein
described, and in full accordance with the Contract Documents, without alteration, deletion or
change. No failure of omission of the ENGINEER to discover, object to or condemn any non-
conforming or defective work or material, or to stop work, shall release the CONTRAC FOR from
the obligation to fully and properly perform the Contract, including without limitation, the
obligation to at once tear out, remove and properly replace any defective woik or material at any
time prior to final acceptance, upon discovery of such non -conforming or defective woik or
material.
Any questioned Work may be ordered taken up or removed for inspection by the ENGINEER
prior to final acceptance, and if found not to be in accordance with the Contract Documents, all
expense of removing, inspection and repair or replacement shall be boine by the CONTRACTOR
otherwise the expense thus incurred shall be allowed as Extra Woik and shall be paid for by the
OWNER, provided that where inspection or approval is specifically required by the Specifications
prior to performance of certain work, should the CONTRACTOR proceed with such work without
requesting prior inspection or approval, he shall bear all expense of taking up, removing and
replacing this work if so directed by the ENGINEER.
3.04 INSPECTION BY ENGINEER The ENGINEER shall make periodic visits to the
site to observe the progress and quality of the executed Work and to determine if such Work
generally meets the essential performance and design features and the technical, functional mid/or
engineering requirements of the Contract Documents, and is in all other iespects being performed
in compliance with the Contact Documents. However, the ENGINEER shall not be responsible
for making any detailed, exhaustive, comprehensive or continuous on -site inspections to check the
quality and/or quantity of the work, nor shall the ENGINEER be in any way responsible, directly
• or indirectly, for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, quality, procedures,
programs, safety precautions of lack of same incident to the Work being performed or any part
thereof. The ENGINEER shall use reasonable care to prevent deviation from the intent and
substance of the Contract Documents by the CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work and
any part thereof and, on the basis of such on -site observations, will keep the OWNER informed of
the progress of the work and will endeavor to guaid the OWNER against defects and deficiencies
in the Work of the CONTRACTOR Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or
any other Contract Document, the ENGINEER shall not be in any way responsible or liable for
any acts, errors, omissions or negligence of the CONTRACTOR, any subcontractors, agents,
servants or employees or any other person, firm or corporation performing or attempting to
perform any of the Work.
05/2008 •00700 7 of 36
CITY OFPEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
3.05 DETERMINATION OF QUESTIONS AND DISPUTES In order to prevent
delays and disputes and to discourage litigation, it is agreed that the ENGINEER shall, in all cases,
determine the quantities and qualities of the several kinds of Work, which are to be paid for under
this Contract. The ENGINEER shall determine all questions in relation to said Work and the
construction thereof, as well as all claims, disputes and other matters in question between the
CONTRACTOR and the OWNER relating to the execution or progress of the Work or the
interpretation of the Contract Documents. In the event the ENGINEER shall become aware of or
shall receive information that there is a dispute or a possible dispute as to the reasonable
interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, or any other dispute or
question, the ENGINEER shall, within a reasonable time, provide a written interpretation of the
Contract Documents or a written decision on all questions arising relative to the execution of the
Work, copies of which shall be delivered to all parties to the Contract. If the CONTRACTOR or
OWNER desires to take exception to any directions, order, interpretation or instructions of the
ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR or OWNER shall present any such claim to the ENGINEER in
accordance with the provisions of Section 7.04.
3.06 RECOMMENDATION OF PAYMENT. The ENGINEER shall review the
CONTRACTOR's application for payment and supporting documents, shall determine the amount
owed to the CONTRACTOR and shall provide written recommendation to the OWNER for
payment to the CONTRACTOR in such amount. Such recommendation of payment to
CONTRACTOR shall constitute a representation to the OWNER of the ENGINEER's judgment
that the work has progressed to the point indicated, to the best of his knowledge, information and
belief; however, such recommendation of an application for payment to CONTRACTOR shall not
be deemed an acceptance of any defective or non -conforming Work. Any recommendation of
payment by the ENGINEER shall be subject to OWNER's rights to withhold payment under
Section 6.11 and as otherwise provided in the Contract.
4.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR
4.01 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR is, and shall remain, an
independent contractor, solely responsible for the manner and method of completing the Work
under this Contract, with hull and exclusive power and authority to direct, supervise and control
his own employees and to determine the means, method and manner of performing such Work, so
long as such methods comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, and do not
adversely affect the completed improvements or any other property abutting or adjoining the Work
area, the OWNER and ENGINEER being interested only in the iesult obtained and conformity of
such completed improvements to the Plans, Specifications and Conti act Documents. The fact that
the OWNER or ENGINEER as the Owner's representative shall have the right to observe
CONTRACTOR's work during his performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are
expressly reserved to and vested in the OWNER and the ENGINEER hereunder, is not intended to
and shall not at any time change or affect the status of the CONTRACTOR as an independent
contractor with respect to either the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative
or to the CONTRACTOR's own employees or to any other person, firm or corporation
05/2008 00700 - 8 of 36
CITY OFPL+ARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
4.02 CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING. It is understood and agreed that the
CONTRACTOR has, by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the
Work, the conformation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be
encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the
prosecution of the Work, the general and local conditions, including but not limited to weather,
access, lay down and storage areas, and all other matters which in any way affect the Work under
this Contract. It is further understood that the CONTRACTOR has satisfied himself as to the
terms, meaning, intent and requirements of all of the Contract Documents, and applicable laws,
codes, regulations and ordinances. CONTRACTOR hereby warrants and represents that it has
taken into consideration all of the foregoing factors, and CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work
for the Contract Price and within the Contract Time. No verbal agreement or conversation with
any officer, agent or employee of the OWNER or the ENGINEER, either before or after the
execution of this Contract shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained.
4.03 LAWS AND ORDINANCES The CONTRACTOR shall at all times observe and
comply with all federal, state or local laws, codes, ordmances, permits and regulations, regardless
of whether the same are adopted before or after the execution of this Contract, which in any
manner affect the Contract or the work, and shall indemnify, save and hold harmless the OWNER
and the ENGINEER against any claim arising out of the violation of any such laws, ordinances
and regulations, whether by the CONTRACTOR or his agents, employees, subcontractors or
vendors. If the CONTRACTOR observes that the Plans and Specifications are at variance with
federal or state laws or codes or the ordinances or regulations of the City, he shall promptly notify
the ENGINEER in writing, and any necessary changes shall be made as provided in the Contract
for changes in the work. If the CONTRACTOR performs any work knowing it to be contras y to
such laws, codes, ordinances, rules or regulations, or if CONTRACTOR reasonably should have
known of any such violation, and without such notice to the ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall
bear all costs arising therefrom.
The OWNER is a Political Subdivision of the State of Texas, and the law from which it derives its
powers, insofar as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the
conditions under which the OWNER may enter into contracts, shall be controlling and shall be
considered as part of this Contract to the same effect as though embodied herein. Neither the act
of OWNER entering into this Contract, nor OWNER's performance hereunder, shall constitute a
waiver of any immunity from suit enjoyed by OWNER under applicable law, all such rights and
defenses being hereby expressly reserved, notwithstanding any term or provision herein to the
contrary The Code of Ordinances and other applicable regulations of the OWNER shall be
deemed to be embodied in this Contract.
The prevailing wage rates applicable to this Project shall be either Document 00811 — Wage
Scale for Engineering Construction, or Document 00813 — Wage Scale for Building
Construction, or both, as set out in the Project Manual.
05/2008 00700 - 9 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
4.04 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that he
will retain personal control and will give his personal attention to the fulfillment of this Contract
and that he will not assign, by power of attorney or otherwise, or sublet said Contract, or any
rights, duties or obligations arising thereunder, in whole or in pait, without the prior written
consent of the OWNER, and that no part or feature of the Woik will be sublet to anyone
objectionable to the ENGINEER or the OWNER. In addition, the OWNER reserves the right to
disapprove the subletting of this Contract or any portion hereof on any basis whatsoever. The
CONTRACTOR further agrees that the subletting of any portion or feature of the Work or
materials requited in the performance of this Contact shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from
his obligations to the OWNER, as provided for by this Agreement.
4.05 PERFORMANCE, PAYMENT AND MAINTENANCE; BONDS. In the event the
Contract Price shall be in excess of $25,000.00, the CONTRACTOR shall execute separate
Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds, each in the sum of one hundred pei cent (100%) of
the . Contract Piice, and each in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas
Government Code. If the Contract Price does not exceed $25 000.00, the statutory bonds will not
be required. All required Bonds shall be payable to OWNER and on forms approved by the
OWNER, and shall be executed by a corporate surety in accordance with Article 7.19-1 of the
Texas Insurance Code. It is agreed that the Contract shall not be in effect until such original
Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds are delivered to and approved by the OWNER
The cost of the premium for the Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds shall be included
in the CONTRACTOR's Bid Proposal.
4.06 INSURANCE. The CONTRACTOR, at his own expense, shall procure, maintain
and keep in force throughout the duration of the Work, and throughout the Guarantee Period,
insurance as specified in Attachment No. 1 hereto with regard to Workers' Compensation
Insurance, and as specified in Attachment No. 3 hereto with regard to all other Insurance. Such
insurance shall be carried with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of
Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this Contract, whether performed by the
CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor, or others for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible.
4.07 PERMITS AND FEES Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the
Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits, licenses, and inspections necessary for proper
execution and completion of the Work, and which are legally required at the time bids are
received. Permits required by the City of Pearland will be issued as a NO FEE permit.
4.08 TEXAS STATE SALES TAX. Materials incorporated into this project are exempt
from State Sales according to provisions of the Texas Tax Code, Chapter 151, Subsection H.
The Contactor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit of exemption certificate
which shall enable him to buy the materials to be incorporated into the Work without paying tax at
due time of purchase.
05/2008 00700.- 10 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
4.09 CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE. The CONTRACTOR
shall give adequate attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this Contract and shall
keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all
satisfactory to the ENGINEER as the OWNER'S representative. The superintendent shall
represent the CONTRACTOR in his absence and shall act as the agent of the CONTRACTOR,
and all directions given to him shall be binding as if given to the CONTRACTOR. Adequate
supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the CONTRACTOR is essential to the
proper performance of the Work, and lack of such supers ision shall be an act of default, and
grounds for suspending operations of' the CONTRACTOR.
The Work, fiom its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control
of the CONTRACTOR, and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the
CONTRACTOR.
Neither the OWNER nor the ENGINEER as the OWNFR's representative will be responsible for
the acts or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, its subcontractors or any of its agents or employees,
or any other persons performing any of the Work.
4.10 CHARACTER OF WORKERS. The CONTRACTOR agrees to employ only
orderly and competent workers, skillful in the performance of the type of work required under this
Contiact, to do the Work, and agrees that whenever the FNGINEER shall inform him in writing
that any worker or workers on the Work are, in his opinion, incompetent, unfaithful or disorderly,
or in the ENGINEFR's opinion, are not using their best efforts for the progress of the Work, such
worker or workers shall be discharged from the Work and shall not again be employed on the
Work without the ENGINEFR's written consent. OWNER reserves the right to object to any
proposed subcontractor.
4.11 LABOR, EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, CONSTRUCTION PLANT, AND
BUILDINGS. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, services, tools, equipment, machinery,
supplies, facilities, utilities and materials necessary in the prosecution and completion of this
Contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that the OWNER shall furnish same; and
further, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation and
protection of all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities,
all means of construction and any and all parts of the Work, whether the CONTRACTOR has
been paid, partially paid or not paid for such Work, until the entire Work is completed and
accepted.
The building or placement of structures for housing workers or offices, or the erection of tents or
other forms of protection, will be permitted only with the ENGINEFR's written permission, and at
such places as the ENGINEER shall direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about
such structures shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the ENGINEER. Any
structures of any nature constructed, placed or erected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes
herein set out, shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR as to the proper erection,
placement or construction thereof; and the CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify and hold the
ENGINEER or OWNER harmless from any claims of any nature whatsoever brought against
either of them for damages allegedly sustained by anyone by reason of the erection, placement,
construction or maintenance of CONTRACTOR'S buildings or structures.
05/2008 00700 - 11 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
4.12 SANITATION. Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers and others
on the Work site, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained
by the CONTRACTOR in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the
ENGINEER, and their use shall be strictly enforced. Any structures of any nature constructed or
elected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes herein set out, shall be the sole responsibility of
the CONTRACTOR as to the proper erection or construction thereof, and the CONTRACTOR
agrees to indemnify and hold the ENGINEER and OWNER harmless from any claims of any
nature whatsoever brought against either of them for damages allegedly sustained by anyone by
reason of the erection, construction or maintenance of CONTRACTOR s buildings.
4.13 CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times keep
and maintain the premises fiee from accumulation of debt is, trash and waste and at the
completion of the Work, he shall remove all such debris, trash and waste, and also his tools,
scaffolding and surplus materials, and shall leave the Work broom -clean or its equivalent. The
Work shall be left in good order and condition. In case of dispute, the OWNER may remove the
debris, trash, waste and surplus materials, and charge the cost to the CONTRAC fOR.
4.14 PERFORMANCE OF WORK. It is further agreed that it is the intent of this
Contract that all Work must be done and all material must be furnished in accordance with the
generally accepted practice for such materials furnished or work completed, unless otherwise
provided in the Contract Documents.
4.15 RIGHT OF OWNER TO ACCELERATE THE WORK. If at any time the
methods or equipment used by the CONTRACTOR, or the work force supplied are found to be
inadequate to achieve the progress requited to Substantially Complete the Work within the
Contract Time, the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative, may order the
CONTRACTOR in writing to supplement its forces and/or equipment, 01 work shifts or overtime,
01 otherwise improve its efficiency and rate of progress to achieve Substantial Completion of the
Work within the Contract Time, and the CONTRACTOR shall comply with such order, at its own
cost and expense.
4.16 LAYOUT OF WORK. Except as specifically provided herein, the
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out work and shall accomplish this work in a
manner acceptable to the ENGINEER and in conformance with the Contract Documents.
4.17 SHOP DRAWINGS. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER, with
such promptness as to cause no delay in his own Work or in that of any other contractor, six (6)
checked copies, unless otherwise specified, of all shop and/or setting drawings and schedules
required for the work of the various trades. Contractor will check and approve shop drawings for
compliance with requirements of Contract Documents and will so certify by stamp on each
drawing prior to submittal to ENGINEER. Any drawings submitted without Contractor's stamp of
approval will not be considered and will be returned to him for proper submission. The
ENGINEER shall pass upon them with reasonable promptness, indicating desired corrections.
05/2008 00700 - 12 of 36
CITY OFPEA RLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
The CONTRACTOR shall make any corrections required by the ENGINEER, file with him two
(2) corrected copies and furnish such other copies as may be needed. The ENGINEER s approval
of such drawings or schedules shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from responsibility for
deviations from the Contract Documents, unless he has, in writing, called the ENGINEER's
attention to such deviations at the time of the submission, and the ENGINEER has acknowledged
and accepted such deviations in writing, nor shall it relieve him from responsibility for enois of
any sort in shop drawings or schedules. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to fully
and completely review all shop drawings to ascertain their effect on his ability to perform the
required Contract Work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents,
and within the Contract Time.
Such review by the FNGINEER shall be for the sole purpose of determining the apparent
sufficiency of said drawings or schedules to result in finished improvements in conformity with
the Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents, and shill not relieve the CONTRACTOR
of his duty as an independent contractor as previously set forth, it being expressly understood and
agreed that the ENGINEER does not assume any duty to pass upon the propriety or adequacy of
such drawings or schedules, or any means or methods reflected thereby, in relation to the safety of
either person or property during CONTRACTOR's performance hereunder, and any action taken
by the ENGINEER shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his responsibility and liability to
comply with the Contract Documents.
4.18 ENGINEER -CONTRACTOR RELATIONSHIP; OBSERVATIONS. It is agreed
by the CONTRACTOR that the ENGINEER, as the OWNER's representative, shall be and is
hereby authorized to appoint such subordinate engineers, representatives or observers as the said
ENGINEER may from time to time deem proper to observe the materials furnished and the Work
done undei this Agreement. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance
required by the subordinate engineers, representatives or observers for the proper observation and
examination of the work. The CONTRACTOR shall regard and obey the directions and
instructions of any subordinate engineers, representatives or observers so appointed, when such
directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and the Plans and
Specifications and Contract Documents, provided, however, should the CONTRACTOR object to
any orders by any subordinate engineer, representative or observer, the CONTRACTOR may,
within three (3) days, make written appeal to the ENGINEER for his decision.
4.19 OBSERVATION AND TESTING. The OWNER or the ENGINEER as the
OWNER's representative shall have the right at all reasonable times to observe inspect and test
the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall make all necessary arrangements and provide proper
facilities and access for such observation, inspection and testing at any location wherever Work is
in preparation or progress. The CONTRACTOR shall ascertain the scope of any observation,
inspection or testing which may be contemplated by the OWNER or the ENGINEER and shall
give ample notice as to the time each part of the Work will be ready for such observation,
inspection or testing. The OWNER or the ENGINEER may reject any Work found to be defective
or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, regardless of the stage of its completion or the
time or place of discovery of such deficiencies, and regardless of whether the ENGINEER has
previously accepted the Work through oversight or otherwise. If any Work is covered without
approval or consent of the OWNER, it must, if requested by the OWNER or the ENGINEER be
uncovered for examination, at the sole expense of the CONTRACTOR. In the event that any part
of the Work is being fabricated or manufactured at a location where it is not convenient for the
OWNER or the ENGINEER to make observations of such Work or require testing of said Work,
05/2008 00700 - 13 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
then in such event, the OWNER or the ENGINEER may require the CONTRACTOR to furnish
the OWNER or the ENGINEER with certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by
independent persons competent to perform such tasks at the location where that pact of the work is
being manufactured or fabricated. All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed
by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other applicable organization as may
be required by law or the Contract Documents.
If any Work, which is required to be inspected, tested or approved, is covered up without written
approval of consent of the OWNER or the ENGINEER, it must, if requested by the OWNER or
the ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation and testing, at the sole expense of the
CONTRACTOR. The cost of all such inspections, tests and approvals shall be borne by the
CONTRACTOR unless otherwise provided herein. Any Work which fails to meet the
requirements of such tests, inspections or approval, and any Work which meets the requirements
of any such tests or approval but does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents shall
be considered defective. Such defective Work and any other work affected thereby shall be
corrected at the CONTRACTOR'S expense.
Neither observations by the OWNER of by the ENGINEER, nor inspections, certifications, tests
or approvals made by the OWNER the ENGINEER or other persons authorized under this
Agreement to make such inspections, tests or approvals, shall relieve the CONTRACTOR fiom
his obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract
Documents.
4.20 DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES. It is further agreed that if the Work or any
part thereof or any matei ial brought on the site of the Work for use in the Woik of selected for the
same, shall be deemed by the ENGINEER as unsuitable or not in conformity with the Plans and
Specifications or Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall, after receipt of written notice
thereof from the ENGINEER, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy
such Work so that it shall be in full accordance with this Contract, It is further agreed that any
such remedial action contemplated herein shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense.
4.21 LIABILITY FOR PROPER PERFORMANCE. Engineering construction
drawings and specifications, as well as any additional instructions and information concerning the
Work to be performed passing fiom or through the ENGINEER, shall not be interpreted as
requiring or allowing the CONTRACTOR to deviate from the Plans and Specifications or the
Contract Documents, the intent of such drawings, specifications and any other such instructions
being to define with particularity the agreement of the parties as to Work the CONTRACTOR is
to perform. CONTRACTOR shall be fully and completely liable and contractually bound, at his
own expense, for design, construction, installation and use or non-use of all items and methods
instant to the performance of the Contract, including, without limitation, the adequacy of all
temporary supports, shoring, bracing, scaffolding, machinery or equipment, safety precautions or
devices, similar items or devices used by him during construction, and work pei formed either
directly or incident to construction, and for all loss, damage or injury incident thereto, either to
person or property, whether such damage be suffered by the ENGINEER, the OWNER or any
other person not a party to this Contract.
05/2008
00700 - 14 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
Any review of Work in progress or any visit or observation during construction, or any
clarification of Plans and Specifications or Contract Documents by the ENGINEER or OWNER,
or any agent, employee or I epresentative of either of them, whether through pei sonal observation
on the Project site or by means of approval of shop drawings for construction or construction
processes, or by other means or methods, is agreed by the CONTRACTOR to be for the purpose
of observing the extent and nature of Work completed or being performed, as measured against the
Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents, or for the purpose of enabling the
CONTRACTOR to more fully understand the Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents
so that the completed construction Work will conform thereto, and shall m no way relieve the
CONTRACTOR from full and complete responsibility for proper performance of his Work on the
Project, including, without limitation, the propriety of means and methods of the CONTRACTOR
in performing said Contract, and the adequacy of any designs, plans or other facilities for
accomplishing such performance. Any action by the ENGINEER or the OWNER in visiting or
observing during construction, or any clarification of Plans and Specifications or Contract
Documents shall not constitute a waiver of CONTRACTOR'S liability for damages as herein set
out. Deviation by the CONTRACTOR from Plans and Specifications or Contract Documents,
whether called to the CONTRACTOR s attention or not, shall in no way relieve CONTRACTOR
from his responsibility to complete all work in accordance with said Plans and Specifications and
Contract Documents, and further shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of his liability for loss, damage
or injury as herein set out.
4.22 PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC.
The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the safety of himself, his employees and all
other persons, as well as tor the protection of the impiovements being erected and the property of
himself or any other person, as a result of his operations hereunder. The CONTRACTOR shall
take out and procure a policy or policies of Workers Compensation Insurance with an insurance
company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the
Workers' Compensation laws of the State of Texas. The CONTRACTOR shall zt all times
exercise reasonable precautions for the safety of employees and others on or near the Work and
shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building and
construction codes. A11 machinery and equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded, as a
minimum, in accordance with the `Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" of the
Associated General Contractois of America, except where incompatible with federal, state or
municipal laws or regulations. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all necessary machinery guards,
safe walkways, ladders, bridges, gangplanks, barricades, fences, traffic control, warning signs and
other safety devices.
No alcoholic beverages, non-prescription drugs, or unsafe practices will be allowed on the Work
site. CONTRACTOR shall dismiss anyone participating in any of the above from the Work site
for the duration of the Project. Only prescription drug uses with a doctor's authorization to
perfoim construction activities will be allowed on the Work site. Violation of this provision is a
default undei the Contract. The use possession, sale, transfer, purchase of being undei the
influence of alcohol, drugs or any other illegal or unlawful substance by CONTRACTOR or
CONTRACTOR's employees, or CONTRACTOR's subcontractors and employees at any time at
the Work site or while on company business is prohibited. CONTRACTOR shall institute and
enforce appropriate diug testing guidelines and program.
05/2008 00700 - 15 of 36
CITY OF PFARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
All accidents or injuries to CONTRACTOR's employees working on the job site must be reported
verbally and in writing to the ENGINEER immediately, and within no more than eight (8) hours.
The safety precautions actually taken and their adequacy shall be the sole responsibility of the
CONTRACTOR, in his sole discretion as an independent contractor Inclusion of this paragraph in
the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given by the OWNER or the ENGINEER as
the OWNER's representative concerning omissions under thus paragraph as the Work pi ogresses,
are intended as reminders to the CONTRACTOR of his duty and shall not be construed as any
assumption of duty to supervise safety precautions by either the CONTRACTOR or any of his
subcontractors.
4.23 PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY. The CONTRACTOR shall
employ proper means to protect the adjacent o1 adjoining property or properties in any way
encountered, which might be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be
undertaken under this Agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of
construction; and he shall be liable for any and all claims foi such damage on account of his
failure to fully protect all adjacent or adjoining property. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO
INDEMNIFY DEFEND, SAVE AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER AND ENGINEER
AGAINST ANY CLAIM OR CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, LOSS COSTS OR EXPENSES,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ATTORNEY S FEES, DUE TO ANY INJURY TO ANY
ADJACENT OR ADJOINING PROPERTY, ARISING OR GROWING OUT OF THE
PERFORMANCE OF THE CONTRACT, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT SUCH
DAMAGE, LOSS, COST OR EXPENSE IS CAUSED IN PART BY THE NEGLIGENCE,
GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY OF OWNFR AND/OR ENGINEER
4.24 PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS,
MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
THE CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT HE WILL PROMPTLY PAY WHEN DUE, AND WILL
INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND FHE ENGINEER HARMLESS FROM
ALL CLAIMS GROWING OUT OF THE DEMANDS OF SUBCONTRACTORS LABORFRS,
WORKERS, MECHANICS, MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY AND
PARTS THEREOF EQUIPMENT, POWER TOOLS AND ALL SUPPLIES, INCLUDING
COMMISSARY, INCURRED IN THE FURTHERANCE OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS
CONTRACT. When so desired by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory
evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or
waived. If the CONTRACTOR fails to do so, then the OWNER may, at the option of the
OWNER, either pay directly any unpaid bills of which the OWNER has written notice, or
withhold from the CONTRACTOR's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably
sufficient to liquidate any and all such claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all
liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payments to the CONTRACTOR shall be
resumed in fiitl, in accordance with the terms of this Contract.
Any and all communications between any parties under this paragraph shall be in writing.
Nothing contained in this paragraph or this Agreement shall create, establish or impose any
relationship, contractual 01 otherwise, between OWNER and any subcontractor, laborer or supplier
of CONTRACTOR, nor shall it create, establish or impose any duty upon OWNER to pay o1 to
see to the payment of any subcontractor, laborer or supplier of CONTRACTOR.
05/2008 00700 - 16 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
4.25 PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENTED INVENTION. The
CONTRACTOR shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall provide foi the use of any
design, device, mates ial or process covered by letters patent or copyright, by suitable legal
agreement with the patentee or owner thereof THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DEFEND ALL
SUITS OR CLAIMS FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT OR COPYRIGHT AND
SHALL INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER HARMLESS
FROM ANY LOSS OR LIABILITY ON ACCOUNT THEREOF, EXCEPT SUCH SUITS AND
CLAIMS ARISING OUT OI A PARTICULAR DESIGN, DEVICE, MATERIAL OR PROCESS
OR THE, PRODUCT OF A PARTICULAR MANUFACTURER OR MANUFACTURERS
SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED BY THE OWNER; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, IF CHOICE OF
ALTERNATE DESIGN, DEVICE, MATERIAL OR PROCESS IS ALLOWED TO THE
CONTRACTOR, OR IF CONTRACTOR KNEW OR SHOULD HAVE KNOWN OF THE
PATENT OR COPYRIGHT AND FAILED TO PROMPTLY NOTIFY OWNER IN WRITING,
THEN THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, SAVE AND HOLD THE
OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS OR LIABILITY ON ACCOUNT THEREOF.
4.26 INDEMNIFICATION THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO DEFEND,
INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE ENGINEER AND THE OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY
CLAIMS OR DEMANDS OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER MADE BY ANY EMPLOYEE,
EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR SUBCONTRACTORS OF CONTRACTOR, OR BY ANY
UNION TRADE ASSOCIATION, WORKER'S ASSOCIATION OR O`I HER GROUPS,
ASSOCIATIONS OR INDIVIDUALS, ALLEGEDLY REPRESENTING EMPLOYEES OF THE
CONTRACTOR IN ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS
EMPLOYEES, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY INVOLVING, GROWING OUT OF OR
ARISING FROM CLAIMS BY SUCH EMPLOYEES FOR WAGFS, SALARY,
COMPENSATION, BENEFITS, WORKING CONDITIONS OR ANY OTHER SIMILAR
COMPLAINT OR CLAIM WHICH MAY BE MADE
THE CONTRACTOR, HIS SURETIES AND INSURANCE CARRIERS SHALL DEFEND,
INDEMNIFY•AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER AND THEIR
RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS AND EMPLOYEES FROM AND
AGAINST ALL DAMAGES, CLAIMS, LOSSES, DEMANDS SUITS, LIABILITIES,
JUDGMENTS AND COSTS OF ANY CHARACTER WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING
REASONABLE ATIORNEY'S FENS AND EXPFNSES, AND SHALL BE REQUIRED TO
PAY ANY JUDGMENT THEREFOR, WITH COSTS, WHICH MAY BF OBTAINED
AGAINST THE OWNER AND/OR THE ENGINEER OR ANY OF THEIR OFFICERS,
REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES, ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING
FROM OR ALLEGEDLY ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE
OF THE WORK, PROVIDED THAT ANY SUCH DAMAGES, CLAIM, LOSS, DEMAND,
SUIT, LIABILITY, JUDGMENT, COST OR EXPENSE:
(A) ARISES OUT OF OR RESULTS FROM IN WHOLE OR IN PART OR
ALLEGEDLY ARISES OUT OF OR RESULTS FROM IN WHOLE OR IN
PART, ANY BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT OR BREACH OF
WARRANTY BY CONTRACTOR; OR
05/2008 00700 - 17 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
(B) IS ATTRIBUTABLE, TO BODILY INJURY, SICKNESS, DISEASF OR
DEATH OR INJURY TO OR DESTRUCTION OF TANGIBLE PROPERTY,
INCLUDING THE LOSS OF USE RESULTING THEREFROM; AND
IS CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART OR IS ALLEGEDLY CAUSED IN
WHOI F, OR IN PART BY ANY NEGLIGENT ACT OR OMISSION OF THE
CONTRACTOR, ANY SUBCONTRACTOR, THEIR AGENTS OR
EMPLOYEES OR ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY
ANY ONE OF THEM OR ANYONE FOR WHOSE ACTS ANY OF THEM
MAY BF LIABLE, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT IT IS CAUSED
IN PART OR ALLFGEDLY CAUSED IN PART BY THE NEGLIGENCE,
GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY OF OWNER, ENGINFER
AND/OR A PARTY INDEMNIFIED HEREUNDER.
Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in the Agreement to the contrary, in accordance with
the provisions of Section 130.002 of the Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code,
CONTRACTOR shall not be obligated to indemnify or hold harmless the ENGINEER, his agents,
servants or employees, from liability for damage that is caused by or results from defects in plans,
designs or specifications prepared, approved or used by the ENGINEER, or negligence of the
ENGINEER in the rendition or conduct of professional duties called for or arising out of any
construction contract and the plans, designs or specifications that are a part of the construction
contract, and arises from personal injury or death, property injury, or any other expense that arises
from personal injury, death, or property injury.
This indemnity agreement is a continuing obligation, and shall survive notwithstanding
completion of the Work, Final Payment, expiration of the warranty period, termination of the
Contract, and abandonment or takeover of the Work.
CONTRACTOR's indemnification obligations hereunder shall not be limited by a limitation on
amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or foi the CONTRACTOR or a
subcontiactoi undei workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit
acts, and shall not be limited by any limitation on amounts or coverage of insurance provided or to
be provided under this Contract.
4.27 LOSSES FROM NATURAL CAUSES All loss, cost, expense or damage to the
CONTRACTOR arising out of the nature of the Work to be done or from any unforeseen
circumstances in the prosecution of the same, or from the action of the elements, or from unusual
obstructions or difficulties which may be encountered in the prosecution of the Work, shall be
sustained and borne by the CONTRACTOR at his own cost and expense.
4.28 GUARANTEE The CONTRACTOR hereby guarantees all the Work under the
Contract to be free from defects or deficiencies in material in every particular and free from
defects or deficiencies in workmanship; and against unusual damage from proper and usual use;
and agrees to replace or to re -execute without cost to the OWNER such Work as may be found to
be defective, deficient or otherwise not in conformance with the Contract Documents, and to make
good all damages caused to other work or material, due to such defective Work or due to its
required replacement or re -execution. This guarantee shall cover a period of one year from the
date of Substantial Completion or Partial Substantial Completion of Work undei the Contract, as
•evidenced by the Certificate of Substantial Completion. Neither the Certificate of Substantial
05/2008 00700 - 18 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
Completion, Final Payment, nor any provision in the Contract Documents shall relieve the
CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for defective, deficient or non -conforming material or
workmanship during the period covered by the guarantee. The one-year period of guarantee will
not limit the OWNER'S other rights under common law with respect to any defects, deficiencies
or non -conforming Work discovered after one year. If this one-year guarantee conflicts with other
warranties or guarantees, the longer period of warranty or guarantee will govern.
5.0 PROSECUTION ANI) PROGRESS
5.01 TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION. It is the meaning and intent of this
Contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the CONTRACTOR shall be allowed
to prosecute his Work at such times and seasons, in such order of precedence, and in such manner
as shall be most conducive to economy of construction; provided, however, that the order and the
time of prosecution shall be such that the Work shall be Substantially Completed as a whole and in
part, in accordance with this Contract and the Contract Time; provided, also, that when the
OWNER is having othei work done, either by contract or by his own forces, the ENGINEER may
direct the time and manner of constructing the Worlc done under this Contract, so that conflict will
be avoided and the construction of the various works being done for the OWNFR shall be
harmonized, and the CONTRACTOR shall fully cooperate and coordinate its Work with OWNER
or such other contractors.
The CONTRACTOR shall submit, at such times as may reasonably be requested by the
fiNGINEER, schedules which shall show the order in which the CONTRACTOR proposes to
carry on the Work, with dates on which the CONTRACTOR will start the several parts of the
work, and estimated dates of completion of the several parts. Such schedules shall show
completion of the Work within the Contract Time, and/or shall show such recovery efforts as
CONTRACTOR intends to undertake in the event Substantial Completion of the Work is delayed.
5.02 EXTENSION OF TIME The CONTRACTOR agrees that he has submitted his
Bid Proposal in full recognition of the time required for the completion of this Project, taking into
consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this locality, and
has considered the liquidated damage provisions as hereinafter set forth, and that he shall not be
entitled to, nor will he request an extension of time on this Contract, except when Substantial
Completion of the Work has been delayed solely by any act or neglect of the OWNER, the
ENGINEhR, or any employee of either, by other contractors employed by the OWNER, by any
approved change in the Work, by strikes, lockouts, fires, Acts of God or by any othei cause which
the ENGINEER shall decide justifies the delay. The CONTRACTOR shall give the hNGINEER
prompt notice, in writing and within three (3) days of the start of any such delay, of the cause of
any such delay, and its estimated effect on the Work and the schedule for completion of the Work.
Upon receipt of a written request for an extension of the Contract Time from the CONTRACTOR,
supported by relevant and all requested documentation the ENGINEER shall submit such written
request together with his written recommendation, to the OWNER for consideration. If the delay
is not attributable in whole or in part to any act or omission of CONTRACT OR, its subcontractors
or suppliers and if the OWNER determines that CONTRACTOR is entitled to an extension of
time under the terms of the Contract, the OWNER shall grant an extension of time for Substantial
Completion of the Work, sufficient to compensate for the delay and such extension of time shall
be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy, except as may be otherwise provided herein. No
extensions of Contract Time shall be made for delays occurring prior to the Contractor's
mobilization as defined in Section 01505 MOBILIZATION.
05/2008 00700 19 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
The Contract Time as defined in the Bid Proposal and other sections herein contains 40
Rain Days. The CONTRACTOR is required to keep record of all weather related delays and to
submit the monthly count on each Pay Application. The Owner s Representative shall review and
sign off on this record as a part of the Pay Application approval process every month. If, during
preparation of the Balancing Change Order, the status of the work progress requires an extension
of the Contract 1 role, Impact Days shall be added to the Completion Date equal to the total
number of Weather or Impact Days approved less the original 40 days resident in the original
Contract Time. The Addition of Weather or Impact Days will only alter the Contract Time when
added by Change Order If the Work is completed prior to the Completion Date, No Days will be
added. The addition of Weather or hnpact Days shall be the CONTRACTOR's sole remedy for
delays to the completion of the Work and their addition to the Contract Time shall not affect the
Contract Price though any per deim" adjustment to the General Conditions costs, Temporary
Facilities costs or any other costs associated with the extension of the Contract Time.
5.03 HINDRANCES AND DELAYS. In executing the Contract, the CONTRACTOR
agrees that in undertaking to complete the Work within the time herein fixed, he has taken into
consideration and made allowances for all interference, disruption, hindrances and delays incident
to such Worlc, whether growing out of delays in securing material, workmen or otherwise. No
claim shall be made by the CONTRACTOR for damages, loss, costs or expense resulting from
interference, disruption, hindrances or delays from any cause during the progress of any portion of
the Work embraced in this Contract, except where the Work is stopped or suspended by order of
the OWNER, or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative, and such stoppage or
suspension is not attributable to any act or omission of CONTRACTOR.
5.04 SUSPENSION OF WORK. OWNER may, without cause, order the
CONTRACTOR in writing to suspend the Work, in whole or in part, for such period of time as
OWNER may request. The Contract Price and/or Contract Time shall be adjusted for any increase
in the cost of or the time required for performance of the Work caused by such suspension. No
adjustment shall be made to the extent performance was or would have been suspended by a cause
for which CONTRACTOR is responsible, or to the extent an adjustment is made or denied under
another provision of the Contract Documents.
5.05 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR DELAY: It is understood and agreed that time
is of the essence, and that the CON TRACTOR will commence the Work on the date specified
herein or in any Notice to Proceed, and will Substantially Complete the Work within the Contract
Time It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the CONTRACTOR and the
OWNER, that the time for the Substantial Completion of the Work described herein is reasonable
time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and
conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality. The CONTRACTOR further
agrees that a breach of this Contract as to completion on time will cause damage to the OWNER
and that such damages cannot be accurately measured or that ascertainment will be difficult.
Therefore, the parties agree that for each and every calendar day the Work or any portion thereof
shall remain uncompleted after the expiration of the Contract Time, the CONTRACTOR shall
pay, as liquidated damages and as a reasonable estimate of OWNER's damages, and not as a
penalty, the amount set out in the Standard Form of Agreement.
05/2008 00700 - 20 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
However, the foregoing agreement as to liquidated damages constitutes only an agreement by the
OWNER and the CONTRACTOR as to the amount of damages which the OWNER will sustain
by reason of the CONTRACTOR S failure to complete the work within the Contract Time. Should
the OWNER suffer damage by reason of any other breach by CONTRACTOR, the OWNER ma)
recover such actual damages in addition to any liquidated damages due.
The OWNER shall have the right to deduct and withhold the amount of any and all such damages
whether it be the minimum amount stipulated above or otherwise, from any monies owing by it to
said CONTRACTOR, or the OWNER may recover such amount from the CONTRACTOR and
the sureties of his bond; all of such remedies shall be cumulative and the OWNER shall not be
required to elect any one nor be deemed to have made an election by proceeding to enforce any
one remedy.
5.06 CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME The Contract 1 nne may only be changed by a
Change Ordei. Any claim for an adjustment of Contract Time shall be based on written notice
delivered by the party making such claim to the other party and to the ENGINFFR promptly, but
in no event later than ten (10) days after the event -giving rise to the claim. Notice of the extent of
the claim, along with supporting data, shall be delivered within thirty (30) days of the occurrence
and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written representation that the adjustment claimed is
the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the
occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in Contract Time shall be determined by the
ENGINEER in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. Contractor shall submit, as a
minimum, the following data:
A. Information showing that the time requested is not included in the existing
Contract and in addition to the Contract.
B. Information documenting that the number of days requested is accurate for the
event.
C. Revised, current construction schedule showing that the time requested affects
the project's critical path.
5.07 DELAYS BEYOND OWNER'S AND CONTRACTOR'S CONTROL Where
CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any pait of the Work within the Contract Time due
to delays beyond the control of the OWNFR and the CONTRACTOR, including, but not limited
to, interference by utility owners or other contractors performing other work, Contractor shall be
entitled to an extension of the Contract Time in an amount equal to the time lost. CONTRACTOR
shall not be entitled to any increase in Contract Piice as a result of such delays. IN NO EVENT'
SHALL OWNER BE LIABLE TO CONTRACTOR FOR DAMAGFS ARISING OUT OF OR
RESULTING FROM (i) Delays caused by, or within the control of, the CONTRACTOR, or (ii)
Delays beyond the control of both parties including, but not limited to, interference by utility
owners or other contractors performing other work, fires floods, epidemics, abnormal weather
conditions, acts of God, even if such delays aie due in part to the negligence, other fault, bleach of
contract or warranty, violation of the Texas Deceptive Trade Act or strict liability without regard
to fault of OWNER An extension of Contract time shall be CONTRACTOR s sole and exclusive
remedy foi any such delays.
Delays attributed to, and within the control of, a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be
deemed to be delays within the control of the CONTRACTOR.
05/2008 00700 - 21 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
6.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
6.01 DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS. If the CONTRACTOR knows or
reasonably should have known of any discrepancies or omissions in the Plans, Specifications or
Contract Documents, he shall notify the ENGINEER and obtain a clarification by Addendum
before the bids are received, and if no such request is received by the ENGINEER prior to the
opening of bids, then it shall be considered that the CONTRACTOR fully understands the Work
to be performed and has provided sufficient sums in his Bid Proposal to complete the Work in
accordance with the Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents. It is further understood
that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five (5) days prior to the opening
of bids.
6.02 QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS. No extra or customary measurements
of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured and/or computed length, area, volume,
number and weight on15 shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided.
6.03 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES. This Agreement, including the Specifications,
Plans and Contract Documents, and including any estimates contained therein, is intended to
convey all Work to be done and material to be furnished hereunder. Where the estimated
quantities are shown for the various classes of Work to be done and material to be fiunished under
this Contract, they are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable
cost of the Work and for comparing the Bid Pioposals offered for the Work. It is understood and
agreed that the actual amount of Work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this
Contract may differ from the estimates and that the items listed or estimated quantities stated,
and/or any difference between estimated and actual Work, shall not give rise to a claim by the
CONTRACTOR against the OWNER for loss, cost, expense, damages, unit price adjustment,
quantity differences, um•ecovered overhead or lost or anticipated profits, or other compensation.
•
6.04 PRICE OF WORK. It is agreed that it is the intent of this Contract that all Work
described in the Bid Proposal, the Plans and Specifications and other Contract Documents is to be
done for the prices bid by the CONTRACTOR and that such prices shall include all appurtenances
necessary to complete the Work in accordance with the intent of these Contract Documents as
interpreted by the ENGINEER, and all costs, expenses, bond and insurance premiums, taxes,
overhead, and profit. In consideration of the furnishing of all the necessary labor, equipment and
material and the completion of all Work by the CONTRACTOR, and upon the completion of all
Work and the delivery of all materials embraced in this Contract in full conformity with the
Contract Documents, the OWNER agrees to pay to the CONTRACTOR the prices set forth in the
Standard Form of Agreement, for the material actually used and services actually performed;
however, the OWNER does not assume any obligation to pay for any services or material not
actually authorized and used. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to receive such prices as
payment in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid Work, and for
all expenses incurred by him, and for full performance of the Work and the whole thereof in the
manner and according to this Agreement, the Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents,
and the requirements of the ENGINEER.
05/2008 00700 = 22 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
6.05 PAYMENTS. No payments made or approvals or certificates given shall be
considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the Contract, either in whole or in part,
nor shall any certificate, approval or payment be considered as acceptance of defective, deficient
or non -conforming Work. CON] RACTOR shall, at any time requested during the progress of the
Work, furnish the OWNER or the ENGINEER with an affidavit showing the CONTRACTOR's
total outstanding indebtedness in connection with the Wok. Before Final Payment is made, the
CONTRACTOR shall satisfy the OWNER, by affidavit or otherwise, that there are no unpaid
claims due subcontractors, suppliers or laborers by season of any Work under the Contract.
Acceptance by CONTRACTOR of Final Payment shall constitute a waiver of any and all claims
of whatsoever nature against OWNER, arising out of or related to the Contract, of the Work, or
any acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER, which have not theretofore been timely filed as
provided in this Contract.
6.06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS. When the Contract Price is a lump sum amount, prior to
the first Application for Payment, CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review and
approval a Schedule of Values, which shall fanly allocate the entire Contract Price among the
various portions of the Work and shall bc prepaied in such form and supported by such data to
substantiate its accuracy as the ENGINEER may reasonably require. The Schedule of Values
shall follow the trade divisions of the Specifications so far as practicable. Upon approval, this
Schedule of Values shall be used by ENGINEER as the basis for reviewing the Contractor's
Application for Payment. Applications foi Payment shall indicate thc percentage of completion of
each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment.
On or before the tenth day of each month, the CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit to the
ENGINFER, for approval or conection, an application foi partial payment, being a statement
showing as completely as practicable, the total value of the Work done by the CONTRACTOR up
to and including the twenty-fifth day of the preceding month; said statement shall also include the
value of all conforming materials to be fabricated into the Work and stored in accordance with
manufactuier's recommendation at the Work site only. No payment will be made foi materials
stored until Owner has approved in writing storage at the Work site. The ENGINEER shall then
review such statement and application for partial payment and the progress of the Work made by
the CONTRACTOR and, within ten days after the date ENGINEER receives CONTRACTOR's
application for payment, if the application is found to be accurate and correct and conforming to
the requirements of the Contract Documents, the ENGINEER shall prepare a preliminary
certificate for partial payment and shall deliver his preliminary certification foi payment to the
OWNER and the CONTRACTOR or, if the ENGINEER finds that CONTRACTOR's application
for payment contains an error or is otherwise disputed, he shall notify CONTRACTOR of such
error or dispute, and shall prepare a preliminary certificate for partial payment for the undisputed
amount of the application foi payment due CONTRACTOR, and deliver it to the OWNER and
CONTRACTOR FNGINEER'S notice to CONTRACTOR that a bona fide dispute for payment
exists shall include a list of the specific reasons for nonpayment
The OWNER shall then pay the CONTRACTOR, within thirty (30) days of the date of
ENGINEER's receipt of the application for payment, the undisputed balance due, less applicable
retainage, and further less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained or
withheld by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. CONTRACTOR may submit a
corrected application for payment after its receipt of the I4NGINEFR s notice of error or dispute,
and such corrected application for payment shall be reviewed by the ENGINEER and disputed or
paid under the same procedure and within the same time limits set out above.
05/2008 00700 - 23 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
As a condition of any progress payment under this Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall execute and
deliver to ENGINEER and OWNFR a full release of all claims, direct or indirect, at law or in
equity arising out of or related to the Work to date, excluding retainage or any claims previously
submitted as required under the tetras of the Contract, and specifically identified and excluded by
CONTRACTOR in the release.
OWNER shall be entitled to retain from each progress payment five percent (5%) of the amount
thereof Such retainage shall be retained until Final Completion and satisfaction of all conditions
for Final Payment. It is understood, however, that in case the whole Work be near to completion,
as certified by the ENGINEFR, and some unexpected or unusual delay occurs, through no neglect
or fault on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNFR may, upon written recommendation of
the ENGINEER, pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained percentage to the
CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR, at the OWNER'S option, may be relieved of the
obligation to filly complete the Work, and thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive, at the
OWNER'S option, payment of the balance due him under the Contract for Woik completed in
accordance with the Contract Documents, subject to OWNER's rights to otherwise withhold or
retain payments, and subject to the conditions set foith under "6.08 FINAL PAYMFNT."
The Owner at its option and in compliance with Texas law may reduce retainage to less than the
above -stated percentages.
6.07 USE OF COMPLETED PORTIONS & PUNCHLIST. The OWNFR shall have
the right to take possession of and use any completed or partially completed portions of the Work,
notwithstanding that the time for completing the entire work or such portions may not have
expired; but such taking possession and use shall not be deemed an acceptance of any work not
completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. If such prior use increases the cost of or
delays the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within three (3) days of OWNER's
taking possession, give OWNER written notice of same, and CONTRACTOR may be entitled to
such extra compensation or extension of time, or both, as may be determined in accordance with
the provisions of this Agreement.
6.08 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER
AND FNGINEER, by letter executed by a duly qualified officer of CONTRACTOR, that in
CONTRACTOR's opinion, the Work of the Contract, or an agreed portion thereof, is
Substantially Complete". Upon receipt, and within a reasonable time theieaftei, of such notice,
the F,NGINEKR and the CONTRACTOR shall jointly perform a walk-through and inspection of
the Work to determine the status of all or the identified portion of the work, and shall prepare a
detailed list of unfinished incomplete defective and/or non -conforming Woik ("Punchlist"). If the
FNGINEER determines that the Work is Substantially Complete in accordance with the Contract
Documents, the ENGINEER shall issue to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR a Certificate of
Substantial Completion. OWNER shall have seven (7) days after receipt of Certificate to make
written objection to the ENGINEER as to any provision of the Certificate or the attached list of
non -conforming work. If ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not Substantially Complete,
ENGINEER will within fourteen (14) days, notify CONTRACTOR of the reason he believes the
Work is not Substantially Complete.
05/2008 00700 - 24 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
Upon Substantial Completion of the Work, ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and
CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities, pending final
payment and acceptance, with respect to security, maintenance, utilities and damage to the Work,
except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. NEITHER THE
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE WORK, NOR TI HE OMISSION OF AN ITEM FROM
THE PUNCHLIST, SHALL EXCUSE I'HF CONTRACTOR FROM PERFORMING ALL OF
THE WORK UNDERTAKEN, WHETHER OF A MINOR OR MAJOR NATURE, AND
THEREBY COMPLETING THE WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS. The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall establish the time period within
which CONTRACTOR shall complete the Work for Final Acceptance by the Owner and
ENGINEER.
6.08-1 OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Work after the
date of Substantial Completion, for security requirement seasons. OWNER may establish an
access procedure to facilitate CONTRACTOR's uninterrupted access to the Work for the purposes
of completing. and correcting all items on the Punchlist in an expeditious manner.
6.09 FINAL PAYMFNT. Final payment of the Retainage withheld from the Contract
Price shall be made by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR at such time as:
(a) the Work, including all Change Orders and including all Punchlist work, has been
fully completed in strict accordance with the Contract Documents;
(b) the Contract has been fully performed except for the COI\TRACTOR's
responsibility to correct nonconforming Woik during the warranty period set forth
in the Contract Documents, and to satisfy other requirements, if any, which
necessarily suivive final payment;
(c) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a certificate evidencing that insurance
required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is
currently in effect and will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30
days prior written notice has been given to OWNER;
(d) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a Consent of Surety, if any, to final payment;
(e)
CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a complete set of As -Built Drawings,
reflecting all deviations from the Plans Specifications and approved shop drawings
in the Work actually constructed, and delivers all maintenance and operating
manuals and/oi instructions;
(f) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER all building certificates requited prior to
occupancy and all other required inspections / approvals / acceptances by city,
county, state governmental entities or other authorities having Jurisdiction;
(g)
CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER assignments of all guarantees and warranties
from subcontractors, vendors suppliers or manufacturers, as well as names,
addresses and telephone numbers of contacts for each subcontractor, vendor,
supplier or manufacturer;
05/2008 00700 - 25 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
(h) CONTRACTOR removes all equipment tools, temporary facilities, surplus
materials and rubbish from the site, and final cleans the site to OWNER'S
satisfaction;
(i) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a Full and Final Release and Affidavit of
Bills Paid in the form attached hereto as Attachment No. 2, executed by
CONTRACTOR;
(j) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER all other documentation required to be
submitted to OWNER pursuant to the Contract Documents, including but not
limited to any special guarantees or warranties, operation and maintenance
manuals, etc'. in each case in a form satisfactory to OWNER as determined in
OWNER's sole discretion; and
(k) the Final Application for Payment has been approved by the ENGINEER and
OWNER.
Acceptance of Final Payment by the CONTRACTOR shall constitute a waiver of all claims by
CON I RACTOR against OWNER other than any claims previously made in writing by
CONTRACTOR against OWNER, and still unsettled, and except for claims arising out of third
party actions, cross -claims and counterclaims. No interest shall be due or payable by OWNER to
CONTRACTOR on any sums retained or withheld by OWNER pursuant to the terms or
provisions of the Contract Documents, except as otherwise provided by applicable law. Neither
the Certificate of Substantial Completion nor the Final Payment nor possession or acceptance of
the Work shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of its obligation for correction of defective or non-
conforming Work, or for fulfillment of any warranty, which may be required by law or by the
Contract Documents.
6.10 CORRECTION OF WORK BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT. The CONTRACTOR
shall promptly remove from OWNER's premises all materials, equipment or Work which is
defective or otherwise not in conformance with the Contract Documents, whether actually
incorporated in the Work or not, and CONTRACTOR shall, at his own expense, promptly replace
such materials, equipment or Work with other materials conforming to the requirements of the
Contract. The CONTRACTOR shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of
CONTRACTOR or other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement. If
CONTRACTOR does not remove and replace any such unsuitable Work within a reasonable time
after receipt of a written notice fiom the OWNFR or the ENGINEER, the OWNER may remove,
replace and remedy such work at CONTRACTOR's expense.
6.11 CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT. If within one (1) year
from the date of Substantial Completion or such longer per iod of time as may be prescribed by law
or by the terms of any applicable special wananty required by the Contract Documents any of the
Work is found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR
shall, at its sole cost, correct it and any other work affected thereby promptly after receipt of a
written notice from OWNER to do so. In addition, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any
damage to building contents, when such damage results from the CONTRACTOR's use of faulty
materials or defective workmanship, to the extent such damage is not covered by OWNER's
insurance. This warranty period shall renew and recommence for each corrected item of Work
upon completion of the remedial work. This time period for correction by CONTRACTOR is in
05/2008 00700 - 26 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
addition to, and not in lieu of, all warranties or remedies, which exist at common law or by statute.
These warranty obligations shall survive the termination of this Contract, and shall be enforceable
by a decree of specific performance, in addition to such other rights and remedies available to
OWNER at law or in equity.
6.12 PAYMENTS WITHHELD. The OWNER may withhold, of on account of
subsequently discovered evidence nullify and demand immediate repayment of, the whole or part
of any certificate for payment or payment, to such extent as may be necessary to protect OWNER
from loss on account of:
(a) Defective or non -conforming Work not remedied;
(b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims;
(c) Failure of the CONTRACTOR to make payments promptly to subcontractors or
for material or labor;
(d) Damage to another contractor, OWNER, existing improvements on the site, or to
adjacent or adjoining property;
(e) Reasonable doubt that the Work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the
Contract amount;
(0 Reasonable indication that the Work will not be completed within the Contract
Time;
(g) Failure on the pait of the CONTRACTOR to execute any and all documents,
releases or other documents presented to the CONTRACTOR for execution, as
provided for herein or otherwise;
(h) Liquidated or other damages due to late completion; and/or
(i)
Any breach by CONTRACTOR of this Contract or any other agreement between
OWNER and CONTRACTOR.
When the above grounds are removed to OWNFR's satisfaction, the withheld payment shall be
made promptly If the said causes are not so remedied, OWNER may remedy the same for
CONTRACTOR's account, charge the entire cost thereof to CONTRACTOR and deduct such cost
from the Contract Sum or from any payments due or to become due under any other agreement
between OWNER and CONTRACTOR.
05/2008 00700 - 27 of 36
CITY OF PEARLIIND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
6.13 DELAYFID PAYMENTS. Should the OWNER fail to make payment to the
CONTRACTOR when payment is due in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents,
any interest due CONTRACTOR for late payments shall accrue and be paid in accordance with
the provisions of Chapter 2251 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, and payment of such
interest shall fully liquidate and compensate any injury to the CONTRACTOR growing out of
such delay in payment. Should OWNER fail to pay CONTRACTOR an undisputed amount due
within the time limits provided in the Contract or applicable law CONTRACTOR shall give the
notice required and comply with the provisions of Section 2251.051. of the Texas Government
Code, and shall thereupon be entitled to the rights and remedies provided therein.
7.0 EXTRA WORK AND CLAIMS
7.01
CHANGE ORDERS. Without invalidating this Agreement, the OWNER may, at
any time or fiom time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions to the
Work; such changes will be authorized by Change Order to be prepared by
the ENGINEER for execution by the OWNFR and the CONTRACTOR.
The Change Order shall set forth the basis for any change in Contract
Price, as hereinafter set forth for Extra Work, and any change in Contract
Time, which may result from the change.
7.02 In accordance with paragraph 1.07 CONTRACTOR'S request to work weekends,
the Owner's Construction Manager shall, upon receipt of written notice by
the CONTRACTOR of the need to conduct work on otherwise non -Work
Days, prepare a cost estimate for providing Construction Management and
hmspection services during the requested period and submit this to both
OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If approved by both parties the
Construction Manager shall prepare a Deductive Change Order in the
amount stated in the estimate for the signature of the CONTRACTOR and
the OWNER for inclusion in the next Pay Application. The Deductive
Change Order must be signed and executed by both the OWNER and
CONTRACTOR prior to start of work on any non -Work Day.
7.03 MINOR CHANGES. The ENGINEER may authorize minor changes in the Work
not inconsistent with the overall intent of the Contact Documents and not involving an increase in
Contract Price or time. If the CONTRACTOR believes that any minor changes authorized by the
ENGINEER involves Extia Work or entitles him to an increase in the Contract Price or the
Contact Time, the CONTRACTOR shall give notice of same by written request to the
ENGINEER for a written Work Order, with a copy to OWNER. Any such notice and request by
the CONTRACTOR shall be given prior to beginning the changed work. CONTRACTOR's
commencement of any minor change in the Work prior to such written notice and request shall
constitute a waiver of any and all claims for an increase in the Contract Price or the Contract Time
arising out of or related to such changed work.
7.04 EXTRA WORK. It is agreed that the CONTRACTOR shall perform all work
under the direction of the ENGINEER when presented with a written Change Order Work
Change Directive or Woik Order signed by the ENGINEER, subject, however, to the right of the
CONTRACTOR to requite written confirmation of such Change Order, Work Change Directive or
Work Order by the OWNER It is agreed that the basis of compensation or adjustment to the
CONTRACTOR for work either altered, added or deleted by a Change Order of Work Change
05/2008 00700 - 28 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
Directive, or for which a claim for Extra Work is made, shall be determined by one or more of the
following methods:
Method (A) --By Contract unit prices applicable to the work, if any; or
Method (B) --By agreed unit prices or agreed stipulated lump sum price; or
Method (C) --If neither Method (A) nor Method (B) be agreed upon before the Extra
Work is commenced, then the CONTRACTOR shall be paid the "Actual
Field Cost" of the work, plus five percent (5%), as full and final
compensation for the Extra Work and all costs and expenses, direct or
indirect, arising out of or related thereto.
In the event said Extra Work or Change Order or Worlc Change Directive work is performed and
paid for under Method (C), then the provisions of this paragraph shall apply and the "Actual Field
Cost" is hereby defined as the cost to the CONTRACTOR of all workers, such as foremen,
timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, and materials, supplies, trucks, rentals of machinery and
equipment, for the time actually employed or used on such alleged Extra Work or Change Order
or Work Change Directive work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incuired together
with all power fuel, lubricants, water and similar operating expenses, plus all necessary incidental
expenses incuired directly on account of such Extra Work, including Social Security, Old Age
Benefits and other payroll taxes, and a rateable proportion of premiums on Performance and
Payment Bonds and Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and Workers'
Compensation, and all other insurance as may be required by law or ordinance, or the Contract
Documents, plus all payments to subcontractors for such work.
The ENGINEER may direct the form in which accounts of the "Actual Field Cost" shall be kept
and the records of these accounts shall be made available to the ENGINEER The ENGINEER or
OWNER may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work.
and the type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise these matters shall be
determined by the CONTRACTOR. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of
machinery and equipment shall be determined by using one hundred percent (100%), unless
otherwise specified, of the latest schedule of Equipment Ownership Expense adopted by the
Associated General Contractors of America where practicable. The five percent (5%) of the
"Actual Field Cost' to be paid to the CONTRACTOR, shall cover and compensate him for his
profit, overhead, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the "Actual Field
Cost" as herein defined, save that where the CONTRACTOR's field office must be maintained
solely on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be
included in the "Actual Field Cost."
No claim for Extra Work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered by the ENGINEER in a
written Work Order. In case any orders or instructions, either oral or written, appear to the
CONTRACTOR to involve Extra Work for which he should receive compensation or an
adjustment in the Contract Time, he shall make written request to the ENGINEER for a written
Work Order authorizing such Extra Work within ten (10) days of ENGINEER s orders or
instructions, otherwise the orders or instructions will be considered minor changes. The issuance
05/2008 00700 - 29 of 36
CITY OF PE'ARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
of a Work Order by the ENGINEER shall not constitute or be construed as an agreement or
acknowledgement by the ENGINEER that the work which is the subject of the Work Order is
Fxtra Woik outside the scope of the Contract Work, but shall merely constitute a direction to the
CONTRACTOR to perform the work, and the CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the work, and
shall keep an accurate account of the "Actual Field Cost' thereof, as provided under Method (C).
Upon completion of the alleged Extra Work, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within ten
(10) days submit his claim to the ENGINEER by pioper certification and attestation, on forms
provided by the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER shall render a written decision on
CONTRACTOR's claim within ten (10) days. It is mutually agreed between the parties that the
.ENGINEER s decision on all claims or questions in relation to the Work, CONTRACTOR's
performance of the Work, any changes in the Work or Extra Work, the Contract Price and/or the
Contract Time, shall be final and conclusive and binding upon the parties. If the ENGINEER
shall fail to respond in writing to CONTRACTOR s claim within thirty (30) days of the date of
submission, or if CONTRACTOR shall dispute en object to ENGINEER's decision on any claim,
and CONTRACTOR fails to file a Request for Mediation of such claim in accordance with the
provisions of Article 9.0, within sixty (60) days after the date of submission to the OWNER, or
such longer period as the parties may agree to in writing, the CONTRACTOR shall lose and
forfeit his right to make such claim for Extra Work at any later date, and all such claims held by
the CONTRACTOR shall he deemed waived, forfeited and forever barred. CONTRACTOR shall
continue to diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim, dispute, or dispute
resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR.
7.05 TIME OF FILING CLAIMS. Except as otherwise provided herein, all questions
of dispute or adjustment shall be in writing and filed with the ENGINFER within three (3) days
after the ENGINEER has given any directions order or instruction to which the CONTRACTOR
desires to take exception. The ENGINEER shall reply within thirty (30) days to such written
exceptions, and render his final decision in writing. It is mutually agreed between the parties that
the ENGINEER's decision on all claims or questions in relation to the Work, CONTRACTOR's
performance of the Work, any changes in the Work or Extra Work, the Contract Price and/or the
Contract Time, shall be final and conclusive and binding upon the parties. In case the
CONTRACTOR should desire to appeal from the ENGINEER's decision the CONTRACTOR
may request a meeting between representatives of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR foi the
purposes of appealing the ENGINEER's decision directly to the OWNER, such meeting to occur
within ten (10) days after the date of the CONTRACTOR's request of such longer period as may
be agreed to by the patties in writing. If the CONTRACTOR shall still be aggrieved after a
meeting with the OWNER and/or his representative, the CONTRACTOR shall have sixty (60)
days after the date of the meeting, or such longer period as the parties may agree to in writing, to
file a Request foi Mediation of such claim in accordance with the provisions of Article 9.0. In the
event the CONTRACTOR shall fail, for any reason, to timely file a Request for Mediation, the
OWNER shall be released of any and all liability and the CONTRACTOR s failure to timely file
a Request foi Mediation shall constitute a waives, forfeit and final bar of all such claims held by
the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall continue to diligently prosecute
the Wotk notwithstanding any pending claim, dispute, or dispute resolution process between
OWNER and CONTRACTOR.
05/2008 00700 - 30 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AG-REEMENT
8.0 DEFAULT
8.01 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR. In case the CONTRACTOR should abandon
and fail or refuse to resume Work within five (5) days after written notification from the OWNER
or the ENGINEER, or if the CONTRACTOR fails to comply with the orders of the ENGINEER
when such orders are consistent with the Contract Doccunents, or if the CONTRACTOR otherwise
defaults on its obligations under the Contract, OWNFR shall have the right, if it so elects and
without prejudice to any other rights it may have, after giving five (5) days wi itten notice of
default to CONTRACTOR and any surety, to terminate the Contract or any part thereof and/or to
take over or cause others to take over the Work or any pail thereof, and to complete such Work for
the account of CONTRACTOR. Where Performance and Payment Bonds exist, the sureties on
these bonds shall be directed to complete the Work in conjunction with the notice of default, and a
copy of said notice shall be delivered to the CONTRAC"I OR.
After receiving said notice of default, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within no more than
three (3) days, remove from the Woik any machinery, equipment, or tools then on the job, not
intended for incorporation into the Work. Should CONTRACTOR fail to promptly remove such
machinery, equipment or tools, OWNER may remove such machinery, equipment or tools and
store same at CONTRACTOR's expense; return such machinery, equipment or tools to their
purported owner; or otherwise dispose of such machinery, equipment or tools as OWNER sees fit.
Any materials, supplies and/or equipment delivered for use in the Work, may be used in the
completion of the Work by the OWNER or the surety on the Performance Bond, or another
contractor in completion of the Work; it being understood that the use of such equipment, supplies
and materials will ultimately reduce the cost to complete the Work and be reflected in the final
settlement.
Where there is no Performance Bond or in case the surety should fail to commence compliance
with the notice for completion hereinabove provided for within ten (10) days after the service of
such notice, then the OWNER may provide for completion of the Work in either of the following
elective manners:
(a) The OWNFR may thereupon employ such force of workers and use such
machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies as the OWNER may deem
necessary to expeditiously complete the Work, and charge the expense of such
labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said
CONTRACTOR, and expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the
OWNER out of such monies as may be due or that may thereafter at any time
become due to the CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of this Agreement or any
other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. In case such expense is
less than the sum which would have been payable under this Contract if the same
had been completed by the CONTRACTOR, then said CONTRACTOR shall be
credited with the difference. In case such expense is greater than the sum which
would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by
such CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall promptly
pay the amount of such excess to the OWNER upon demand; or
05/2008 00700 - 31 of 36
CITY OFPLARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
(b) The OW1\ F R, under sealed bids, under the times and procedures provided for by
law, may let the contract for completion of the Work under substantially the same
terms and conditions which are provided in this Contract. In case of any increase in
cost to the OWNER under the completion contract, as compared to what would
have been the cost under this Contact, such increase shall be charged to the
CONTRACTOR, and the amount of such increase may be deducted by the
OWNER out of such monies as may be due or that may thereafter at any time
become due to the CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of this Agreement or any
other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR
and/or his surety shall promptly pay the amount of such increase to the OWNER
upon demand. However, should the cost to complete any such completion contract
prove to be less than what would have been the cost to complete under this
Contract, the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall be credited therewith.
In the event of a default by CONTRACTOR, no further payments shall be made to
CONTRACTOR under the Contract until the Work is Finally Completed. When the Work shall
have been Finally Completed, the CONTRACTOR and his surety shall be so notified. A complete
itemized statement of the Contract accounts, certified by the ENGINEER as being correct, shall
then be prepared and delivered to the CONTRACTOR and his surety, whereupon the
CONTRACTOR and/oi his surety shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement. The
OWNER, pi for to incurring an obligation to make payment hereunder, shall have such statement
of completion attested to by the CONTRACTOR and the sleety as accurate, and in exchange for
payment of the sum stated therein, the OWNER shall be entitled to a full and final release of any
claims or demands by the CONTRACTOR or the surety.
In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that
which would have been the cost to the OWNER had the work been completed by the
CONTRACTOR under the terms of this Contract, or when the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety
shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the OWNER, then all machinery, equipment,
tools or supplies left on the site of the Work shall be turned over to the CONTRACTOR and/or his
surety. Should the cost to complete the Work exceed the Contract Price, and the CONTRACTOR
and/or his surety fail to pay the amount due the OWNER within the time designated above and
there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies which are the property of
CONTRACTOR on the site of the Work notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such
equipment and materials, shall be mailed to the CONTRACTOR and his surety at the respective
addresses designated iri the Contract, provided, however, that actual written notice given in any
manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing or other giving of such notice such property
shall be held at the risk of the CONTRACTOR and his surety, subject only to the duty of the
OWNER to exercise ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) days from the date
of such notice, the OWNER may sell such property, equipment, tools, materials or supplies, and
apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the CONTRACTOR and his surety. Such
sale may be made at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the OWNER may
elect. The OWNER shall release any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies, which
remain on the Work, and belong to persons other than the CONTRACTOR or his surety, to their
reputed owners.
05/2008 00700 - 32 of 36
CITYOFPEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
8.02 SUPPLEMENTATION OF CON I RACTOR FORCES If CONTRACTOR at any
time shall in OWNER'S sole opinion, fail to furnish skilled workers, suitable materials, supplies
or adequate equipment sufficient for the prompt, timely and diligent prosecution of the Work in
accordance with OWNER s direction, OWNER shall have the right, without prejudice to the
exercise of other remedies for the same default and without fully taking over the Work, to
supplement CONTRACTOR's forces and to expedite delivery of and to procure and furnish such
workers, materials, tools, supplies or equipment for CONTRACTOR's account by employing
other contractors and suppliers engaged in the same class of work and charge the entire cost
thereof to CONTRACTOR, said cost to be deducted from sums due or to become due to
CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any other agreement with OWNER or any parent,
subsidiary or affiliate of OWNER.
8.03 CUMULATIVE REMEDIES & SPECIFIC PFRFORMANCE All rights and
remedies of OWNER, under the terms of the Contract and/oi available at law or in equity, are
cumulative. In the event CONTRACTOR or any of its subcontractors, vendors or suppliers fails
or refuses for any reason to provide timely manufacture, fabrication, delivery, installation,
erection, construction or completion of any supplies, materials, expendables, equipment,
machinery, accessories or appurtenances to be furnished hereunder, CONTRACTOR
acknowledges and agrees that such items are required, necessary, essentially unique to the Project
and the Work and will cause irreparable harm to OWNER and the Project if not furnished in
accordance with the Contract, and OWNER shall have the right to obtain a decree of specific
performance and mandatory injunctive relief from any Court of competent jurisdiction to ensure
the timely furnishing of such items.
8.04 CROSS -DEFAULT. If, for any reason, CONTRACTOR is declared in default
and/or terminated by OWNER under any other agreement with OWNER, whether related to the
Project or not related to the Project, OWNER shall have the right to offset and apply any amounts
which might be owed to OWNER by CONTRACTOR under any other such agreements against
any earned but unpaid amounts owing to CONTRACTOR by OWNER under the Contract, any
retainage earned by CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any unearned, unpaid amount under
the Contract.
8.05 INSOLVENCY. It is recognized that if CONTRACTOR becomes a debtor in
voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceedings makes a general assignment for the benefit of
creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of his insolvency, such events could seriously
impair or frustrate CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. Accordingly, it is agreed that
should CONTRACTOR become a debtor in bankruptcy, either voluntary or involuntary,
CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER in writing within twenty-four (24) hours of the filing with
the bankruptcy court. Further, it is agreed that upon occurrence of any one or more such events,
OWNER shall be entitled to request of CONTRACTOR or its successors, trustees or receivers,
adequate assurances of future per formance. In the event such adequate assurances are not given to
the reasonable satisfaction of OWNER within seventy-two (72) hours of such request, OWNER
shall have the right to immediately invoke the remedies of this Section 8 or as piovided by law.
Pending receipt of such adequate assurances of such future performance, OWNER may proceed
with the Work on a temporary basis and deduct the costs, plus reasonable overhead and profit,
fiom any amounts due or which may become due to CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any
other agreement with OWNER In this regard, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that delays in
performance could result in more damages to CONTRACTOR than would be sustained if
OWNER failed to exercise such remedies.
05/2008 00700 - 33 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
8.06 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT. CONTRACTOR hereby assigns to OWNER, all
of CONTRACTOR's tights under and interest in any and all subcontracts and/oi purchase orders
entered into by CONTRACTOR pursuant to this Agreement, such assignment to become effective
upon CONTRACTOR's default under this Agreement or OWNER's termination of this Contract,
and OWNER's acceptance of such assignment. Upon CONTRACTOR's default or OWNER's
termination of this Contract, OWNER may, in the event there is no performance bond for the
Contract, or in the event the performance bond surety fails to complete the Contract, or if OWNER
otherwise so elects in its sole discretion, accept such assignment by written notice of such
acceptance to CONTRACTOR and subcontractor, and may require subcontractors to perform all
of the then unperformed duties and obligations under the subcontract, foi the direct benefit of
OWNER In the event OWNER requires such performance by a subcontractor, then OWNER
shall be obligated to pay such subcontractor any amounts due and owing under the terms of the
subcontract/purchase order, at the subcontract prices and rates, and subject to any rights of
withholding or offset and other terms and conditions of the subcontract, for all work properly
performed by such subcontractor, to the date of OWNER s acceptance and thereafter. OWNER's
liability in this connection, however, shall not exceed the amount obtained by subtracting all
payments made by CONTRACTOR to subcontractor from the Subcontract Price at the time of
CONTRACTOR s default or OWNER's termination of CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall
include a provision in its subcontracts that allows such assignment and allows OWNER to take
these actions, and furthei provides that in the event of CONTRACTOR s termination for default,
the subcontractor agrees to give the OWNER or its agent the right to inspect all books and records
of subcontractor relating to the Work.
8.07 WAIVER OF CONSF,QUENTIAL DAMAGES CONTRACTOR expressly
waives any and all claims for consequential damages against OWNER arising out of or related to
this Contract, or any other agreements between CONTRACTOR and OWNER including, but not
limited to, claims for damages incurred by CONTRACTOR for principal office expenses,
including the compensation of personnel stationed there, losses of financing, bonding capacity,
business and reputation, and claims for lost profit, whether on this Contract or otherwise.
8.08 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE OWNER may at its sole discretion,
upon five (5) days written notice to CONTRACTOR, terminate this Contract, in whole or in part,
it and when OWNER determines that it is in the best interest of OWNER to do so. Upon receipt
of such written notice from OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall cease all terminated Woik and take
reasonable precautions to protect and preserve such work, and shall take all reasonable measures
after consultation with OWNER to terminate or assign to OWNER all subcontracts, purchase
orders or other commitments related to the Work or the Project on terms and conditions acceptable
to OWNER. CONTRACTOR will be paid for all Work performed in strict accordance with the
Contract Documents, based upon the Contract Price and the percentage of completion on the date
of termination, and less amounts previously paid subject to any reasonable backcharges
attributable to CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with any of the provisions of this Contract and
further subject to the other terms of this Contract regarding payment. In no event will
CONTRACTOR receive or be entitled to any payment or compensation whatsoever for
mterruption of business or loss of business opportunities, any other items of consequential
damages, for overhead or loss of profits on the unperformed Work and/or services and unfurnished
materials or for any intangible, impact or similarly described cost damages or expense, and under
no circumstances shall the total sum paid to or received by CONTRACTOR under this Contract
05/2008 007001 34 of 36
CITYOFPEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
exceed the Contract Price. The compensation provided herein shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and
exclusive remedy arising out of a tel for convenience.
8.09 DEFAULT BY OWNER In case the OWNER shall default on its material
obligations under this Contract other than OWNER s failure to pay CONTRACTOR an
undisputed amount due within the time limits pro ided in the Contract or applicable law, as
addressed by Section 6.13 of this Agreement, and shall fail or refuse to cure, or to commence and
diligently pursue cure of such default within fifteen (15) days aftei written notification by the
CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR may suspend or wholly abandon the Work, and may
remove therefiom all machinery, tools and equipment, and all materials on the site of the Work
that have not been included in payments to the CONTRACT OR and have not been incorporated
into the Work. And thereupon, the ENGINEER shall make an estimate of the total amount earned
by the CONTRACTOR, which estimate shall include the value of all Work actually completed by
said CONTRACTOR (at the Contract Prices), the value of all partially competed Work at a fair
and equitable price, and the amount of all Extia Work performed at the prices agreed upon, or
provided for by the terms of this Contract, and a measonable sum to cover the cost of any
provisions made by the CONTRACTOR to carry the whole Work to completion and which cannot
be utilized. The ENGINEER shall then make a final statement of the balance due the
CONTRACTOR by deducting from the above estimate all previous payments by the OWNER and
all other sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement, and shall
present the same to the OWNER, and OWNER s payment of said sum to the CONTRACTOR, on
or before thirty (30) days after OWNER-s meceipt of such statement, shall satisfy any and all
rights, claims or causes of action of CONTRACT OR arising out of or related to such default by
OWNER, and shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for such default. A disputed
or unilateral claim by the Contractor cannot by itself constitute a default hereunder.
9.0 DISPUTE RESOLUTION
Any dispute or pending claim or dispute resolution process between OWNER and
CONTRACTOR shall not excuse or relieve CONTRACTOR of its obligations under the Contract,
and CONTRACTOR shall diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim,
dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR.
All claims, disputes and other matters in question arising out of or relating to, the Contract,
or the breach thereof, shall be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to any other dispute
resolution process as may be selected by OWNER. Unless mutually agreed otherwise the
mediation shall be conducted by a third party who will be selected by agreement between
OWNER and CONTRACTOR, and Request foi Mediation shall be filed with the other party. The
parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally.
If a claim, dispute or other matter in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR
involves the work of a subcontractor om supplier, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may join such
subcontractor or supplier as a party to any mediation proceeding between OWNER and
CONTRACTOR hereunder. CONTRACTOR shall include in all subcontracts and/or purchase
orders related to the Work a specific provision whereby the subcontractor or supplier consents to
being joined in mediation between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involving the work of such
subcontractor or supplier.
05/2008 00700 - 35 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
This Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas and shall be considered
performable in Brazoria County, Texas, foi venue purposes. Further, the OWNER and
CONTRACTOR stipulate that venue for any dispute resolution proceeding involving or touching
upon the Contract other than the conduct of an arbitration healing shall be in Brazoria County,
Texas, oi, if such choice of venue is prohibited or unenforceable by law, shall be held in the
county where the Project is located.
CONTRACTOR agrees to pay OWNER all reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by
OWNER in the event OWNER seeks to enforce any provision of this Contract whether by
arbitration or other dispute resolution process Further, in the event OWNER defends any claim
instituted by CONTRACTOR against OWNER whether in arbitration or other dispute resolution
process, CONTRACTOR agrees to pay OWNFR all reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by
OWNER in defending such claim provided OWNER is the prevailing party, in whole or in part, in
such proceeding.
05/2008 00700 - 36 of 36
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
Section 00700A
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page
No.
1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1
1.01 Owner, Contractor and Engineer 1
1.02 Contract Documents 1
1.03 Subcontractor 2
1.04 Written Notice 2
1.05 Work 2
1.06 Extra Work 2
1.07 Work Day
1.07-1 Rain Day
1.07-2 Weather Day
1.08 Calendar Day 2
1.09 Substantially Completed 3
1.10 Interpretation of Words and Phrases 43
1.11 Referenced Standards
1.12 Contract Time 3
2.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER 3
2.01 Adequacy of Design 3
2.02 Right of Entry 4
2.03 Ownership of Drawings 4
2.04 Changes and Alterations 4
2.05 Damages 4
05/2007 00700 - i
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
3.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER 5
3.01 Owner -Engineer Relationship
3.02 Keeping of Plans and Specifications Accessible
3.03 Preliminary Approval
3.04 Inspection by Engineer
3.05 Determination of Questions and Disputes
3.06 Recommendation of Payment
5
5
5
6
6
6
4.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 7
4.01 Independent Contractor 7
4.02 Contractor's Understanding 7
4.03 Laws and Ordinances
4.04 Assignment and Subletting
4.05 Performance and Payment Bonds
4.06 Insurance
4.07 Permits and Fees
4.08 Texas State Sales Tax
7
8
8
8
8
9
4.09 Contractor's Duty and Superintendence 9
4.10 Character of Workers 9
4.11 Labor, Equipment, Materials, Construction Plant and Buildings
4.12 Sanitation
4.13 Cleaning and Maintenance
4.14 Performance of Work
4,15 Right of Owner to Accelerate the Work
9
10
10
10
10
4.16 Layout of Work 10
4.17 Shop Drawings 10
05/2007
00700 - ��
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
4.18 Engineer -Contractor Relationship; Observations
4.19 Observation and Testing
4.20 Defects and Their Remedies
11
11
12
4.21 Liability for Proper Performance 12
4.22 Protection Against Accident To Employees and the Public 13
4.23 Protection of Adjoining Property 14
4.24 Protection against Claims of Subcontractors, Laborers, Materialmen,
and Furnishers of Machinery and Supplies 14
4.25 Protection Against Royalties or Patented Invention 15
4.26 Indemnification 15
4.27 Losses From Natural Causes 16
4.28 Guarantee 16
5.0 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 17
5.01 Time and Order of Completion 17
5.02 Extension of Time 17
5.03 Hindrances and Delays 18
5.04 Suspension of Work 18
5.05 Liquidated Damages for Delay
5.06 Change of Contract Time
5.07 Delays Beyond Owner's and Contractor's Control 18
6.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 19
6.01 Discrepancies and Omissions 19
6.02 Quantities and Measurements 19
6.03 Estimated Quantities 19
6.04 Price of Work 19
05/2007 00700 - iii
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
6.05 Payments
6.06 Partial Payments
6.07 Use of Completed Portions & Punchlist
6.08 Final Payment
6.09 Correction of Work Before Final Payment
6.10 Correction of Work After Final Payment
20
20
21
22
23
23
6.11 Payments Withheld 23
6.12 Delayed Payments 24
7.0 EXTRA WORK AND CLAIMS 24
7.01 Change Orders
7.02 Minor Changes
7.03 F,xtra Work
7.04 Time of Filing Claims
8.0 DEFAULT
8.01 Default by Contractor
24
25
25
26
27
27
8.02 Supplementation of Contractor Forces 29
8.03 Cumulative Remedies & Specific Performance 29
8.04 Cross -Default 29
8.05 Insolvency 29
8.06 Contingent Assignment
8.07 Waiver of Consequential Damages
8.08 Termination for Convenience
30
30
30
8.09 Default by Owner 31
9.0 DISPUTE RESOLUTION 31
ATTACHMENT NO. 1: WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE Al
05/2007 00700 - iv
CITY OF PEARL/LAID GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
ATTACHMENT NO. 2: AGREEMENT FOR FINAL PAYMENT AND CONTRACTOR'S
SWORN RELEASE B1
ATTACHMENT NO. 3: OWNER'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACTOR Cl
•
05/2007 00700 - v
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
ATTACHMENT NO. 1 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS
WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE
A. DEFINITIONS:
Certificate of coverage ("certificate") . A copy of a certificate of insurance, a
certificate of authority to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage
agreement (TWCC81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83 or TWCC-84), showing statutory
workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees
providing services on a project for the duration of the Project.
Duration of the Project includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the
Project until the contractor's/person's work on the Project has been completed and
the Project warranty period has expired.
Persons providing services on the project includes persons or entities performing
all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project,
regardless of whether that person contracted directly with due contractor and
regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without
limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, motor carriers and owner -
operators, (as defined at Section 406.121 of the Texas Labor Code), leasing
companies, and employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which
furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without
limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing
labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. ` Services" does not
include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office
supply deliver ies, and delivery of portable toilets.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification
codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the
statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Title 5 Workers' Compensation, Subtitle A
Texas Workers Compensation Act, for employees of the contractor providing services on
the project, for the duration of the project.
•
C. The CONTRACTOR must provide a certificate of coverage to the OWNER prior to being
awarded the Contract.
D. If the coverage period shown on the CONTRACTOR's current certificate of coverage
ends during the duration of the project, the CONTRACTOR must, prior to the end of the
coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the OWNER showing that
coverage has been extended.
The CONTRACTOR shall obtain from each subcontractor or other person providing
services on a project, and provide to the OWNER:
(I) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the Project, so the
OWNER will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all
persons providing services on the Project; and
05/2007 00700 - A 1
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
(2) no later than seven days after receipt by the CONTRACTOR and prior to the end
of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of
coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends
during the duration of the Project.
F. The CONTRACTOR shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of
the Project and for one year thereafter.
G. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNFR in writing by certified mail or personal
delivery, within 10 days after the CONTRACTOR knew or should have known, of any
changes that materially affect the provision of coverage of any person providing services
on the Project.
H. The CONTRACTOR shall post on each Project site a notice, in the text, form and manner
prescribed by the Texas Woikers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons
providing services on the Project that they are requited to be covered, and stating how a
person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage.
NOTICE
REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE
"The law requires that each person working on this site or providing
services related to this construction project must be covered by
workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing,
hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or
transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of
the identity of their employer or status as an employee."
"Call the• Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at (512) 440-
3789 to receive information on the legal requirements foi coverage,
to verify whether your employer has provided the requited coverage,
or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage."
1. The CONTRACTOR shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to
provide services on a project, too:
(1)
provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll
amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory
requirements of Texas Labor Code, Title 5 Workers' Compensation, Subtitle A
Texas Workers Compensation Act, for all of its employees providing services on
the Project, for the duration of the Project;
(2) provide to the CONTRACTOR, prior to that person beginning work on the
Project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all
employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the
Project:
05/2007
00700 - A2
CITY OFPEA RLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
(3)
provide the CONTRACT OR, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new
certificate of coverage, showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period
shown on the current certificate of CON erage ends during the duration of the
Project;
(4) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the
CONTRACTOR:
(a) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the
Project; and
(b) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage prior to the
end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current
certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project
(5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project
and for one year thereafter
(6) notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days
after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects
the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project; and
(7)
contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by
paragraphs (1) - (7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person
for whom they are providing services.
J By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage,
the CONTRACTOR is representing to the OWNER that all employees of the
CONTRACTOR who will provide services on the Project will be covered by workers'
compensation coverage for the duration of the Project, that the coverage agreements will
be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all
coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a
self -insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false
or misleading information may subject the CONTRACTOR to administrative penalties,
criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions.
K. The CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of
contract by the CONTRACTOR, which entitles the OWNER to pursue all rights and
remedies available to it under the Contract, at law or in equity, if the CONTRACTOR does
not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the OWNER
05/2007 00700 - A3
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
ATTACHMENT NO. 2 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS
AGREEMENT FOR FINAL PAYMENT
AND CONTRACTOR'S SWORN RELEASE
In consideration of the Final Payment under that certain contract between
(hei eafter "CONTRACTOR") and the City of
Pearland (hereafter "OWNER") for the Project known as the Pearland Gateway (the ` Contract"),
the CONTRACTOR makes the following representations to OWNER, either individually if a
proprietorship or jointly and severally by all general partners if a partnership, or if a corporation,
by action of the president and secretary of said corporation, as duly authorized by appropriate
action of the stockholders and/or board of directors of said corporation, their signatures hereon
constituting a representation under oath by said individuals that they have the authority to execute
this Agreement for and on behalf of the said corporation:
1. The undersigned CONTRACTOR represents to OWNER that the Application for
Payment for the Final Payment under the Contract and the final Change Order
issued under the Contract if any, whether or not modified, corrected or changed in
some way by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR or the OWNER, a copy of
which are attached hereto and marked Exhibit "A", are true, correct and accurate,
and that CONTRACTOR has received payment in full for all other Applications for
Payment submitted under the Contract, and that CONTRACTOR has been fully
compensated for all labor, materials, equipment and/or services furnished in
connection with the Contract, except for the Final Payment.
2. It is agreed and stipulated by the undersigned CONTRACTOR that upon the
receipt of Final Payment in the amount as set out on the attached Application for
Payment, the CONTRACTOR, by execution of this instrument of release, does,
therefore, RELEASE and FOREVER DISCHARGE OWNER of and from all
manner of debts, claims, demands, obligations, suits, liabilities and causes of action
of any nature whatsoever at law or in equity, in contract ar in tort, now existing or
which may hereafter acci ue, arising out of or related to the Contract, any Change
Orders or Work Orders, the Work, or any labor, materials, equipment or services
furnished by CONTRACTOR to OWNER.
3. The CONTRACTOR, acting by and through the person or persons whose names
aie subscribed hereto, does solemnly swear and affirm that all bills and claims have
been paid to all materialmen, suppliers, laborers, subcontractors, or other entities
perfoiming services or supplying materials or equipment, and that OWNER shall
not be subject to any bills, claims, demands, litigation or suits in connection
therewith.
4. It is further specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement for Final
Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release shall constitute a part of the Contract, and
it is also specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement shall not act as a
modification, waiver or renunciation by OWNER of any of its rights or remedies as
set out in the Contract itself, but this Agreement foi Final Payment and
Contractor's Sworn Release shall constitute a supplement thereto for the additional
protection of OWNER
05/2007 00700 - B 1
•
CITY OFPL'ARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
SIGNED and EXECUTED this, the day of , 20 .
CONTRACTOR:
By:
Signature
Print Name:
rifle:
[If CONTRACTOR is a proprietoi ship, owner must sign, if a partnership, each general partner
must sign; if a corporation, the following language should be used.]
SIGMA') and EXECUTED this, the day of
20 by , a Texas corporation, under authority
granted to the undersigned by said corporation as contained in the Charter, By -Laws or Minutes of
a meeting of said corporation regularly called and held.
CONTRACTOR:
By:
President
ATTFST:
Corporate Secretary
(Corporate Seal)
•
[This form is for use by either a proprietorship or a partnership In the event CONTRACTOR is a
partner ship or a Joint proprietorship, additional signature lines should be added for each
individual.]
05/2007 00700 - B2
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
AFFIDAVIT
STATE OF TEXAS §
COUNTY OF §
BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the person or
persons whose name(s) are subscribed to the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment
and Contractor's Sworn Release, who each, after being by me duly sworn, on their oaths deposed
and said
I (We) am (are) the person(s) who signed and executed the above and foregoing
Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, and I (we) have read the
facts and statements as therein set out and the representations as made therein, and I (we)
state that the above and foregoing are true and correct.
CONTRACTOR - Affiant
SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me, the day of 20 .
Notary Public, State of Texas
My Commission Expires:
[This form is for use in the event CONTRACTOR is a corporation.]
07/2006 00700 - B3
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF
AFFIDAVIT
BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the persons
who signed and executed the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment mid Contractor's
Sworn Release, whose names are set out above, who each, after being by me duly sworn, on their
oaths deposed and said:
We each are the persons whose names are subscribed above, and hold respectively the
offices 1n the corporation as set out above, and each state under oath that we have the
authority to execute this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release
foi and on behalf of said corporation, pursuant to authority granted to us in the Charter of
said corporation, the By -Laws of said corporation and/or the Minutes of said corporation;
and the facts, statements and representations as set out in the instrument to which this
Affidavit is attached, are true and correct.
SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me this, the day of
20 .
Notary Public, State of Texas
My Commission Expires:
07/2006 00700 B4
CITY OFPEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
ATTACHMENT NO. 3 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS
OWNER'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACTOR
1 Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:
1.1 Owner Parties. "Owner Parties" means (a) the City of Pearland, its successors and
assigns, and the Engineei, (b) any officers, employees, or agents of such persons or
entities, and (c) others as required by the Contract Documents, if any.
1.2 Contractor. "Contractor" shall mean the vendor providing the service or work to be
performed under this Agreement.
1.3 Subcontractor. "Subcontractor" shall include subcontractors of any tier.
1.4 ISO. "ISO" means Insurance Services Office.
2. Contractor Insurance Representations to Owner Parties
7.1 It is expressly understood and agreed that the insurance coverages required herein:
2.1.1 represent Owner Parties' minimum requirements and are not to be
construed to void or limit the Contractor's indemnity obligations as contained in
this Agreement nor represent in any manner a determination of the insurance
coverages the Contractor should or should not maintain for its own protection; and
2.1.2 are being, or have been, obtained by the Contractor in support of the
Contractor's liability and indemnity obligations under this Agreement. Neither the
requirements as to insurance to he carried as provided for herein, the insolvency,
bankruptcy or failure of any insurance company carrying insurance of the
Contractor, nor the failure of any insurance company to pay claims accruing, shall
be held to affect, negate or waive any of the provisions of this Agreement.
•
•
2.2 Failure to obtain and maintain the required insurance shall constitute a material
breach of, and default under, this Agreement. If the Contractor shall fail to remedy
'such breach within five (5) business days after notice by the Owner, the Contractor
will be liable for any and all costs, liabilities, damages and penalties resulting to the
Owner Parties from such breach, unless a written waiver of the specific insurance
requirement(s) is provided to the Contractor by the Owner. In the event of any
failure by the Contractor to comply with the provisions of this Agreement, the
Owner may, without in any way compromising or waiving any right or remedy at
law or in equity, on notice to the Contractor, purchase such insurance, at the
Contractor's expense, provided that the Owner shall have no obligation to do so
and if the Owner shall do so, the Contractor shall not be relieved of or excused
from the obligation to obtain and maintain such insurance amounts and coverages.
05/2007 00700 - C
CITY OEPEARLJIND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
3. Conditions Affecting All Insurance Required Herein
3.1 Cost of Insurance. All insurance coverage shall be provided at the Contractor's
sole expense.
3.2 Status and Rating of Insurance Company. All insurance coverage shall be written
through insurance companies authorized to do business in the state in which the
work is to be performed and rated no less than A-: VII in the most current edition
of A. M. Best's Key Rating Guide.
3.3 Restrictive, Limiting, or Exclusionary Endorsements. All insurance coverage shall
be provided to the Owner Parties in compliance with the requirements herein and
shall contain no endorsements that restrict, limit or exclude coverage required
herein in any manner without the prior express written approval of the Owner.
3.4 Limits of Liability. The limits of liability may be provided by a single policy of
insurance or by a combination of primary and umbrella policies, but in no event
shall the total limits of liability available for any one occurrence or accident be less
than the amount required herein.
3.5 Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal, or Material Reduction in Coverage. All
insurance coverage shall contain the following express provision:
In the event of cancellation non -renewal, or material reduction in
coverage affecting the certificate holder, thirty (30) days prior
written notice shall be given to the certificate holder by certified
mail or registered mail, return receipt requested.
3.6 Waiver of Subrogation. The Contractor hereby agrees to waive its rights of
recovery from the Owner Parties with regard to all causes of property and/or
liability loss and shall cause a waiver of subrogation endorsement to be provided in
favoi of the Owner Parties on all insurance coverage carried by the Contractor,
whether required herein or not.
3.7 Deductible/Retention. Except as otherwise specified herein, no insurance required
herein shall contain a deductible or self -insured retention in excess of $25,000
without prior written approval of the Owner. All deductibles and/or retentions shall
be paid by, assumed by, for the account of, and at the Contractor's sole risk. The
Contractor shall not be reimbursed for same.
4. Maintenance of Insurance. The following insurance shall be maintained in effect with
limits not less than those set forth below at all times during the term of this
Agreement and thereafter as required:
05/2007 00700 C2
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
4.1 Commercial General Liability Insurance
4.1.1 Coverage. Such insurance shall cover liability arising out of all locations
and operations of the Contractor, including but not limited to liability
assumed under this contract (including the tort liability of another assumed
in a business contract). Defense shall be provided as an additional benefit
and not included within the limit of liability.
4.1.2 Form. Commercial General Liability Occurrence form (at least as broad as
an unmodified ISO CG 0001 0798 or its equivalent).
4.1.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with limits of not less
than:
Fach Occurrence Limit
Geneial Aggregate Limit
Product -Completed Operations Aggregate Limit
Personal and Advertising Injury Limit
4.1.4 Required Endorsements
$1,000,000
$2,000,000
$2,000,000
$1,000,000
a. Additional Insured. Additional insured status shall be provided in
favor of the Ownei Parties on any of the following:
1. ISO form CG 20 10 1 1 85; or
11. ISO form CG 20 26 11 85; or
a combination of ISO forms CG 20 33 10 01 and CG 20 37
10 01; or
iv. any form providing equivalent protection to Owner.
b. Designated Construction Project(s) Aggregate Limit. The aggregate
limit shall apply separately to this Agreement through use of an ISO
CG 25 03 03 97 endorsement or its equivalent.
c. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in
Coverage, as required in 3.5 above.
d. Personal Injury Liability. The personal injury contractual liability
exclusion shall be deleted.
e. Primary and Non -Contributing Liability. It is the intent of the
parties to this Agreement that all insurance required herein shall be
primary to all insurance available to the Ownei Parties. The
obligations of the Contractor's insurance shall not be affected by
any other insurance available to the Owner Patties and shall seek no
contribution from the Owner Parties' insurance, whether primary,
excess contingent, or on any other basis. The Contractor's insurance
coverage shall be endorsed to provide such primary and non-
contributing liability.
Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3.6, above.
05/2007
00700 - C3
CM' OFPEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
4.1.5 Continuing Commercial General Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall
maintain such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount, including
required endorsements, for at least one (1) year following Date of
Substantial Completion of the Work to be performed under this Agieement.
The Contractor shall provide written representation to Owner stating Work
completion date.
4.2 Auto Liability Insurance
4.2.1 Coverage. Such insurance shall covet liability arising
(including owned, hired, and non -owned).
out of any auto
4.2.2 Form. Business Auto form (at least as broad as an unmodified ISO CA
0001 or its equivalent).
4.2.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less
than $1,000,000.
4.2.4
Required Endorsements
a. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in
Coverage, as requited in 3.5, above.
b. Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3 6, above.
4.3 Employer's Liability Insurance
4.3.1 Coverage. Employer's Liability Insurance shall be provided as follows:
4.3.2 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less
than:
4.3.3
Employer's Liability: $1,000,000 each accident and each disease.
•
•
Required Endorsements
a: Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in
Coverage, as requited in 3.5, above.
b. Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3.6, above.
4.4 Umbrella Liability Insurance
4.4.1 Coverage. Such insurance shall be excess over and be no less broad than all
coverages described above and shall include a drop -down provision for
exhaustion of underlying limits.
4.4.2 Form. This policy shall have the same inception and expiration dates as the
commercial general liability insurance required above.
05/2007 00700 - C4
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
4.4.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less
than $5 000,000.
4.4.4 Continuing Umbrella Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall maintain
such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount, including required
endorsements, for at least one (1) year following Date of Substantial
Completion of the Work to be performed under this Agreement. The
Contractor shall provide written representation to the Owner stating Work
completion date.
4.5 Professional Liability Insurance
4.5.1 Coverage. The Contractor shall provide professional Liability insurance for
claims arising fiom the negligent performance of professional services of
any type, including but not limited to design or design/build services as part
of the Work to be performed.
4.5.2 Form. This insurance shall include prior acts coverage sufficient to cover
all services rendered by the Contractor and by its consultants under this
Agreement. It is recognized that this coverage may be provided on a
Claims -Made basis.
4.5.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less
than $1,000,000.
4.5.4 Continuing Professional Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall maintain
such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount for at least one (1)
year following Date of Substantial Completion of the Work to be performed
under this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide written representation
to the Owner stating Work completion date.
4.6 Builder's Risk
4.6.1 Insureds. Insureds shall include:
a. Owner, General Contactor and all Loss Payees and Mortgagees as
Named Insureds; and
b. subcontractors of all tiers in the Work as Additional Insureds.
05/2007 00700 - C5
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
4.6.2 Covered Property. Such insurance shall cover:
Form
a. all structure(s) under construction, including retaining walls, paved
surfaces and roadways, bridges, glass, foundation(s), footings,
underground pipes and wiring, excavations, grading, backfilling or
tilling;
b. all temporary structures (e.g., fencing, scaffolding, cribbing, false
work, forms, site lighting temporary utilities and buildings) located
at the site;
c. all property including materials and supplies on site for installation;
d. all property including materials and supplies at other locations but
intended for use at the site
e. all property including materials and supplies in transit to the site for
installation by all means of transportation other than ocean transit;
and
f, other Work at the site identified in the Agreement to which this
Exhibit is attached.
a. Coverage shall be at least as broad as an unmodified ISO Special
form, shall be provided on a completed -value basis, and shall be
primary to any other coverage insurance available to the msured
parties, with that other insurance being excess, secondary and non-
contributing.
b. No protective safeguard warranty shall be permitted.
c. Required coverage shall further include:
1. Additional expenses due to delay in
completion of project (where applicable)
ii. Agreed value
Damage arising from error, omission or
deficiency in construction methods,
design, specifications, worlananship or
materials, including collapse
iv. Debris removal additional limit
v. Earthquake (where applicable)
vi. Earthquake sprinkler leakage (where
applicable)
vii. Expediting expenses
viii. Flood (where applicable)
ix. Freezing
x. Mechanical breakdown including hot &
cold testing (where applicable)
xi. Notice of cancellation non -renewal or
material reduction — 60 days prior
written notice to each insured
$TBD
Included without sublimit
Included without sublimit
25% of direct damage
loss
$ TBD
$ TBD
$ TBD
$ TBD
Included without sublimit
Included without sublimit
Included
05/2007
00700 - C6
CITYOFPEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
xii. Occupancy clause, as required in F,
below
xiii. Ordinance or law
xiv. Pollutant clean-up and removal
xv. Preservation of property
xvi. Replacement cost
xvii. fheft
xviii. Wail\ er of subrogation as required in G,
below.
Included
Included
$ TBD
Included
Included
Included
Included
without sublimit
without sublimit
without sublimit
4.6.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided in an amount equal at all
times to the full replacement value and cost of debris removal for any single
occuri ence.
4.6.4 Deductibles. Deductibles shall not exceed the following:
a. All Risks of Direct Damage, Per
Occurrence, except
b. Delayed Opening Waiting Period
c. Flood, Per Occurrence
d. Earthquake and Earthquake Sprinkler
Leakage, Per Occurrence
$5,000
5 Days
$25,000 or excess of
NFIP if in Flood Zone A,
BorV
$25,000
4.6.5 Teimination of Coverage. The termination of coverage provision shall be
endorsed to permit occupancy of the covered property being constructed so
long as such occupancy does not exceed 20% of the usable area of the
property. This insurance shall be maintained in effect, unless otherwise
provided for in the Contract Documents, until the earliest of the following
dates:
a. the date on which all persons and organizations who are insureds
under the policy agree that it shall be terminated;
b. the date on which final payment, as provided for in the Agreement
to which this Exhibit is attached, has been made; or
c. the date on which the insurable interests in the Covered Property of
all insureds other than Contractor have ceased.
05/2007 00700 - C7
CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
4.6.6 Waiver of Subrogation. The waiver of subrogation provision shall be
endorsed as follows:
a. A waiver of subrogation shall be provided in favor of all insureds
b. The waiver of subrogation provisions shall be endorsed as follows:
Should a covered loss be subrogated, either in whole
or in part, your rights to any recovery will come first,
and we will be entitled to a recovery only after you
have been fully compensated for the loss.
5. Intentionally left blank.
Evidence of Insurance
6.1 Provision of Evidence. Evidence of the insurance coverage required to be
maintained by the Contractor, represented by certificates of insurance evidence of
insurance, and endorsements issued by the insurance company or its legal agent,
and must be furnished to the Ownei prior to commencement of Work and not later
than fifteen (15) days after receipt of this Agreement. New certificates of
insurance, evidence of insurance, and endoi sements shall be provided to the Owner
prior to the termination date of the current certificates of insurance, evidence of
insurance, and endorsements.
6.2 Form
6.2.1 All property insurance required herein shall be evidenced by ACORD form
28, `Evidence of Property Insurance".
6.2.2 All liability insurance required herein shall be evidenced by ACORD form
25, "Certificate of Insurance".
6.3 Specifications. Such certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and
endorsements shall specify:
6.3.1 The Owner as a certificate holder with correct mailing address.
6.3.2 Insured's name, which must match that on this Agreement.
6.3.3 Insurance companies affording each coverage, policy number of each
coverage, policy dates of each coverage, all coverages and limits described
herein, and signature of authorized representative of insurance company.
6.3.4 Producer of the certificate with correct address and phone number listed.
6.3.5 Additional insured status required herein.
6.3.6 Amount of any deductibles and/or retentions.
6.3.7 Cancellation, non -renewal and material reduction in coverage notification
as required by this Agreement. Additionally, the woids "endeavor to' and
'but failure to mail such notice shall impose no obligation or liability of any
kind upon Company, it agents or representatives shall be deleted from the
cancellation provision of the ACORD 25 certificate of insurance form.
6.3.8 Designated Construction Project Aggregate Limits required herein.
6.3.9 Personal Injury contractual liability required herein.
05/2007 00700 - C8
C7TY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
6.3.10 Primary and non-contributing status required herein.
6.3.11 Waivers of subrogation required herein
6.4 Required Endorsements. A copy of each of the required endorsements shall also be
provided.
6.5 Failure to Obtain. Failure of any Owner Party to demand such certificate or other
evidence of full compliance with these insurance requirements o' failure of any
Owner Party to identity a deficiency from evidence that is provided shall not be
construed as a waive' of the Contractor's obligation to maintain such insurance.
6.6 Certified Copies. Upon request of any Owner Party, the Contractor shall provide to
the Owner a certified copy of all insurance policies required herein within ten (10)
days of any such request. Renewal policies, if necessary, shall be delivered to the
Owner prior to the expiration of the previous policy.
6.7 Commencement of Work. Commencement of Work without provision of the
required certificate of insurance, evidence of insurance and/or required
endorsements, or without compliance with any other provision of this Agreement,
shall not constitute a waiver by any Owner Party of any rights. The Owner shall
have the right, but not the obligation, of prohibiting the Contractor or any
subcontractor from performing any Work until such certificate of insurance,
evidence of insurance and/or required endorsements are received and approved by
the Owner.
7. Insurance Requirements of Contractor's Subcontractors
7.1 Insurance similar to that required of the Contractor shall be provided by all
subcontractors (or provided by the Contractor on behalf of subcontractors) to cover
operations performed under any subcontract agreement. The Contractor shall be
held responsible for any modification in these insurance requirements as they apply
to subcontractors. The Contractor shall maintain certificates of insurance from all
subcontractors containing provisions similar to those listed herein (modified to
recognize that the certificate is from subcontractor) enumerating, among other
things, the waivers of subrogation, additional insured status, and primary liability
as requited herein, and make them available to the Owner upon request.
7.2 The Contractor is fully responsible for loss and damage to its property on the site,
including tools and equipment, and shall take necessary precautions to prevent
damage to or vandalism, theft, burglary, pilferage and unexplained disappearance
of property. Any insurance cove ring the Contractor's o' its subcontractor's property
shall be the Contractor's and its subcontractor's sole and complete means or
recovery for any such loss. To the extent any loss is not covered by said insurance
or subject to any deductible or co-insurance, the Contractor shall not be reimbursed
for same. Should the Contractor or its subcontractors choose to self insure this risk,
it is expressly agreed that the Contractor hereby waives, and shall cause its
subcontractors to waive, any claim for damage or loss to said property in favor of
the Owner Parties.
05/2007 00700 - C9
CITY OF PhARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
8. Use of the Owner's Equipment. The Contractor, its agents, employees, subcontractors or
suppliers shall use the Owner's equipment only with express written permission of the
Owner's designated representative and in accordance with the Owner's terms and
condition for such use. If the Contractor or any of its agents, employees, subcontractors or
suppliers utilize any of the Owner's equipment for any purpose, including machinery,
tools, scaffolding, hoists, lifts or similar items owned, leased or under the control of the
Owner, the Contractor shall defend, indemnify and be liable to the Owner Parties for any
and all loss or damage which may arise from such use.
9. Release and Waiver. The Contractor hereby releases, and shall cause its subcontractors to
release, the Owner Parties from any and all claims or causes of action whatsoever which
the Contractor and/or its subcontractors might otherwise now or hereafter possess resulting
in or from or in any way connected with any loss covered by insurance whether required
herein or not, or which should have been covered by insurance required herein, including
the deductible and/ot uninsured portion thereof, maintained and/or required to be
maintained by the Contractor and/or its subcontractors pursuant to this Agreement.
05/2007 00700 - C l 0
CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
Section 00800
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
The following Special Conditions modify the General Conditions, Document 00700. Where a
portion of the General Conditions is modified or deleted by these Special Conditions, the unaltered
portions of the General Conditions shall remain in effect.
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS
1.01 Add the following paragraph to the end of Article 1.01:
The OWNER'S representative on the project site is: Skipper Jones, telephone: 281.
652.1748
ARTICLF 4 RIGHTS AND RhSPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR
4.05 Add the following paragraph to Article 4.05:
A Maintenance Bond in accordance with Document 00612 of the Project Manual is required for
this Project. The cost of this bond shall be included in the CONTRACTOR'S Bid Proposal.
Attachment No 3 To General Conditions, Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor,
Article 4.6 Builder's Risk — Builder s Risk Insurance is be required for this project.
ARTICLF 5 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
5.08 Add Article 5.08:
The Contract Time as defined in the bid and other sections of the Contract Documents includes a
certain number of rain days. Based on the Alvin Weather Center Records, the average annual rain
days from June 1898 to December 1996 is 40 days calculated from all precipitation days of record.
The CONTRACTOR is required to keep a record of rain days at the site. The record of rain days
must be accepted and signed by the City Inspector monthly, and shall be reported on the monthly
pay estimate submittal. At the end of the contract, the CONTRACTOR will be credited only for
the number of accepted rain days that exceed 40 lain days per year, pioportionate to the original
Contract Time.
General Notes:
Sections 00100 Invitation to Bidders, 00200 Instructions to Bidders and 01505 Mobilization
all make reference to provision by the CONTRACTOR of a laptop computer foi use by the
OWNER'S representative or CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. BIDDER is NOT REQUIRED to
provide this equipment or include this cost in the Bid.
Section 01500 Temporary ncilities requires CONTRACTOR to provide high speed internet
access in the Field Office BIDDER is not required to provide either a Field Office of any internet
access foi this project. All other requirements remain and will be required per the section.
09/2007 00800 - 1 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT
It is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate with the Owner for all Traffic Control
Documents. Contractor to coordinate with the Owner for procurement of Traffic Control Documents
prior to permitting. Contractor is to keep a minimum of one lane open at all times, in both directions.
No lane closures to extend beyond the defined work day.
Contractor will not be required to provide an on -site construction office for the duration of this project.
END OF SECTION
09/2007 00800 - 2 of 2
CITY OFPEARLAND WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION
Section 00811
WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION
1.01 In accordance with the Prevailing Wage law on Public Works (Article 2258 of the Texas
Government Code), the public body awarding the contract does hereby specify the tales
shown in Table 0081 1-A following to be the general prevailing rates in the locality in
which the work is being performed.
1.02 This prevailing wage rate does not prohibit the payment of more than the rates stated.
1.03 The wage scale for engineering construction is to be applied to all site work greater than
five (5) feet fiom an exterior wall of new building under construction or from an exterior
wall of an existing building.
•
07/2006 0081 1 - 1 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION
Table 00811-A
PREVAILING WAGE RATES FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION
Classification
Rates
Classification
Rates
Carpenter
$14.38
CEMENT-MASON/CONCRETE-
$
11.37
FINISHER
ELECTRICIAN
$
18.40
Formbullder/Formsetter
$ 9.83
.IRONWORKER,
REINFORCING
$
11.29
Laboiers:
Common
$ 8.99
Landscape
$ 7.35
Mason
lender
Cement
$ 9.96
Pipelayer
$ 9.63
PIPEFITTER
$
17.00
POWER
EQUIPMENT
OPERATOR:
Backhoe
$
12.74
Bulldozer
$
12.46
Crane
$11.00
Excavator
$ 16.74
Front
End
Loader
$
10.47
Grader
$ 12.20
Tractor
$11.29
TRUCK
DRIVER
$
14.42
•
•
07/2006 00811 - 2 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND DRAWING INDEX
SECTION 00850
DRAWING INDEX
The drawings listed below, identified by sheet number and title, and dated June 29, 2011, form a
part of the Contract Documents for the Work.
S heet No.
Title
L1.00
L2.00
L3.00
L4.00
S 1.00
S 1.10
S 2.00
Site Survey
Layout Plan
Construction Details
Construction Details
General Notes
Typical Concrete Details
Plan and Details
END OF SECTION
•
04/2009
00850 - 1 of 1
CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK
05/2008 01 100 - 1 of2
Section 01100
SUMMARY OF WORK
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A A summary of the Work to be performed under this Contract, work by Owner, Owner
furnished products, Work sequence, future Work, Contractor's use of Premises, and
Owner occupancy.
1.02 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A Work of the Contract is for the construction of : the Pearland Gateway Monument.
This will shall entail earthwork, site grading, metal fabrication, masonry construction,
and other required elements.
1.03 WORK BY OWNER
A N/A
1.04 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS
A N/A
1.05 WORK SEQUENCE
A Pre -Construction Meeting
B Contractor to submit project schedule to Engineer & Owner for approval as specified
in Section 01300 — Submittals.
C Contractor shall coordinate the Woik with the Engineer and Owner as specified in
Section 01040 Coordination and Meetings.
1.06 FUTURE WORK
A Contractor shall coordinate with the Engineer and Owner for possible future electrical
connection for Gateway Monument lighting.
1.07 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES
A Comply with procedures for access to the site and Contractor's use of rights -of -way as
specified in Section 01 140 - Contractor's Use of Premises.
B Contractor shall be responsible for all utilities required for construction.
1.08 OWNER OCCUPANCY
CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK
05/2008 01100 - 1 of2
CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK
05/2008
oiioo-2or2
A Cooperate with the Owner to minimize conflict, and to facilitate the Owner's
operations. Coordinate Contractor's activities with Engineer.
Schedule Work to accommodate this requirement.
2.0 PRODUCTS -Not Used
3.0 EXECUTION-NotUsed
END OF SFCTION
CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK
05/2008 01 1 Ci0 - 2 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND
1.0 GENERAL
CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES
Section 01140
CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A General use of the Project Site including properties inside and outside of the limits of
construction, work affecting roads, ramps, streets and driveways and notification to
adjacent occupants.
B References to Technical Specifications:
Section 01350 — Submittals
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1.0
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
01730 — Cutting & Patching
01555 — Traffic Control & Regulation
01562 — Waste Material Disposal
01720 — Field Surveying
02980 — Pavement Repair
02770 — Curbs, Curb & Gutter, & Headers
Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill, & Embankment Materials
Section 02922 — Sodding
Section 02921. — Hydiomulch Seeding
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Subrnittals.
1.03 LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION
A Confine access, operations, and storage areas to limits of construction as shown on the
Plans provided by Owner as stipulated in Section 00700 — General Conditions of
Agreement; trespassing on abutting lands or other lands in the area is not allowed.
B Contractor may make arrangements, at Contractor's cost, for temporary use of private
properties, in which case Contractor and Contractor's surety shall indemnify and hold
harmless the Owner against claims or demands arising float such use of properties
outside of the limits of construction.
1. Improvements to private properties made for the Contractor's use must be
removed upon completion of the Work.
a. No fill material may be placed in temporary work ai eas or on adjacent
private properties without the written permission of the Engineer or the
issuance of a Fill Permit by the City of Pearland or other governing
entity.
C Restrict total length which materials may be distributed along the route of the
construction at any one time to 1,000 linear feet unless otherwise approved by
Engineer.
02/2008 01140 1 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES
1.04 PROPERTIES OUTSIDE OF LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION
A Altering the condition of properties adjacent to and along the limits of construction
will not be permitted unless authorized by the Engineer and property owner(s).
B Means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures which will result in damage to
properties or improvements in the vicinity outside of the limits of construction will not
be permitted.
C Any damage to properties outside of the limits of construction shall be repaired or
replaced to the s-ttisfaction of the Engineer and at no cost to the Owner.
D Contractor shall protect or replace all property corners, monuments or other
demarcations disturbed, damaged of lost as a result of his activities. The
replacement of these devices shall be properly documented to the satisfaction of the
City by a Registered Public Land Surveyor with copies delivered to the Owner or
private property owner.
1.05 USE OF SITE
A Obtain approvals of governing authorities prior to impeding or closing public roads or
streets. Do not close consecutive intersections simultaneously
Notify Engineer 48 hours prior to closing a street or a street crossing. Permits for
street closures are required in advance and are the responsibility of the Contractor.
C Maintain access for emergency vehicles including access to fire hydrants.
Avoid obstructing drainage ditches or inlets; when obstruction is unavoidable due to
requirements of the Work, provide grading and temporary drainage structures to
maintain unimpeded flow.
E Locate and protect private lawn sprinkler systems which may exist on rights -of -ways
within the Project Site. Repair or replace damaged systems to condition equal to or
better than that existing at start of the Work.
F When required by the Work, cutting, patching, and fitting of Work to existing
facilities, accommod'lting installation or connection of Work with existing facilities, or
uncovering Work for access, inspection, or testing shall be performed in accordance
with Section 01730 — Cutting & Patching.
G Fires are not permitted on the Project Site.
1.06 NOTIFICATION TO ADJACENT OCCUPANTS
A Notify individual occupants in areas to be affected by the Work of the proposed
construction and time schedule. Notification shall be 24 hours, 72 hours and 2 weeks
prior to work being performed within 200 feet of the homes or businesses.
02/2008
01140-2of4
CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES
B Include in notification names and telephone numbers of two representatives for
resident contact, who will be available on 24 hour call. Include precautions which will
be taken to protect private property and identify potentialaccess or utility
inconvenience or disruption.
C Submit proposed notification to Engineer for approval. Consideration shall be given to
the ethnicity of the neighborhood where English is not the dominant language. Notice
shall be in an understandable language.
1.07 EXCAVATION IN STREETS AND DRIVEWAYS
A Avoid hindering or needlessly inconveniencing public travel on a street or any
intersecting alley or street for more than two blocks at any one time, except by
permission of the Engineer.
B Obtain the Engineer's approval when the nature of the Work requires closing of an
entire street. Permits required for street closure are the Contractor's responsibility.
Avoid unnecessary inconvenience to abutting property owners.
C Remove surplus materials and debris and open 1000 feet or less for public use as work
in that block is complete.
D Acceptance of any portion of the Work will not be based on return of street to public
use.
E Avoid obstructing driveways or entrances to private property.
F Provide temporary crossing or complete the excavation and backfill in one continuous
operation to minimize the duration of obstruction when excavation is required across
drives or entrances.
G Provide barricades and signs in accordance with Section 01555 — Traffic Control &
Regulation.
1.08 CLEAN-UP
A Maintain Project Site in a neat and orderly manner.
B Perform daily clean-up in and around construction zone of dirt, debris, scrap materials,
other disposable items.
C Leave streets, driveways, and sidewalks broom -clean or its equivalent at the end of
each work day.
D Promptly remove barriers, signs, and components of other control systems that are no
longer being utilized.
E Dispose of waste and excess materials in accordance with requirements of Section
01562 — Waste Material Disposal.
02/2008 01140 - 3 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES
1.09 RESTORATION
A Restore damaged permanent facilities to pre -construction conditions unless
replacement or abandonment of facilities is indicated on the Plans.
B Repair/Replace removed or damaged pavement in accordance with Section 02980
Pavement Repair and removed or damaged curbs, gutters, and headers in accordance
with Section 02770 — Curbs, Curb & Gutter, & Headers. Repair/Replace with like
materials to match existing style, lines, grades, etc., unless otherwise directed by
Engineer.
C Repair turf areas which become damaged by Contractor's operations at no additional
cost to Owner.
Level with bank sand or topsoil, conforming to Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill, &
Embankment Materials, as approved by the Engineer.
Provide sodding in areas of residential land use over the surface of ground disturbed during
construction and not paved, or not designated to be paved, in accordance with
Section 02922 — Sodding. Use only block sodding; do not use spot sodding or
sprigging
Provide hydiomulch seeding in aieas of commercial, industiial or undeveloped land use
over the surface of ground disturbed during construction and not paved, or not
designated to be paved, in accordance with Section 02921 — Hydiomulch Seeding.
Water and level newly sodded areas with adjoining turf using steel wheel rollers
appropriate for sodding.
2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed
3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed
END OF SECTION
02/2008 01 140 - 4 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
Section 01200
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Procedures for measurement and payment of Work.
B Conditions for nonconformance assessment and nonpayment for rejected products.
C References to Technical Specifications: See Bid Proposal Sheet
D Reference Standards:
1. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI)
2. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC)
1.02 AUTHORITY
A Units and methods delineated in this Section aie intended to complement the criteria of
the Technical Specifications and Section 00300 — Bid Proposal
B In the event of conflict, the unit specified for Bid Items in Section 00300 — Bid
Proposal shall govern.
C Measurements and quantities submitted by the Contractor will be verified by the
Engineer.
D Contractor shall provide necessary equipment, workers, and survey personnel as
required by Engineer to verify quantities.
1.03 UNIT QUANTITIES SPECIFIED
A Quantity and measurement estimates stated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal are for
contract purposes only. Quantities and me'isurements supplied or placed in the Work,
authorized and verified by Engineer shall determine payment as stated in Section
00700 — General Conditions of Agreement.
B If the actual Work requires greater or lessee quantities than those quantities indicated in
Section 00300 — Bid Proposal, provide the required quantities at the unit prices
contracted except as otherwise stated in Section 00700 — General Conditions of
Agreement or in executed Change Order.
1.04 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES
A Measurement by Weight: Reinforcing steel, rolled or formed steel or other metal
shapes will be measured by CRSI of AISC Manual of Steel Constiuction weights.
Welded assemblies will be measuf ed by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction
or sc de weights.
05/2007 01200 - 1 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
B Measurement by Volume:
1. Stockpiles: Measured by cubic dimension using mean length, width, and
height or thickness.
2. Excavation and Embankment Materials: Measured by cubic dimension
using the average end area method.
C Measurement by Area: Measured by square dimension using mean length and width or
radius.
D Linear Measurement: Measured by linear dimension, at the item centerline or mean
chord.
E Stipulated Price Measurement: By unit designated in the agreement.
F Other: Items measured by weight, volume, area, or lineal means or combination, as
appropriate, as a completed item or unit of the Work.
1.05 PAYMENT
A Payment includes full compensation for all required supervision, labor, products, tools,
equipment, plant, transpoitation, services, and incidentals; and election, application or
installation of an item of the Work; and Contractor's overhead and profit. The price
bid shall include the total cost for required Work. Claims for payment as Unit Price
Work not specifically covered in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal will not be accepted.
B Progress Payments for Unit Price Work will be based on the Engineer's observations
and evaluations of quantities incorporated in the Work multiplied by the unit price.
C Progress Payments for Lump Sum Work will be based on the Engineer's observations
and evaluations of the percentage•of quantities included in the schedule of values
incorporated in the Woik.
D Final Payment for Work governed by unit prices will be made on the basis of the actual
measurements and quantities determined by Engineer multiplied by the unit'price for
Work which is incorporated in or made necessary by the Work.
1.06 NONCONFORMANCE ASSESSMENT
A Remove and replace the Work, or portions of the Work, not conforming to the
Contract Documents.
B If, in the opinion of the Engineer, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work,
the Engineer will direct one of the following remedies:
1. The nonconforming Work will remain as is, but the unit price will be
adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of the Engineer.
2. The nonconforming Work will be modified as authorized by the Engineer,
and the unit price will be adjusted to a lower price at the discietion of the
Engineei, if the modified Work is deemed to be less suitable than originally
specified.
05/2007 01200 - 2 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
C Individual Technical Specifications may modify these options or may identify a
specific formula or percentage price reduction.
D The authority of the Engineer to assess the nonconforming Work and identify payment
adjustment is finmil.
1.07 NONPAYMENT FOR REJECTED PRODUCTS
A Payment will not be made for any of the following:
1. Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable to
Engineer.
2. Products determined as nonconforming before or after placement.
3. Products not completely unloaded from transporting vehicle.
4. Products placed beyond the lines and levels of the required Work.
5. Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work, unless specified
otherwise.
6. Loading, hauling, and disposing of rejected products.
2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed
3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed
END OF SECTION
•
•
05/2007 01200 - 3 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
Section 01290
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Procedures for processing Change Orders, including:
1. Assignment of a responsible individual for approval and communication of
changes in the Work;
2. Documentation of change in Contract Price and Contract Time;
3. Change procedures, using proposals and construction contract
modifications, Work Change Directive, Stipulated Price Change Order, Unit
Price Change Ordei, Time and Materials Change Order;
4. Execution of Change Orders;
5. Correlation of Contractor Submittals.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01350 — Submittals
2. Section 01760 — Project Record Documents
C Other Refeiences:
1. Rental Rate Blue Book for Constiuction Equipment (Data Quest Blue
Book). Rental Rate is defined as the full unadjusted base rental rate for the
'appropriate item of construction equipment.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
1.03 RESPONSIBLE INDIVIDUAL
A Contractor shall provide a letter indicating the name and address of the individual
authorized to execute change documents, and who shall also be responsible for
informing others in Contractor's employ and Subcontractois of changes to the Work.
The information shall be provided at the Preconstruction Conference.
1.04 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE AND CONTRACT
TIME
A Provide full information required for identification and evaluation of proposed
changes, and to substantiate costs of proposed changes in the Work.
B Contractor shall document each Proposal for Change in cost or time with sufficient
data to allow for its evaluation.
02/2008 01290 - 1 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
C Proposal for Change shall include, as a minimum, the following information as
applicable:
1. Original Quantities of items in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal with additions,
reductions, deletions, and substitutions.
2. When Work items were not included in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal,
Contractor shall provide unit prices for the new items, with supporting
information as required by the Engineer
3. Justification for any change in Contract Time.
4. Additional data upon request.
D For changes in the Work performed on a time -and -material basis, the following
additional inform ition may be required:
1. Quantities and description of products and equipment.
2. Taxes, insurance and bonds.
3. Overhead and profit as noted in Section 00700 — General Conditions of
Agreement, 7.03 ` Extra Work".
4. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom.
5. Time records and certified copies of applicable payrolls.
6. Invoices and receipts for products, rented equipment, and subcontracts,
similarly documented.
E Rented equipment will be paid to the Contractor by actual invoice cost for the duration
of time required to complete the extra work. If the extra work comprises only a
portion of the rental invoice where the equipment would otherwise be on the site, the
Contractor shall compute the hourly equipment rate by dividing the actual monthly
invoice by 176. (One day equ'rls 8 hours and one week equals 40 hours) Operating
costs shall not exceed the estimated operating costs given for the item of equipment in
the Blue Book.
F For changes in the work performed on a time -and -materials basis using Contractor -
owned equipment, compute rates with the Blue Book as follows:
1. Multiply the appropriate Rental Rate by In adjustment factor of 70 percent
plus the full rate shown for operating costs The Rental Rate utilized shall
be the lowest cost combination of hourly daily, weekly or monthly rates.
Use 150 percent of the Rental Rate for double shifts (one extra shift per day)
and 200 percent of the Rental Rate for more than two shifts per day. No
other rate adjustments shall apply.
2. Standby rates shall be 50 percent of the appropriate Rental Rate shown in
the Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed.
1.05 CHANGE PROCEDURES
A Changes to Contract Price or Contract Time can only be made by issuance of a Change
Order. Issuance of a Work Change Directive or written acceptance by the Engineer of
changes will be formalized into Change Orders. All such changes will be in
accordance with the requirements of Section 00700 — General Conditions of
Agreement, 7.01 "Change Orders".
02/2008 01290 - 2 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
B The Engineer will advise Contractor of Minor Changes in the Work not involving an
adjustment to Contiact Price or Contract Time as authorized by Section 00700 —
General Conditions of Agreement, 7.02 `Minor Changes", by issuing supplemental
Instructions.
C Contractor may request clarification of Plans, Technical Specifications or Contract
Documents or other information. Response by the Engineer to a Request for
Information does not authorize the Contractor to perform tasks outside the scope of the
Work. All changes must be authorized as described in this Section.
1.06 PROPOSALS FOR CHANGE AND CONTRACT MODIFICATION
A The Engineer may issue a Request for Proposal, which includes a detailed description
of a proposed change with supplementary or revised Plans and Technical
Specifications. The Engineer may also request a proposal in the response to a Request
for Information. Contractor will prepare and submit its Proposal for Change within 7
days or as specified in the request.
B The Contractor may propose an unsolicited change by submitting a Proposal for
Change to the Engineer describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work,
with a statement describing the reason for the change and the effect on the Contract
Price and Contract Time including full documentation.
1.07 WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE
A Engineer may issue a signed Work Change Directive instructing the Contractor to
proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.
B The document will describe changes in the Work and will designate a method of
determining any change in Contract Price or Contract Time.
C Contractor shall proceed promptly to execute the changes in the Work in accordance
with the Work Change Directive.
1.08 STIPULATED PRICE CHANGE ORDER
A A Stipulated Price Change Order will be based on an accepted Proposal for Change
including the Contractor's lump sum price quotation.
1.09 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER
A Where Unit Prices for the affected items of the Work are included in Section 00300 -
Bid Proposal , the Unit Price Change Order will be based on unit prices as originally
bid, subject to provisions of Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement.
B Where unit prices of the Work are not pre -determined in Section 00300 — Bid
Proposal, Work Change Directive or accepted Proposal for Change will specify the
unit prices to be used.
02/2008 01290 - 3 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
1.10 TIME -AND -MATERIAL CHANGE ORDER
A
B
C
D
Contractor shall provide an itemized account and supporting data after completion of
change, within time limits indicated for claims in Section 00700 — General Conditions
of Agreement.
Engineer will determine the change allowable in Contract Price and Contract Time as
provided in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement.
Contractor shall maintain detailed records of work done on time -and -material basis as
specified in this Section, 1.04 ` Documentation of Change in Contract Price and
Contract Time".
Contractor shall provide full information required for evaluation of changes, and shall
substantiate costs for changes in the Work.
1.11 EXECUTION OF CHANGE DOCUMENTATION
A
1.12 COR
A
B
C
D
Engineer will issue Change Orders, Work Change Directives, or accepted Proposals
for Change for signatures of parties named in Section 00500 — Standard Form of
Agreement.
RELATIN OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
Foi Stipulated Price Contracts, Contractor shall promptly revise Schedule of Values
rind Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a
separate line item and adjust the Contract Price.
For Unit Price Contracts, the next monthly Application for Payment of the Work after
acceptance of a Change Order will be revised to include any new items not previously
included and the 'appropriate unit rates.
Contractor shall promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract
Time, and shall revise schedules to adjust time for other items of work affected by the
change, and resubmit foi review.
Contractor shall promptly enter changes to the on -site and record copies of the Plans,
Technical Specifications or Contract Documents as required in Section 01760 —
Project Record Documents.
2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed
3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed
END OF SECTION
02/2008
01290-4of4
CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION ANI) MEETINGS
Section 01310
COORDINATION AND MEETINGS
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Section includes general coordination including Preconstruction Conference, Site
Mobilization Conference, and Progress Meetings.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01100 — Summary of Work
1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A Coordination is required throughout the documents. Refer to all of the Contract
Documents and coordinate as necessary.
1.03 ENGINEER AND REPRESENTATIVES
A The Engineer may act directly or through designated representatives as defined in
Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 1.01 "Owner, Contractor, and
Engineer' , and as identified by name at the Preconstruction Conference.
1.04 CONTRACTOR COORDINATION
A Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various Technical Specifications to
assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction
elements
B Coordinate completion and clean up of the Work for Substantial Completion and for
portions of the Work designated for Owner's partial occupancy.
C Coordinate access to Project Site for correction of nonconforming work to minimize
disruption of Owner's activities where Owner is in partial occupancy.
1.05 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
A Engineer will schedule a Preconstruction Conference.
B Attendance Required: Engineer's representatives, Consultants, Contractor, and major
Subcontractors.
C Agenda:
1. Distribution of Contract Documents.
Designation of personnel representing the parties to the Contract, and the
Consultant.
3. Review of insurance.
02/2008 01310 - 1 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS
4. Discussion of formats proposed by the Contractor for Schedule of Values,
rind Construction Schedule.
5. Discussion of required Submittals, including, but not limited to, Work
Plans, Traffic Control Plans, Safety Programs, Construction Photographs.
6. Procedures and processing of Shop Drawings and other submittals,
substitutions, Applications for Payment, Requests for Information, Request
for Proposal, Change Orders, and Contract Closeout.
7. Scheduling of the Work and cool dination with other contractors.
8. Review of Subcontractors.
9. Appropriate agenda items listed in this Section, 1.06 "Site Mobilization
Conference", when Preconstiuction Conference and Site Mobilization
Conference are combined.
10. Procedures for testing.
11. Procedures for maintaining Project Record Documents.
12. Designation of the individual authorized to execute change documents and
their responsibilities.
13. Discussion of requirements of a Trench Safety Program.
1.06 SITE MOBILIZATION CONFERENCE
A When required by Section 01100 — Summary of Work, Engineer will schedule a Site
Mobilization Conference at the Project Site prior to Contractor occupancy.
B Attendance Required: Engineer representatives, Consultants, Contractor's
Superintendent, and major Subcontractors.
C Agenda:
1. Use of premises by Owner and Contractor
2. Safety and first aid procedures
3. Construction cont►ols provided by Owner
4. Temporary utilities
5. Survey and layout
6. Security and housekeeping procedures
1.07 PROGRESS MEETINGS
02/2008
A Progress Meetings shall be held at Project Site or other location as designated by the
Engineer. Meeting shall be held at monthly intervals, or more frequent intervals if
directed by Engineer.
B Attendance Required: Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers,
Engineer representatives, and Consultants as appropriate to agenda topics for each
meeting.
C Engineer or City's representative will make arrangements for meetings, and recording
minutes.
D Engineer or City's representative will prepare the agenda and preside at meetings.
01310-2of3
CITY OF PLARI.AND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS
E Contractor shall provide required information and be prepared to discuss each agenda
item.
F Agenda:
1. Review minutes of previous meeting.
2. Review of Construction Schedule, Applications for Payment, payroll and
compliance submittals.
3. Field observations, problems, and decisions.
4. Identification of problems which impede planned progress.
5. Review of Submittal Schedule and status of submittals.
6. Review status of Requests for Information, Requests for Proposal.
7 Review status of Change Orders.
8 Review of off -site fabrication and delivery schedules.
9 Maintenance of updates to Consti uction Schedule.
10. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules.
11. Planned progress during succeeding work period.
12. Coordination of projected progress.
13. Maintenance of quality and work standards.
14. Effect of proposed changes on Construction Schedule and coordination.
15. Othei items relating to the Work.
2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed
3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed
END OF SECTION
02/2008 01310 - 3 of 3
CITY OF PEARLANU SUBMITTALS
Section 01350
SUBMITTALS
1.0 GENERAL
This Section contains general lists of Submittals and Technical Specifications that may be
required for the Work. When Submittals are required elsewhere in these Technical
Specifications, refer to this Section for Submittal requirements and procedures.
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Submittal procedures for:
1. Schedule of Values
2. Construction Schedules
3. Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples
4. Operations and Maintenance Data
5. Manufacturer s Certificates
6. Consti uction Photographs
7. Project Record Documents
8. Design Mixes
B References to the following Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01310 — Coordination & Meetings
2. Section 01630 — Product Options & Substitutions
3. Section 01100 — Summary of Work
4. Section 01380 — Construction Photographs
5. Section 01760 — Project Record Documents
6. Section 02530 — Gravity Sanitary Sewers
1.02 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A Scheduling and Handling
1. Schedule Submittals well in advance of the need for material or equipment for
construction. Allow time to make delivery of material or equipment after
Submittal is approved.
2. Develop a Submittal Schedule that allows sufficient time for initial review,
correction, resubmission and find ieview of all submittals. The Engineer will
review and retur n submittals to the Contractor as expeditiously as possible but
the amount of time requhed for ieview will vary depending on the complexity
and quantity of data submitted. In no case will i Submittal Schedule be
acceptable which allows less than 30 days for initial ieview by the Engineer.
This time for review shall in no way be justification for delays or additional
compensation to the Contractor.
3. The Engineer's review of submittals covers conformity to the Plans, Technical
Specifications, and dimensions which affect the layout. The Contractor is
responsible for quantity determination. The Contractor is responsible for any
errors, omissions or deviations from the Contract requirements; ieview of
01/2008 01350 - 1 of
CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS
submittals in no way relieves the Contractor from his obligation to furnish
required items according to the Plans and Technical Specifications
4. Submit 5 copies of documents unless otherwise specified in this Section or by
individual Technical Specifications.
5. Revise and resubmit submittals as required. Identify all changes made since
previous submittal.
6. The Contractor shall assume the risk for material or equipment which is
fabricated or delivered prior to approval. No material or equipment shall be
incoipoiated into the Woik or included in Applications for Payment until
approval has been obtained in the specified manner.
B Transmittal Form and Numbering
1. Transmit each submittal to the Engineer with a transmittal form.
2. Sequentially number each transmittal form beginning with the number 1. Re -
Submittals shall use the original number with an alphabetic suffix (i.e., 2A for
first Re -Submittal of Submittal 2 or 15C for third Re -Submittal of Submittal
15) Each submittal shall only contain one type of work, material, or
equipment. Mixed submittals will not be accepted.
3. Identify variations from requirements of Contract Documents and identify
product or system limitations.
4. For submittal numbering of video tapes, see this Section, 1.10 "Video".
C Contractor's Certification
1. Each submittal shall contain a statement or stamp signed by the Contractor,
certifying that the items have been reviewed in detail and are correct and in
accordance with Contract Documents, except as noted by any requested
variance.
1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A Submit a Schedule of Values at least 10 days prior to the first Application for Payment.
A Schedule of Values shall be provided for each of the items indicated as Lump Sum
(LS) in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal for which the Contractor requests to receive
Progress Payments.
B Schedule of Values shall be typewritten on 8-1/2" x 11", plain bond, white paper. Use
the Table of Contents of this Project Manual as a format for listing costs of Work by
Section.
C Round off figures for each listed item to the nearest $100.00 except for the value of
one item, if necessary, to make the total price for all items listed in the Schedule of
Values equal to the applicable Lump Sum in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal.
D For Unit Price Contracts, items should include a proportional shale of Contractor's
overhead and profit, such that the total of all items listed in the Schedule of Values
equals the Contract amount. Foi Stipulated Price Contracts, Mobilization, Bonds, and
Insurance may be listed as separate items in the Schedule of Values.
O1/2008 01350 - 2 of 6
CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS
E For Lump Sum equipment items, where Submittals for Testing, Adjusting, and
Balancing Reports in conjunction with Operation and Maintenance Data ire required,
include a separate item for equipment Operation and Maintenance D'ita Submittals and
ri separate item for Submittals of equipment Testing, Adjusting and Balancing
Repoits, each valued at five (5) percent of the Lump Sum.
Revise the Schedule of Values and resubmit for items affected by contract
modifications, Change Orders, and Work Change Directives. Submit revised Schedule
of Values 10 days prior to the first Application for Payment after the changes are
approved by the Engineer.
1.04 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES
A Submit Construction Schedules for the Work in 'accordance with the requirements of
this Section. The Consti uction Schedule Submittal shall be, at a nmlimum, a bar chart,
(computer generated or prepared manually) and a narrative report.
B During the Preconstruction Meeting, as noted in Section 01310 - Coordination and
Meetings, the Contractor shall provide a sample of the format to be used for the
Construction Schedule Submittal. The format is subject to approval by the Engineer.
Review of the Submittal will be provided within 7 days of the Submittal of the sample.
C Within 7 days of the receipt of approval of the Contractor's. format, or 14 days of the
Notice to Proceed, whichever is later, the Contractor shall submit a proposed
Construction Schedule for review. The Construction Schedule Submittal shall meet
the following requirements:
l . The Construction Schedule shall usually include a total of at least 20 but not
more than 50 activities. Fewer activities may be accepted if approved by the
Engineer.
2, For Projects with work at different physical locations, each location should be
indicated separately within the Construction Schedule.
3. For projects with multiple crafts or significant subcontractor components, these
elements should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule.
4.. For Projects with multiple types of tasks within the scope, these types of work
should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule.
5. For Projects with significant major equipment items or materials worth over 25
percent of the Total Contract Price, the Construction Schedule shall indicate
dates when these items are to be purchased, when they are to be delivered, and
when installed.
6. For Projects where operating plants are involved, each period of work which
will require the shut down of any process or operation shall be identified in the
Construction Schedule and must be agreed to by the Engineer prior to starting
work in the area
7. A Billing Schedule (tabulation of the estimated monthly billings) for the Work
shall be prepared and submitted by the Contractor with the first Construction
Schedule. This information is not required in the monthly updates unless
significant changes in Work require re -submittal of the Construction Schedule
for review. The total for each month and a cumulative total will be indicated.
01 /2008 01350 - 3 of 6
CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS
These monthly forecasts are only for planning purposes of the Engineer.
Monthly payments for actual work completed will be made by the Engineer in
accordance with Section 00700 - General Conditions of Agreement.
D The Contractor must receive approval of the Engineer for the Construction Schedule
and Billing Schedule prior to the first monthly Application for Payment. No payment
will be made until these are accepted.
E Upon written request from the Engineer, the Contractor shall revise and submit for
approval all or any part of the Construction Schedule to reflect changed conditions in
the Work or deviations made from the original plan and schedule.
F The Contractor's Construction Schedule shall thereafter be updated with the Actu it
Start and Actual Finish Dates, Percent Complete, and Remaining Duration of each
Activity and submitted monthly. The date to be used in updating the monthly
Consti uction Schedule shall bx the same Date as is used in the monthly Application for
Payment. This monthly update of the Construction Schedule shall be required before
the monthly Application for Payment will be processed for payment.
G The narrative Construction Schedule Report shall include a description of changes
made to the Construction Schedule; Activities Added to the Construction Schedule;
Activities Deleted from the Construction Schedule; any other changes made to the
Consti uction Schedule other than the addition of Actual Start Dates and Actual Finish
Dates and Remaining Durations.
•
1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES
A Shop Drawings
1. Submit Shop Drawings for review as required by the Technical Specifications.
2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal
Procedures' shall be placed on each Shop Drawing.
3. The Shop Drawing shall accurately and distinctly present the following:
a. Field and erection dimensions clearly identified as such.
b. An angement and section views.
c. Relation to adjacent materials or structure including complete
information for making connections between work under this Contract
and work under other contracts.
ct. Kinds of materials and finishes.
e. Parts list and descriptions.
f. Assembly Shop Drawings of equipment components and accessories
showing their respective positions and relationships to the complete
equipment package.
g. Where necessary for clarity, identify details by reference to sheet
numbers and detail numbers, schedule or room numbers as shown on
the Plans.
4. Shop Drawing Drawings shall be to scale, and shall be a true representation of
the specific equipment or item to be furnished.
01/2008 01350 - 4 of 6
CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS
B Product Data
1. Submit Product Data for review when required in individual Technical
Specifications.
2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal
Procedures" shall be placed on each data item submitted.
3. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options to be used in
this Project. Supplement. manufacturers' standard data to provide information
unique to this Project, where required by the Technical Specification.
4. For products specified only by reference stand ird, submit manufacturer, trade
name, model or catalog designation, and applicable reference standard.
5. For Approved Products, those designated in the Technical Specifications
followed by the words "or approved equal", submit manufacturer trade name,
model or catalog designation, and applic tble iefeience standard.
6. For products proposed as alternates to Approved Products, refer to Section
01630 -Product Options and Substitutions, 1.04 "Selection Options" and 1.07
Substitution Procedures".
7. For products that are neither Pre -Approved, Approved, specified only by
reference standard, nor proposed as alternates, submit product description,
trade name manufacturer, and supplier. Contractor shall provide additional
information upon written request by Engineer or Owner.
C Samples
1. Submit samples for review as required by the Technical Specification.
2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 `Submittal
Procedures", shall be placed on each sample or a firmly attached sheet of
paper.
3. Submit the number of samples specified in the Technical Specification; one of
which will be retained by the Engineer.
4. Reviewed samples which may be used in the Work are identified in the
Technical Specifications.
1.06 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A When specified in Technical Specification, submit manufacturers' printed instructions
for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, operation, adjusting, finishing,
and maintenance.
B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section. 1.02 "Submittal Procedures",
shall be placed on front page of each document.
C Identify conflicts between manufacturers' instructions and Contract Documents.
1.07 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES
A When specified in Technical Specification, submit manufacturers' certificate of
compliance for review by Engineer.
B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal Procedures",
shall be placed on front page of the certificate.
01/2008 01350-5of6
CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS
C Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate.
D Manufacturer's Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or
product, but must be acceptable to Engineer.
1.08 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
A Submit photographs in accordance with Section 01380 — Construction Photographs.
1. Prints: Piepare 2 prints of each view and submit 1 print directly to the City's
Representative within 7 days of taking photographs. One print shall be
retained by the Contractor and made available at all tines for reference on the
job site
B PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS:
1. Prior to the commencement of any construction, take digital color photographs
on the entire route of the project
2. Photographs: Two prints, color, matte finish; 3 x 5 inch size, mounted on
8/2 x 11-inch soft card stock, with left edge binding margin for three hole
punch, or in plastic pockets in three-ring notebook.
3. Th photographs shall show:
a. Date photographs were taken
b. Location of the photograph, house number and street name. (This
information may be shown on a chalk board in the photograph by a
label on the mountings.)
4. Photographs should show the condition of the following
a. Esplanades and boulevards
b. Yards (near, side and far side of street)
c. Housewalk, sidewalk and driveway; curb
d. Area between walk and curb
1) Particular features(yard lights, shrubs, fences, trees, etc.)
2) Landscaping and decorative features.
C POST CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
1. On completion of construction, provide photographs of any public or private
property which has been repaired or restored and any damage which is or may
.be the subject of complaints.
1.09 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A Submit Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01760— Project Record
Documents.
1.10 VIDEO
A Submit television video in DVD format as required in individual Technical
Specifications.
B Transmittal forms for video disks shall be numbered sequentially beginning with T01,
T02, T03, etc.
01/2008 01350 - 6 of 6
CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS
1.1.1 DESIGN MIXES
A When specified, submit design mixes for review.
B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1.02 "Submittal Procedures",
shall be placed on front page of each design mix.
C Mark each design mix to identify proportions, gradations and additives for each class
and type of design mix submitted Include applicable test results on samples for each
mix.
Maintain a copy of approved design mixes at mixing plant.
2.0 PRODUCTS Not Used
3.0 EXECUTION Not Used
END OF SECTION
01/2008 01350-7of6
CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
Section 01380
CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Requirements for construction photographs and submittals.
B References Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01100 — Summary of Work
2. Section 01350 — Submittals
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Construction
Photographs under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for installed Work.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A When required by Section 01100 — Summary of Work, submit photographs in
accordance applicable provisions of this Section.
B Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section
01350 — Submittals.
C Prepare three (3) prints of each view and submit two (2) prints directly to the Project
Manage► within seven (7) days of taking photographs. One (1) print shall be retained
by the Contractor in the field office at the Project Site and available at all times for
reference.
D When requested by the Project Manager, the Contractor shall submit extra prints of
photographs, for distribution directly to designated parties who will pay the costs for
the extra prints directly to the photogi apher.
E When required by individual Sections, submit photographs taken prior to start of the
Work to show original Project Site conditions.
F When required by Contract Documents, submit photographs with Application for
Payment.
G When required by individual Sections, submit photographs taken following completion
of the Work to show the condition in which the Project Site will be left.
H With each submittal, include photographic negatives in protective envelopes, identified
by Project Name Contractor, and date photographs were taken.
01/2008 01380 - 1 of 3
C1TY OF YEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A Contractor shall be responsible foi the timely execution of the photographs, their
vantage point, direction of shot, and quality.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 PHOTOGRAPHS
A Photographs shall be digital quality and shall be submitted on a CD.
B The photographs shall show on a non -elective chalkboard or white board, readable in
the photograph:
1. Job number.
2. Date and time photographs were taken.
3. Location of the photogr'tph, house number and street, along with the project
number.
C Indicate the condition of the following:
1. Esplanades and boulevards.
2. Yards (near side and far side of street).
3. House -walk and sidewalk.
4. Curb.
5. Area between walk and curb
6. Particular features (yard lights, shrubs, fence, trees, etc.).
7. Date shall be on negative.
8. Provide notation of vantage point marked for location and direction of shot
on a key plan of the Project Site.
D Sufficient number of photographs shall be taken to show the existence or non-
existence of cracked concrete and the condition of trees, shrubs and grass.
E Identify each photograph with an applied label or rubber stamp on the back with the
following information:
1. Name of the Project.
2. Name and address of the photographer (if a professional photographer is
used).
3. Name of the Contractor.
4. Date the photograph was taken.
5. Photographs to be in plastic pockets and bound in three -ring notebook for
easy access and viewing.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
A Prior to the commencement of the Work, take photographs of the entire route of the
Project Site.
01/2008 01380 - 2 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
3.02 POST -CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
A Following the completion of the Work, take photographs from corresponding vantage
points and direction of shots.
3.03 PROGESS PHOTOGRAPHS
A Take photographs at intervals, coinciding with the cutoff date associated with each
Application for Payment and submit on CD with monthly Application foi Payment
S Select the vantage points for each shot each month to best show the status of
construction and progress since the list photographs were tlken. Take not less than
two (2) shots from the same vantage point creating a time -lapsed sequence.
C Follow direction when given by the Project Manager in selecting vantage points.
END OF SECTION
01/2008 01380 - 3 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS
1.0 GENERAL
Section 01420
REFIERENCED STANDARDS
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A General quality assurance as related to Reference Standards and a list of references.
B References to Technical Specifications: None
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A For Products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or Federal Standards
comply with requirements of the standard, except when mole rigid requirements are
specified of are required by applicable codes.
B Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on the date as stated in Section
00700 — General Conditions of Agreement.
C Request clarification from Engineer before proceeding should specified reference
standards conflict with Contract Documents.
1.03 SCHEDULE OF REFERENCES
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
444 North Capitol Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20001
ACI
AGC
AI
A1TC
American Concrete Institute
P.O. Box 19150
Refold Station
Detroit, MI 48219-0150
Associated General Contractors of America
1957 E Street N.W.
Washington, DC 20006
Asphalt Institute
Asphalt Institute Building
College Palk MD 20740
American Institute of Timber Construction
333 W. Hampden Avenue
Englewood, CO 80110
02/2008 01420 - 1 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS
AISC
AISI
ASME
ANSI
APA
API
AREA
American Institute of Steel Construction
400 North Michigan Avenue, Eighth Floor
Chicago, IL 60611
American Iron and Steel Institute
1000 16th Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20036
American Society of Mechanical Fngineers
345 East 47th Stieet
New York, NY 10017
American National Standards Institute
1430 Bro idway
New York, NY 10018
American Plywood Association
Box 11700
Tacoma, WA 98411
American Petroleum Institute
1220 L Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20005
American Railway Engineering Association
50 F Street, N.W.
Washington DC 20001
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
1916 Race Street
Philadelphia PA 19103
AWPA American Wood -Preservers' Association
7735 Old Georgetown Road
Bethesda, MD 20014
AWS
American Welding Society
P.O. Box 35104
Miami, FL 33135
AWWA American Water Works Association
6666 West Quincy Avenue
Denver, CO 80235
02/2008 01420 - 2 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS
CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute
1101 Connecticut Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20036
CRD U.S.A. Corps of Engineers
CRS1
EJMA
FDA
FS
ICEA
IEEE
Code of Ordinances
City of Pearland
3519 Liberty Di ive
Pearland, TX 77581
Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
933 Plum Grove Ro'rd
Schaumburg, IL 60173-4758
Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association
707 Westchester Avenue
White Plains, NY 10604
U.S. Food and Drug Administration
5600 Fisher Lane
Rockville, MD 20857-0001
Federal Standardization Documents
General Services Administration, Specifications Unit (WFSIS)
7th and D Street S.W.
Washington, DC 20406
Insulated Cable Engineer Association
P.O. Box 440
S. Yarmouth, MA 02664
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
445 Hoes Line
P.O. Box 1331
Piscataway, NJ 0855-1331
MIL Military Specifications
General Services Administration, Specifications Unit (WFSIS)
7th and D Street S.W.
Washington, DC 20406
NACE
National Association of Corrosion Engineers
P. O. Box 986
Katy, TX 77450
02/2008 01420 - 3 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers' Association
2101 L Street, N.W., Suite 300
Washington, DC 20037
NFPA
OSHA
PCA
PCI
SDI
SSPC
National Fire Protection Association
Batterymirch Park, P.O. Box 9101
Quincy, MA 02269-9101
Occupational Safety Health Administration
U.S. Department of Laboi Government Printing Office
Washington, DC 20402
Portland Cement Association
5420 Old Orchard Road
Skokie, IL 60077-1083
Piestressed Concrete Institute
201 North Wacker Drive
Chicago IL 60606
Steel Deck Institute
Box 9506
Canton, OH 44711
Steel Structures Painting Council
4400 Fifth Avenue
Pittsburgh, PA 15213
TAC Texas Administrative Code
TCEQ
Texas Commission on Environmental Quality
P. O. Box 13087
Austin, TX 7871 1 -3087
TxDOT Texas Department of Transpoitation
125 East llth Stieet
Austin, TX 78701 2483
Texas MUTCD Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (2003 Adoption)
(published by Texas Department of Transportation)
UL
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
333 Pfingston Road
Northbrook, IL 60062
UNI-BELL UNI-BELL Pipe Association
2655 Villa Creek Drive, Suite 155
02/2008 01420 - 4 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS
Dallas, TX 75234
WRI Wire Reinforcement Institute
942 Main Street — Suite 300
Hartford, CT 06103
WWD/PI Water Well Drillers and Pump Instillers Advisory Council
Texas Dept tment of Licensing and Regulation
P.O. Box 12157
Austin, TX 78711
2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed
3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed
END OF SECTION
•
•
•
02/2008 01420 - 5 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND
1.0 GENERAL
CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL
Section 01430
CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Quality assurance and control of installation and manufacturer's field services and
reports.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01350 — Submittals
1.02 SUB
\'IITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATION
A Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site
conditions and workmanship, to produce the Work of specified quality at no
additional cost to the Owner.
B Comply fully with manufacturers' installation instructions, including each step in
sequence.
C Request clarification from Project Manager before proceeding should manufacturers'
instructions conflict with Contract Documents.
D Comply with specified Standards as minimum requirements for the Work except when
more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or
more precise workmanship.
E Perform work by persons qualified to produce the specified level of workmanship.
F Obtain copies of Standards and maintain at Project Site when required by individual
Technical Specifications.
1.04 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS
A When specified in individual Technical Specifications, provide material or product
suppliers' or manufacturers' technical representative to observe site conditions
conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment
operator training, test, adjust, and balance of equipment as applicable, and to initiate
operation, as required. Conform to minimum time requirements for start-up operations
and operator training if defined in Technical Specifications.
02/2008 01430 - 1 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL
B At the Project Manager's request, submit qualifications of manufacturer's
representative to Project Manager fifteen (15) days in advance of required
representative's services. The representative shall be subject to approval of Project
Manager.
C Manufacturer's representative shall report observations and site decisions or
instructions given to applicators o1 instillers that are supplemental of contrary to
manufacturers' written instructions. Submit report within one (1) day of observation to
Project Manager for review.
2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed
3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed
END OF SECTION
•
02/2008 01430 - 2 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND OBSERVATION SERVICES
Section 01440
OBSERVATION SERVICES
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Observation services and references.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component.
1.03 INSPECTION
A Project Manager will appoint an Observer as •i representative of the Owner to oversee
inspections, tests, and other services specified in individual Technical Specifications.
B Alternately, Project Manager may appoint, employ, and pay an independent firm to
provide additional observation or construction management services as indicated in
Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services.
C Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to Project Manager, Engineer, and
Contractor, indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or
non-compliance with Contract Documents.
D Contractor shall assist and cooperate with the Observer; furnish samples of materials,
design mix, equipment, tools, and storage.
E Contractor shall notify Project Manager 24 hours prior to expected time for operations
requiring services. Notify Engineer and independent firm when noted.
F Contractor shall sign and acknowledge report for Observer.
2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed
3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed
END OF SECTION
09/2009 01440 - 1 of 1
CITY OF PEARLAND
TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
Section 01450
TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Testing Laboratory Services and Contractor responsibilities related to those services.
B References to Technical Specifications:
l . Section 01350 — Submittals
C Referenced Standards:
1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
a. ASTM D 3740, ' Practice foi Evaluation of Agencies Fngaged in
Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering
Design and Construction"
b. ASTM E 329, "Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing
Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in
Construction"
1.02 SELECTION AND PAYMENT
A Owner will select, employ, and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to
perform inspection and testing Identified in individual Techmcal Specifications.
B Employment of testing laboratory shall not relieve Contractor of obligation.to perform
work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents
C Owner or designated representative shall schedule and monitor testing as required to
provide timely results and to avoid delay to the Work.
•
D Contractor shall be responsible for paying for services of commercial testing
laboratory, with plior approval of Owner, to perform the following:
1. Pipe diameter deflection tests on all flexible and semi -rigid sanitary sewer
collection system pipe installation
2. Laboratory services required to establish mix design proposed for use for
Portland cement concrete, asphaltic concrete mixtures and other material
mixes requiring control by testing laboratory when required because of
change in source of materials or other conditions not caused by Owner.
3. Tests required to establish optimum moisture of earth and base materials
and to determine required compactive effort to meet density requirements.
4. Cores to test for thickness.
5. Testing and inspection performed for the Contractor's convenience.
6. Retesting and repetitions of laboratory services when initial tests indicate
work does not comply with requirements of Contract Documents.
04/2008 01450 - 1 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
1.03 LABORATORY REPORTS
A The Engineer will receive 1 copy, the Project M wager will receive 2 copies, and the
Contractor will receive 2 copies of Laboratory Reports fiom the testing laboratory.
One of the Contractor's copies shall remain at the Project Site for duration of Project.
Test results which indicate non-conformance shall be transmitted immediately via fax
from the testing laboratory to the Contractor and Project Manager.
1.04 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY
A Laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract
Documents.
t3 Laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work.
C Laboratory may not assume any duties of Contractor.
D Laboratory has no authority to stop the Work.
1.05 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
A Notify Project Manager and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations
requiring inspection and testing services. Notify Engineer if specification section
requires the presence of the Engineer.
B Cooperate with laboratory personnel in collecting samples to be tested or collected on
Project Site.
C Provide access to the Work and to manufacturer's facilities.
D Provide samples to laboratory in advance of their intended use to allow thorough
examination and testing.
E Provide incidental labor and facilities for access to the Work to be tested; to obtain and
handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested; and to facilitate tests
and inspections including storage and curing of test samples.
F Arrange with laboratory and pay for:
L Retesting required foi failed tests.
2. Retesting foi nonconforming Work.
3. Additional sampling and tests requested by Contractor for his own purposes.
2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed
3.0 EXECUTION
04/2008 01450 - 2 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
3.01 CONDUCTING TESTING
A Laboratory sampling and testing shall conform to ASTM D 3740 and ASTM E 329, as
well as other test standards specified in individual Technical Specifications.
END OF SECTION
04/2008 01450 - 3 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Section 01500
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Temporary facilities and the necessary controls for the Work including utilities,
safety requirements, first aid equipment, fire protection, security measui es, protection
o f the Work and property, access roads and parking, environmental controls, disposal
o f trash, debris, and excavated material, pest and rodent control, water runoff and
e rosion control.
B References to Technical Specifications:
Section 01350 — Submittals
Section 01100 — Summary of Work
Section 01600 — Material & Equipment
Section 01555 — Traffic Control & Regulation
C Referenced Standards:
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
Code of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas
D Definitions:
Underground Structures - sewer, water, gas, and other piping, and manholes,
chambers, electrical and signal conduits, tunnels, and other existing subsurface
installations located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work.
Surface Structures - existing buildings, structures and other constructed installations
above the ground surface Included with such structures are their foundations or any
extension below the surface. Surface structures include, but are not limited to
buildings, tanks, walls, bridges, roads, dams, channels, open drainage, piping, poles,
wires, posts signs., markers, curbs, walks, guard cables, fencing, and other facilities
that are visible above the ground surface.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work
performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a
component.
08 2011 01500 - 1 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
1.04 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY
A The facilities and controls specified in this Section are considered minimum for the
Work. The Contractor may provide additional facilities and controls for the proper
execution of the Work and to meet Contractor's responsibilities for protection of
persons and property.
B Comply with applicable requirements specified in other Technical Specifications.
C Maintain and operate temporary facilities and systems to assure continuous service.
D Modify and extend systems as Work progress requires.
E Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer
required.
F Restore existing facilities used for temporary services to specified or to original
condition.
1.05 TEMPORARY UTILITIES
A Temporary Service
Make arrangements with utility service companies for temporary services.
Abide by rules and regulations of the utility service companies or authorities having
jurisdiction.
Be responsible for utility service costs until the Work is Substantially Complete.
Included are fuel, power, light, heat/ air conditioning, high speed internet access and
other utility services necessary for execution, completion, testing, and initial
operation of the Work.
B Water
Provide water required for and in connection with Work to be performed and for
specified tests of piping, equipment, devices, or for other use as required for proper
completion of the Work.
For water to be drawn from public fire hydrants obtain special permit or License and
meter from the proper City officials. A deposit based on rates established by latest
ordinance will be required Install backflow preventer on file hydrant supply.
Provide and maintain an adequate supply of potable water for domestic consumption
by Contractor, Owner, and Owner's Representative personnel,
082011
01500-2of10
CITY OFPEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AN1) CONTROLS
C Electricity and Lighting
Provide electric power service as required for the Work, including testing of Work.
Provide power for lighting, operation of the Contractor s equipment, or for any other
use by Contractor.
Electric power service includes temporary power service or generator to maintain
plant operations during any scheduled shutdown.
Minimum lighting level shall be 5 foot-candles for open areas; 10 foot-candles for
stairs and shops.
D Temporary Heat and Ventilation
Provide temporary heat as necessary for protection or completion of the Worlc.
Provide temporary heat and ventilation to assure safe working conditions; maintain
enclosed areas at a minimum of 50 degrees F.
E Telephone and Internet Access
Provide emergency telephone service at the Project Site for use by Contractor
personnel and others performing work or furnishing services.
Provide and pay for high speed internet access for use by Construction Manager and
Project inspection personnel as well as CONTRACTOR'S own supervisory and
management personnel.
Sanitary Facilities
Provide and maintain sanitary facilities for persons on the Project Site, in compliance
with federal, state, and local regulations Locate toilets on the Project Site near the
work and secluded from view insofar as possible. Keep toilets clean and supplied
throughout the course of the Work.
Enforce the use of sanitary facilities by construction personnel at the Project Site.
Such facilities shall be enclosed. Pit -type toilets will not be permitted. No discharge
will be allowed from these facilities. Collect and store sewage and waste so as not to
cause a nuisance or health problem; have sewage and waste hauled off -site and
properly disposed in accordance with local regulations.
Control areas where sanitary facilities are located in conformance with Section 01566
— Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation.
G Furnishings
Field Office shall be appointed so as to accommodate CONTRACTOR'S field
management staff and OWNER'S Construction Manager and Field Inspectors.
Field office shall provide a separate locking work ` office" area for the
Construction Manager complete with desk top work surface and a minimum of
two office chairs. Work area shall provide private access to high speed internet
access.
Provisions shall be made to accommodate regularly scheduled progress meetings
for project management members from CONTRACTOR, OWNER,
082011 01500-3of10
CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and INSPECTOR(S). Such provisions shall
include a meeting room large enough to support a meeting table and seating for up
to ten people.
1.06 STORAGE OF MATERIALS
A Provide for storage of materials under the provisions of Section 01600 — Material &
Equipment.
1.07 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
A A Contractor shall prepare, submit and follow a Safety Program that complies
with federal, state, and local safety codes, statutes and piactices. Include in the
Safety Program documented response to excavation embankment, and trench safety
requirements as specified in Section 01570 — Trench Safety System.
B Conduct operations in strict accord with applicable federal, state and local safety
codes and statutes and with good construction piactice. The Contractor is fully
responsible and obligated to establish and maintain procedures for safety of all work,
personnel and equipment involved in the Work.
C Observe and comply with Texas Occupational Safety Act (Art. 5182a, V.C.S.) and
with all safety and health standards promulgated by Secretary of Labor under Section
107 of Contract Work Hours and Standards Act, published in OSHA Standards - 29
CFR, Part 1926 and adopted by Secretary of Labor under the Williams -Steiger
Occupritional Safety and Health Act of 1970, and to any other legislation enacted for
safety and health of Contiactor employees. Such safety and health standards apply to
subcontractors and their employees as well as to the Contiactor and its employees.
D Observance of and compliance with the regulations shall be solely and without
qualification the responsibility of the Contractor without reliance of superintendence
of or direction by the Engineer of the F ngineei's i epi esentative. Immediately advise
the Engineer of investigation or inspection by Federal Safety and Health inspectors of
the Contractor or subcontractor's work or place of work on the Project Site under this
Contract, and after such investigation or inspection, advise the Engineer of the
results. Submit one copy of accident reports to Engineer within ten (10) days of
occurrence.
E Protect areas occupied by workmen using the best available devices for detection of
lethal and combustible gases. Test such devices fi equently to assure their functional
capability. Constantly observe infiltration of liquids into the Work area for visual or
odor evidence of contamination. Take immediate and appropriate steps to seal off
entry of contaminated liquids to the Work area.
082011 01500 - 4 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Safety measures, including but not limited to safety personnel, first -aid equipment,
ventilating equipment and safety equipment, in the Plans and Technical
Specifications are obligations of the Contractor.
G Maintain required coordination with the local Police and Fire Departments during the
entire period covered by the Contract.
1.08 FIRST AID EQUIPMENT
A Provide a first aid kit throughout the construction period. List telephone numbers for
physicians, hospitals, and ambulance services in each first aid kit.
B Have at least one person thoroughly trained in first aid procedures present on the
Project Site whenever work is in progress.
1.09 FIRE PROTECTION
A Fire Protection Standards.
Conform to specified fire protection and prevention requirements as well as those
that may be established by Federal, State, or local governmental agencies.
B. Comply with all applicable provisions of NFPA Standard No. 241,
Safeguarding Building Constiuction and Demolition Operations.
Provide portable fire extinguishers, rated not less than 2A or 5B in accordance with
NFPA Standard No. 10, Portable Fire Extinguishers, for each temporary building,
and for every 3000 square feet of floor area of facilities under construction.
Locate portable fire extinguishers within 50 feet maximum from any point on the
Project Site.
C. Fire Prevention and Safety Measures.
Prohibit smoking in hazardous areas. Post suitable warning signs in areas that are
continuously or intermittently hazardous.
Use metal safety containers for storage and handling of flammable and combustible
liquids
Do not store flammable or combustible liquids in or near stairways or exits.
Maintain clear exits from all points within a structure.
1.10 SECURITY MEASURES
A Protect all materials, equipment, and property associated with the Work from loss,
theft, damage, and vandalism. Contractor s duty to protect property includes Owner's
property.
082011 - 01500-5of10
CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
B If existing fencing or barriers are breached or removed for purposes of construction,
provide and maintain temporary security fencing equal to existing.
1.11 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC UTILITIES
A Prevent damage to existing public utilities during construction. These utilities are
shown on the Plans at their approximate locations. Give owners of these utilities at
least 48 hours notice before commencing Work in the area, for locating the utilities
during construction, and for making adjustments or relocation of the utilities when
they conflict with the proposed Work.
1.12 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY
A Preventive Actions.
Take precautions, provide programs, and take actions necessary to protect the Work
and public and private property from damage.
Take action to prevent damage, injury or loss, including, but not limited to, the
• following:
Store apparatus, materials, supplies, and equipment in an orderly, safe manner that
will not unduly interfere with progress of the Work or the work of any other
contractor, any utility service company, or the Owner's operations.
Provide suitable storage for materials that are subject to damage by exposure to
weather, theft, breakage, or otherwise.
Place upon the Work or any part thereof only such loads as are consistent with the
safety of that portion of the Work.
Frequently clean up refuse, rubbish, scrap materials, and debris caused by
construction operations, keeping the Work safe and orderly.
Provide safe barricades and guard rails around openings, for scaffolding, for
temporary stairs and ramps, around excavations, elevated walkways, and other
hazardous areas.
Obtain written consent from proper parties before entering or occupying with
workers tools, materials or equipment, privately owned land except on easements
provided for construction.
Assume full responsibility for the preservation of public and private property on
or adjacent to the site. If any direct or indirect damage is done by or on account of
any act, omission neglect, or misconduct in execution of the Work by the
Contractor, it shall be restored by the Contractor to a condition equal to or better
than that existing before the damage was done.
B Barricades and Warning Signals.
Where Work is performed on or adjacent to any roadway, right-of-way, or public
place, furnish and erect barricades, fences, lights, warning signs, and danger signals;
provide watchmen; and take other precautionary measures for the protection of
persons or property and protection of the Work. Conform to Section 01555 — Traffic
Control & Revilation.
08 2011 01500 - 6 of 10
CITY OFPEA RLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
C Preserving Control Points
Maintain permanent benchmarks, monumentation, and other reference points. Unless
otherwise directed in writing, replace at no cost to the Owner those that are damaged
or destroyed in accordance with Section 01720 — field Surveying.
D Tree and Plant Protection.
Protect trees, shrubs, lawns, outside of grading limits and within the grading limits as
designated on the Plans, and in accordance with requirements of Section 01563 —
Tree & Plant Ptotection.
Protection of Underground and Surface Structures
Known underground structures, including water, sewer, electric, and telephone
services are shown on the Plans in accordance with the best information available,
but is not guaranteed to be correct or complete. Contractor is responsible for making
Locate Calls.
Explore ahead of trenching and excavation work and uncover obstructing
underground structures sufficiently to determine their location, to prevent damage to
them and to prevent interruption of utility services. Restore to original condition
damages to underground structure at no additional cost to the Owner.
Immediately notify the agency or company owning any existing utility which is
damaged, broken, or disturbed. Obtain approval from the Engineer and agency for
any repairs or relocations, either temporary or permanent.
Necessary changes in location of the Work may be made by the Engineer to avoid
unanticipated underground structures.
If permanent relocation of an underground structure or other subsurface installations
is required and not otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents, the Engineer
will direct Contractor in writing to perform the Work, which shall be paid for under
the provisions for changes in the Contract Price as described in Section 00700 —
General Conditions of Agreement.
Support in place and protect fr om direct or indirect injury to underground and surface
struchaes located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. Install such supports
carefully and as required by the party owning or controlling such structure. Before
installing structure supports, Contractor shall satisfy the Engineer that the methods
and procedures to be used have been appan ed by the owner of the structure.
Avoid moving or in any way changing the property of public utilities or private
service corporations without prior written consent of a responsible official of that
service or public utility. Representatives of these utilities reserve the right to enter
within the limits of this project for the purpose of maintaining their properties, or of
making such changes or repairs to their property that may be considered necessary by
performance of this Contract.
Notify the owners and/or operators of utilities and pipelines of the nature of
construction operations to be performed and the date or dates on which those
08 2011 01500 - 7 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
operations will be performed. When construction operations are required in the
immediate vicinity of existing structures, pipelines or utilities, give a minimum of
five (5) working days advance notice. Probe and flag the location of under ground
utilities prior to commencement of excavation. Keep flags in place until construction
operations reach and uncover the utility.
Assume risks attending the presence or proximity of underground and surface
structures within or adjacent to the limits to the Work including but not limited to
damage and expense for direct or indirect injury caused by the Woik to any structure.
Immediately repair damage caused, to the satisfaction of the owner of the damaged
structure.
1.13 PRTECTION OF THE WORK
Provide protection of installed products to prevent damage from subsequent
operations.
Remove protection facilities when no longer needed, prior to completion of the
Work.
Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment, materials, and surfaces.
1.14 ROADS AND PARKING
A Prevent interference with traffic and Owner operations on existing roads.
B Minimize use of existing streets and driveways by construction traffic.
C Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment, materials, and surfaces.
D Construct and maintain temporary detours, ramps, and roads to provide for normal
public traffic flow when use of public roads or streets is closed by necessities of the
'Work.
E Provide mats or other means to prevent overloading or damage to existing roadways
from tracked equipment or exceptionally large or heavy trucks.or equipment
F Designate temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. When
site space is not adequate, provide additional off -site parking. Locate as approved by
Engineer.
G Do not allow heavy vehicles or construction equipment unnecessarily in existing
parking areas.
1.15 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS
A Provide and maintain methods, equipment, and temporary construction as necessary
for controls over environmental conditions at the construction site and adjacent areas.
08 2011 01500 - 8 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
B Comply with statutes, regulations, and ordinances which relate to the proposed Work
for the prevention of environmental pollution and preservation of natural resources,
including but not limited to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, PL 91-
190, Executive Order 11514.
Provide, install and maintain storm water runoff control including but not limited to
temporary construction entrances, silt fencing, etc. as specified in Contract
Documents.
Provide standard landscape maintenance of temporary facilities, including but not
limited to* maintenance of lawns, vegetation and, if necessary irrigation of landscape
plantings. Mow and otherwise maintain all areas under Contractor's conti of or use in
proximity of the work or temporary facilities.
D Recognize and adhere to the environmental requirements of the Project. Disturbed
. areas shall be strictly limited to boundaries established by the Contract Documents.
Burning of rubbish, debris or waste materials is not permitted.
1.16 POLLUTION CONTROL
A Provide methods, means, and facilities required to prevent contamination of soil,
ater or atmosphere by discharge of noxious substances from construction
operations.
B Provide equipment and personnel to perform emergency measures required to contain
'iny spillage, and to remove contaminated soils or liquids Excavate and dispose of
any contaminated earth off -site, and replace with suitable compacted fill and topsoil.
C Take special measures to prevent harmful substances from entering receiving streams
or storm water conveyance systems in conformance with TPDES requirements and
Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation.
D Provide systems for control of atmospheric pollutants.
Prevent toxic concentrations of chemicals.
Prevent harmful dispersal of pollutants into the atmosphere.
•
E Use equipment during construction that conforms to current federal, state, and local
laws and regulations.
1.17 PEST AND RODENT CONTROL
A Provide rodent and pest control as necessary to prevent infestation of Project Site.
B Employ methods and use materials which will not adversely affect conditions at the
Project Site or adjoining properties.
08 2011 01500 - 9 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
1.18 NOISE CONTROL
A Provide vehicles, equipment, and construction activities that minimize noise to the
greatest degree practicable. Noise levels shall conform to OSHA Standards - 29
CFR and in no case will noise levels be permitted which create a nuisance in the
surrounding neighborhoods.
B Conduct construction operations during daylight hours from 7:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
except as appi oved by Engineer.
C Comply with Chapter 19 NOISE, Codes of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas.
1.19 DUST CONTROL
A Control objectionable dust caused by operation of vehicles and equipment under the
provisions of Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation.
1.20 WATER RUNOFF' AND EROSION CONTROL
A Provide methods to control surface water, runoff, subsurface water, and water
pumped from excavations and structures to prevent damage to the Work, the Project
Site, or adjoining properties in accordance with Section 01564 Control of Ground
Water & Surface Water and Section 01566 — Source Controls for Eiosion &
Sedimentation.
B Inspect earthwork periodically to detect any evidence of the start of erosion. Apply
corrective measures as required to control erosion.
2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used
3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed
END OF SECTION
08 2011 01500 - 10 of 10
CITY OF PEARLAND MOBILIZATION
Section 01505
MOBILIZATION
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
Mobilization of construction equipment and facilities onto the Work.
Referenced Standards:
Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT)
Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (Texas MUTCD)
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Measurement for Mobilization is on a Lump Sum basis. Include 50 percent of the cost of
Mobilization in the fiist monthly Application for Payment. Payment is subject to the receipt
and approval by Engineer of the following items, as applicable:
Schedule of Values (Section 01350 Submittals)
Trench Safety Program, if required (Section 01570 — Trench Safety System)
Construction Schedule (Section 01350 — Submittals)
Pre -construction Photographs (Section 01380 — Construction Photographs)
Installation and acceptance of Project Identification Sign(s) if required
Installation and acceptance of Field Office and furnishings as defined in Section 01500. except
as required by Section 00800.S pee ial Cond. tions of he Avreemen_t. including electrical power,
water, parking areas and street access, telephone and inteinet services
Delivery and acceptance of Computer equipment as defined in Section 13730
Payment of the remaining 50 percent of the Contract Price for Mobilization is subject to
completion of Temporary Facilities as specified in Section 01500, inclusive.
Mobilization payments will be subject to Retainage as stipulated in Section 00700 - General
Conditions of Agreement.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS
A Provide specified number of project identification sign(s) per Section 01580 The name,
address and contact information of the general contractor for the project shall be shown on the
sign per Section 01580 and the attached exhibit.
2.02 TEMPORARY FIFLD OFFICE
2.03 A provide temporary field office facilities per section 01500. Field office shall be
identified as the contractor's office for field operations by signage and contractor shall
provide legal and safe access to and from the closest paved street and all weather parking
07/2006 01505 - 1 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND MOBILIZATION
surface adequate for the intended numbers of occupants and uses as specified herein. Field
office shall be provisioned and appointed per sections 00200 and 01500. Computer
equipment
Provide required computer per Section 13730 and Section 00800, Special Conditions of the
Agreement. Computer equipment shall be delivered to the OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION
MANAGER or INSPECTOR as designated for payment of initial 50%.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 PLACEMENT OF PROJECT TEMPORARY FACILITIES
A Place a Project Identification Sign as described in Section 01580, part 1.03, D visible to
passing traffic or as directed by Engineer.
B Locate Temporary Field Office and ancillary facilities per Section 01500 and with
ENGINEER'S and OWNER'S approval. Make submittal on location in Pre -Construction
Meeting.
END OF SECTION
07/2006 01505 - 2 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND
1.0 GENERAL
STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS
Section 01550
STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Installation of erosion and sediment control for Stabilized Construction Exits used
during construction and until final development of the Project site.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01350 — Submittals
2. Section 01562 — Waste Material Disposal
3. Section 01566 — Souice Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation
C Referenced Standards:
1. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM)
a. ASTM D 4632, "Standard Test Method foi Grab Breaking Load and
Elongation of Geotextiles"
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required in this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
B Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other product data on Geotextile fabric.
C Sieve analysis of aggregates conforming to requirements in this Section, 2.02 "Course
Aggregates".
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC
A Provide woven or non -woven geotextile fabric made of either polypropylene,
polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material.
B By ASTM D 4632, geotextile fabric shall have a minimum grab strength of 270 psi any
principal direction, and the equivalent opening size between 50 and 140.
C Both the geotextile and threads shall be resistant to chemical attack, mildew, and rot
and shall contain ultraviolet ray inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of 6
months of expected usable life at a temperature range of 0°F to 120°F.
02/2008 01550 - 1 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS
D Representative Manufacturers: Mirafi, Inc., Or -Equal.
2.02 COARSE AGGREGATES
A Coarse aggregate shall consist of crushed stone, gravel, concrete, crushed blast furnace
slag, or a combination of these materials. Aggregate shall be composed of clean, hard,
durable materials free from adherent coatings, salt, alk ili dirt, clay, loam, shale, soft or
flaky materials, or organic and injurious matter.
B Course aggregates shall conform to the following gradation requirements.
Sieve Size
(Square Mesh)
21"
2"
1r "
3/"
No. 4
3.0 EXECUTION
Percent Ret'iined
(by Weight)
0
0-20
15-50
60-80
95 - 100
3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION
A If necessary to keep the street clean of mud carried by construction vehicles and
equipment, Contractor shall provide. stabilized construction exits at the construction,
staging, parking storage, and disposal areas. Such erosion and sediment controls shall
be constructed in accordance with the requirements shown on the Plans and specified
m this Section.
B Erosion and sediment control measures shall be in place prior to the start of any Work
that exposes the soil, other than as specificzlly directed by the Engineer to allow soil
testing and surveying.
C Maintain existing erosion and sediment control systems located within the Project Site
until acceptance of the Work or until directed by the Engineer to remove and discard
the existing system.
D Regularly inspect and repair or replace components of stabilized construction exits.
Unless otherwise directed, maintain them until the Work is accepted by the Owner.
Remove stabilized construction exits promptly when directed by the Engineer Discard
removed materials in accordance with Section 01562 — Waste Material Disposal.
E Equipment and vehicles shall be prohibited by the Contractor from maneuvering on
areas outside of dedicated rights -of -way and easements for construction. Damage
caused by construction traffic to erosion and sediment control systems shall be repaired
immediately.
02/2008 01550-2of4
CITY OF PEARLAND STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS
F Conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the
erosion control practices described in the Section 01566 - Source Controls for Erosion
& Sedimentation.
3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS
A Provide stabilized access roads, subdivision roads, parking areas, and other on -site
vehicle transportation routes where shown on Plans.
B Provide stabilized construction exits, and truck washing areas when approved by
Engineer, of the sizes and locations where shown on Plans or as specified in this
Section.
C Vehicles leaving construction areas shall have their tires cleaned to remove sediment
prior to entrance onto public right-of-way When washing is needed to remove
sediment, Contractor shall construct a truck washing area. Truck washing shall be
done on stabilized areas which drain into a drainage system protected by erosion and
sediment control measures.
D Details for Stabilized Construction Exits are shown on the Plans. Construction of all
other stabilized areas shall be to the same requirements. Roadway width shall be at
least 14 feet foi one-way ti affic and 20 feet for two-way traffic and shall be sufficient
for all ingress and egress. Fw nish and place geotextile fabric as a permeable separator
to prevent mixing of coarse aggregate with underlaying soil. Exposure of geotextile
fabric to the elements between laydown and cover shall be a maximum of 14 days to
minimize damage potential.
E Roads and parking areas shall be graded to provide sufficient drainage away from
stabilized 'ueas. Use sandbags, gravel, boards, or similar methods to prevent sediment
from entering public right-of-way, receiving stream or storm water conveyance system.
F The stabilized areas shall be inspected and maintained daily. Provide periodic top
di essing with addition i1 coarse aggregates to maintain the required depth Repzir and
clean out damaged control measures used to trap sediment. All sediment spilled
dropped, washed, or tracked onto public right-of-way shall be removed immediately
G The length of the stabilized zuea shall be as shown on the Plans, but not less than 50
feet. The thickness shall not be less than 8 inches. The width shall not be less than
full width of all points of ingress or egress.
H Stabilization for other areas shall have the same coarse aggregate, thickness, and width
requirements as the stabilized construction exit, except where shown otherwise on the
Plans.
I Stabilized area may be widened or lengthened to accommodate truck washing area
when authorized by Engineer.
02/2008 01550 - 3 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXITS
J Alternative methods of construction may be utilized when shown on Plans, or when
approved by the Engineer. These methods include the following:
1. Cement -Stabilized Soil, Compacted cement -stabilized soil or other fill
material in an application thickness of at least 8 inches.
2. Wood Mats/Mud M'its - Oak or other hardwood timbers placed edge -to -
edge and across support wooden beams which are placed on top of existing
soil in an application thickness of at least 6 inches.
3. Steel Mats - Perforated mats placed across perpendicular support members.
END OF SECTION
•
02/2008 01550 - 4 of 4
CITY OF PEAI?LAND
1.0 GENERAL
TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION
Section 01555
TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Requirements for traffic control plans, signs, signals, control devices, flares, lights and
traffic signals, as well as construction parking control, designated haul routes and
bridging of trenches and excavations.
B Requirements for and qualifications of Flaggers.
C References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01350 — Submittals
2.
Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises
D Referenced Standards:
1. Texas Manu'tl on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (Texas MUTCD)
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Traffic Control and Regulation. Measurement is on a Lump Sum basis for Traffic
Control and Regulation, including submittal of a traffic control plan if different from
the one provided on the Plans, provision of traffic control devices, and provision of
equipment and personnel as necessary to protect the Work and the public. The amount
invoiced shall be determined based on the Schedule of Values submitted for traffic
control and regulation.
B Flaggers. Measurement is on a Lump Sum basis for Flaggers as required for the Work.
The amount invoiced shall be determined based on the Schedule of Values submitted
for Flaggers.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
•
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
B A Traffic Control Plan responsive to the Texas MUTCD and sealed by a Registered
Professional Engineer is incorporated into the Plans. If the Contractor proposes to
implement traffic control different than the plan provided he shall submit a Traffic
Control Plan in conformance with Texas MUTCD for approval of the Engineer.
C For both the Traffic Control Plan and Flaggers' use, submit Schedules of Values
within 30 days following the Notice to Proceed.
D Each week submit a daily log for Flaggers listing name, badge number, time start, time
finish, and hours worked.
03/2008 01555 - 1 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION
1.04 FLAGGERS
A Unless otherwise specified, use only Flaggers who are off -duty, regularly employed,
uniformed Peace Officers.
B Flaggers are required at the following locations:
1. Where multi -lane vehicular traffic must be diverted into single -lane
vehicular traffic.
2. Where vehicular traffic must change lanes abruptly.
3. Where construction equipment either enters or crosses vehicular traffic
lanes and walks.
4. Where construction equipment may intermittently encroach on vehicular
traffic lanes and unprotected walks and cross -walks.
5. Where construction activities might affect public safety and convenience.
6. Where traffic regulation is needed due to rerouting of vehicular traffic
around the work site.
7. When requested by Owner.
C The use of Flaggers is for the put pose of assisting in the regulation of traffic flow and
movement, and does not in any way relieve the contractor of full responsibility for
taking such other steps and provide such other Flaggers o1 personnel as the Contractor
may deem necessary to protect the work and the public and does mot in any way
relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for any damage for which he would
otherwise be liable.
Flaggers shall be used and maintained at such points for such periods of time as
may be required to provide for the public safety and convenience of travel.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 SIGNS, SIGNALS, AND DEVICES
A Comply with Texas MUTCD regulations.
•
B Traffic Cones and Drums, Flares and Lights: As approved by agencies having
jurisdiction.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 PUBLIC ROADS
A Abide by laws and regulations of governing authorities when using public roads If the
Contractor's work requires that public roads be temporarily impeded or closed,
approvals shall be obtained from governing iuuthonties and permits paid for before
starting any work. Coordinate activities with the Engineer.
B Contractor shall maintain at all times a 10-foot-wide all-weather lane adjacent to work
areas which shall be kept free of construction equipment and debris and shall be for the
use of emergency vehicles, or as otherwise provided in the Traffic Control Plan.
03/2008 01555 - 2 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION
C Contractor shall not obstruct the normal flow of traffic from 7:00 a.m. to 9:00 a.m. and
4:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m. on designated major arterials or as directed by the Engineer.
D Contractor shall maintain local driveway access to residential and commercial
properties adjacent to work 'areas at all times.
E Cleanliness of Surrounding Streets:
l . Keep streets used for entering or leaving the job area free of excavated
material, debris, and any foreign material resulting from construction
operations. Leave the area broom -clean or its equivalent at the end of the
work day.
Control vehicular parking to prevent interference with public traffic and parking, and
access by emergency vehicles.
G .Monitor parking of construction personnel's vehicles in existing facilities. Maintain
vehicular access to and through parking areas.
H Prevent parking on or adjacent to access roads or in non -designated areas.
3.1)2 FLARES AND LIGHTS
A Provide flares and lights during hours of low visibility to delineate traffic lanes and to
guide traffic.
3.03 HAUL ROUTES
A Utilize haul routes designated by Owner or shown on the Plans for construction traffic.
B Confine construction traffic to designated haul routes.
C Provide traffic control at critical areas of haul routes to regulate traffic and minimize
interference with public traffic.
D Contractor shall be responsible for any damage caused by vehicles utilizing haul
routes.
3.04 TRAFFIC SIGNS AND SIGNALS
A install traffic control devices at approaches to the site and on site, at crossroads,
detours parking areas, and elsewhere as needed to direct construction and affected
public traffic.
B Relocate traffic signs and control devices as Work progresses to maintain effective
traffic control.
3.05 BRIDGING TRENCHES AND EXCAVATIONS
A Whenever necessary, bridge trenches and excavation to permit an unobstructed flow of
traffic.
03/2008 01555 - 3 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND TRAFFIC CONTROL AND REGULATION
B Secure bridging against displacement by using adjustable cleats, angles, bolts or other
devices whenever bridge is installed
1. On an existing bus route;
2. When more than five percent of daily traffic is comprised of commercial or
truck traffic;
3. When more than two separate plates are used for the bridge; or
4. When bridge is to be used for more than five consecutive days.
C Install bridging to operate with minimum noise.
D Adequately shore the trench or excavation to support bridge and traffic.
E Extend steel plates used for bridging a minimum of one foot beyond edges of trench or
. excavation. Use temporary paving materials (premix) to feather edges of plates to
minimize wheel impact on secured bridging.
F Use steel plates of sufficient thickness to support H-20 loading, truck or lane, that
produces maximum stress.
3.06 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION
A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with
Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises.
Remove equipment and devices when no longer required.
Repair damage caused by installation.
Remove post settings to a depth of 2 feet.
END OF SECTION
B
C
03/2008
•
01555-4of4
CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE
Section 01560
FILTER FABRIC FENCE
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Installation of filter fabric fence to control erosion and contain sediments and
pollutants from overland flow. Filter fabric fence is not for use in channelized flow
areas. Filter fabric fence may be reinforced.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section'
2. Section
3. Section
4. Section
01200 — Measurement & Payment Procedures
01350 — Submittals
01562 — Waste M aerial Disposal
01566 — Source Controls fot Erosion & Sedimentation
C Referenced Standards:
1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
a. ASTM D 3786, `Standard Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting strength
of Textile Fabrics'
b. ASTM D 4632, "Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and
Hlongation of Geotextiles"
1.02 MEASURMENT AND PAYMENT
A Filter fabric fence will be measured by the linear foot between the limits of the
beginning and ending of wooden stakes.
B Payment for filter fabric fence will include and be full compensation for all labor,
equipment, materials, supervision, and all incidental expenses for construction of these
items, complete in place including, but not limited to protection of trees, maintenance
requirements, repair and replacement of damaged sections, removal of sediment
deposits, and removal of erosion and sediment control systems at the end of
construction.
C Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement & Payment Procedures.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
B Manufacturer's catalog sheets and other Product Data on geotextile fabric.
03/2008 01560 - 1 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 FILTER FABRIC
A Provide woven or nonwoven geotextile filter fabric made of either polypropylene,
polyethylene, ethylene, or polyamide material.
B By ASTM D 4632, geotextile fabric shall have a grab strength of 100 psi in any
principal direction, a Mullen burst strength exceeding 200psi by ASTM - D3786, and
the equivalent opening size between 50 and 140.
C Filter fabric shall contain ultraviolet inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of
6 months of expected usable construction life at a temperature range of 0 degrees F to
120 degrees F.
D Representative Manufacturer: Mirafi, Inc., or equal.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION
A Provide erosion and sediment control systems at the locations shown on Plans. Such
systems shall be of the type indicated and shall be constructed in accordance with the
requirements shown on the Plans and specified in this Section.
B Erosion and sediment control measures shall be in place prior to the start of any Work
that exposes the soil, other than as specifically directed by the Engineei to allow soil
testing and surveying.
C Regularly inspect and repair or replace damaged components of filter fabric fence as
specified in this Section, 3.02F Unless otherwise directed, maintain the erosion and
sediment control systems until the Work is accepted by the Owner. Remove erosion
and sediment control systems promptly when directed by the Engineer. Discard
removed materials in accordance with Section 01562 — Waste Material Disposal.
D Conduct all construction operations under this Contract in conformance with the
erosion control practices described in Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion &
Sedimentation
3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS
A Provide filter fabric fence systems in accordance with the Plan detail for Filter fabric
fence. Filter fabric fence shall be installed in such a manner that surface runoff will
percolate through the system in sheet flow fashion and allow sediment to be retained
and accumulated.
B Attach the filter fabric to 2-inch by 2-inch wooden stakes spaced a maximum of 3 feet
apart and embedded a minimum of 8 inches. If filter fabric is factory preassembled
03/2008 01560 - 2 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND FILTER FABRIC FENCE
with support netting, then maximum spacing allowable is 8 feet. Install wooden stakes
at a slight angle toward the source of Anticipated runoff.
C Trench in the toe of the filter fabric fence with a spade or mechanical trencher as
shown on the Plans. Lay filter fabric along the edges of the trench. Backfill and
compact trench.
D Filter fabric fence shall have a minimum height of 18 inches and a maximum height of
36 inches above natuizl ground.
E Provide the filter fabric in continuous rolls and cut to the length of the fence to
minimize the use of joints. When Joints are necessary, splice the Fabric together only
at a support post with a minimum 6-inch overlap and seal securely.
F Inspect filter fabric fence systems after each rainfall, daily during periods of prolonged
rainfall, and at a minimum once each week. Repair or replace damaged sections
immediately. Remove sediment deposits when silt leaches a depth one-third the height
of the fence o1 6 inches, whichever is less.
END OF SECTION
•
03/2008 01560 - 3 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL
Section 01562
WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Disposal of waste material and salvageable material.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01350 — Submittals
2, Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation
3. Section 01 600 — Materials & Equipment
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
Obtain and submit applicable permits for proposed disposal sites.
C Submit a Waste Material Disposal Plan.
D Submit a copy of written permission from property owners, along with a description of
the property, prior to disposal of excess material adjacent to the Project Site. Submit a
written and signed release from property owner upon completion of disposal work.
City of Pearland requires individual fill placement permits for all fill placed within the
City limits.
1.04 WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL PLAN
A Contractor shall formulate and implement a plan for the collection and disposal of
waste materials on the Project Site which includes the following informltion:
1. Schedule for collection and inspection.
2. Location of trash and waste receptacles.
3. Provisions for liquid waste and potential water pollutants material.
B The plan shall comply with applicable federal, state, and local health and safety
regulations and Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation.
2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed
07/2006 01562 - 1 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 SALVAGEABLE MATERIAL
A Excavated material: When indicated on Plans, load, haul, and deposit excavated
material at a location or locations outside the limits of Project Site.
B Base, surface, and bedding material: Deliver gravel, asphaltic or other base and
surfacing material designated for salvage to the location designated by the Engineer.
C Pipe culvert: Deliver culverts designated for salvage to Owner's storage area.
D Other salvageable materials: Conform to requirements of individual Technical
Specifications.
E Coordinate delivery of salvageable material with Engineer.
F When temporary, on -site storage of salvaged materials is required, comply with
applicable provisions of Section 01600 — Materials & Equipment.
3.02 SEDIMENT DISPOSAL
A Remove sediment deposits and dispose of them at the designated spoil site for the
Project. If a spoil site is not designated on the Plans, dispose of sediment off site at a
location not in of adjacent to a stream or floodplain.
B Off -site disposal is the responsibility of the Contractor.
C Sediment to be placed at the Project Site should be spread evenly throughout the
designated arca, compacted and stabilized. Sediment shall not be allowed to flush into
a stream or diainage way.
D if sediment has been contaminated, it shall be disposed of in accordance with existing
federal, state, and local rules and regulations.
3.03 EXCESS MATERIAL, WASTE, AND EQUIPMENT
A Vegetation, rubble, broken concrete, debris, asphaltic concrete pavement, excess soil,
and other materials not designated for salvage, shall become the property of Contractor
and shall be removed from the Project Site and legally disposed of.
B Dispose of removed equipment, materials, waste and debris in a manner conforming to
applicable laws and regulations
C Excess soil may be deposited on private property adjacent to the Project Site when
written permission is obtained from property owner under the provisions of this
Section, 1.03D.
07/2006 01562 - 2 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND WASTE MATERIAL DISPOSAL
D Verify the flood plain status of any proposed disposal site. Do not dispose of
excavated materials in an area designated as within the 100-year Flood Hazard Area.
E Waste materials shall be removed from the site on a daily basis, such that the site is
maintained in a neat and orderly condition.
F No materials shall be disposed in a manner to damage the Owner in any way.
END OF SECTION
•
•
07/2006 01562 - 3 of 3
CITY OF YEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION
Section 01563
TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Tree and plant protection.
B References to Technical Specifications: None
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component.
1.03 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A Preserve and protect existing trees and plants to remain from foliage, branch, trunk, or
root damage that could result from construction operations.
B Prevent following types of damage:
1. Compaction of root zone by foot or vehicular traffic, or material storage.
2. Trunk damage from equipment operations, material storage, or from nailing
or bolting.
3. Trunk and branch damage caused by ropes or guy wires or machine impacts.
4. Root poisoning from spilled solvents, gasoline, paint, and othei noxious
materials.
5. Branch damage due to improper pruning or trimming.
6. Damage from lack of water due to:
Cutting or altering natural water migration patterns near root zones.
Failure to piovide adequate watering.
7. Damage fiom alteration of soil pH factor caused by depositing Hine,
concrete, plaster or other base materials near roots.
8. Cutting feeder of roots or roots larger than 1-1/2 inches in diameter.
C. Confine Work activities to the identified Work Zone, Right of Way o1 Easement as
described in SECTION 01140, CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES, Limits of
Construction
1.04 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT
A When trees, othei than those designated for removal, are destroyed or badly damaged
as a result of construction operations, remove and replace with same size, species, and
variety up to and including 8 inches in trunk diameter. Trees larger than 8 inches in
diameter shall be replaced with an 8-inch diameter tree of the same species and variety
and total contr'ict amount will be reduced by an amount determined from the following
01/2008 01563 - 1 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAIVD TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION
International Shade Tree Conference formula: 0.7854 x D2 x $10.00 where D is
diameter in inches of tree or shrub trunk measured 12 inches above glade.
B All necessary tree replacements shall be as approved by Engineer/Urban Forester.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A Asphalt paint: Emulsified asphalt or other adhesive, elastic, antiseptic coating
formulated for horticultural use on cut or injured plant tissue, free from kerosene and
coal cieosote.
B Burlap: Suitable for use as tree wrapping.
C Fertilizer: Liquid containing 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorus, and 5
percent potash.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING TREES AND SHRUBS
A Except for trees and shrubs shown on Plans to be removed, all trees and shrubs within
the Project Site area are to remain and be pi otected from damage.
B For designated trees to be removed, perform the following:
1. Stake right-of-way limits and identify any tree of diameter greater than 4
inches which is to be removed. Mark trees pilot to felling with an X in
orange paint, clearly visible, on the trunk, and at eye level.
2. After marking trees give a minimum of 48-hours notice in writing to the
Engineer of intent to begin felling operations.
3. Trees whose trunks are only pwtially in the right-of-way shall be protected
and preserved as described below.
•
C For trees or 'shrubs to remain, perform the following:
1. Trim trees and shrubs only as necessary.
.Trees and shrubs requiring pruning for construction should also be pruned for
balance as well as to maintain proper form and branching habit.
Cut limbs at branch collar. No stubs should remain on trees. Branch cuts
should not gouge outer layer of tree structure or trunk.
2. Use extreme care to prevent excessive damage to root systems.
Roots in construction areas will be cut smoothly with a trencher before
excavation begins. Do not allow ripping of roots with a backhoe of other
equipment.
Temporarily cover exposed roots with wet burlap to prevent roots from drying
out.
Cover exposed roots with soil as soon as possible.
3. Prevent damage or compaction of root zone (area inside dripline) by
construction activities.
01/2008 01563-2of4
CITY OP PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION
Do not allow scarring of trunks or limbs by equipment or other means.
Do not store construction materials, vehicles, or excavated material inside
dripline of trees.
Do not pour liquid materials inside dripline.
4. Water and fertilize trees and shrubs that will remain to maintain their health
during construction period.
Supplemental watering of landscaping during construction should be done once
a week in months receiving average rainfall and twice a week in months
receiving below average rainfall.
This watering shall consist of saturating soils at least 6 to 8 inches beneath
surface.
5. Water areas currently being served by private sprinkler systems while
systems are temporarily taken out of service to maintain health of existing
landscapes.
6. At option of the Contractor and with the Engineer's permission, trees and
shrubs to remain may be temporarily transplanted and returned to original
positions under supervision of professional horticulturist.
3.02 PROTECTIVE CONTROLS
A Protection of trees or shrubs in open area:
1. Install steel drive-in fence posts in protective circle, approximately 8 feet on
center, not closer than 4 feet to trunk of trees or stems of shrubs.
2. Drive steel drive-in fence posts 3 feet minimum into ground, leaving 5 feet
minimum above ground.
3. For trees or shrubs in paved areas, use moveable posts constructed from
concrete -filled steel pipe 2-1/2 inches minimum in diametei mounted in
rubber auto tiles filled with concrete.
4. Mount steel hog -wire on posts.
I3 Timber -wrap protection for trees in close proximity of moving or mechanical
equipment and construction work:
1. Wrap trunk with layer of burlap.
2. Install 2 x 4's or 2 x 6's (5-foot to 6-foot lengths) vertically, spaced 3 inches
to 5 inches apart around circumference of tree trunk.
3. Tie in place with 12 to 9 gage steel wire.
3.03 MAINTENANCE OF NEWLY PLANTED TREES
A Water newly planted trees adequately to maintain and support healthy plants.
B The Contractor guarantees that trees planted for this Work shall remain alive and
healthy at least until the end of a one-year warranty period.
1. Within four weeks of notice from Owner, Contractor shall replace, at his
expense, any dead trees or any trees that in the opinion of Owner, have
become unhealthy or unsightly or have lost their natural shape as a result of
zdditional growth, improper pruning or maintenance, or weather conditions.
01/2008 01563 - 3 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION
2. When tree must be replaced, the guarantee period for that tree shall begin on
date of replacement of tree, subject to the Owner s inspection, tor no less
than one year.
3. Straighten leaning trees and bear entire cost.
4. Dispose of trees rejected at any time by Engineer at Contractor's expense.
END OF SECTION
•
01/2008 01563 - 4 or
CONTROL OF GROUND WATER
CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER
Section 01564
CONTROL OF GROUND WATER AND SURFACE WATER
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A DeNk atering, depressurizing, draining, and maintaining trench and structure excavations
and foundation beds in dry and stable condition.
B Protecting work against surface runoff and rising flood waters.
C Disposing of removed water.
D References to Technical Specifications:
1 Section 01200 — Measurement & Payment Procedures
2. Section 01 350 — Submittals
3. Section 01570 — Trench Safety Systems
4. Section 01565 — TPDES Requirements
5. Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation
E Referenced Standards:
I . Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
2. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ)
3. Code of Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas
4. Water Well Drillers and Pump Installers Advisory Council (WWD/PI)
F Definitions:
1. Ground Water Control Systems - installations external to the excavation
such as well points, eductors, or deep wells. Ground water control includes
dewatering and depressurization.
a. Dewatering - lowering the water table and intercepting seepage which
would other wise emerge from slopes or bottoms of excavations and
disposing of removed water. The intent of dewatering is to increase
stability of excavated slopes; prevent dislocation of material from
slopes or bottoms of excavations; reduce lateral loads on sheeting and
bracing; improve excavating and hauling characteristics of excavated
material; prevent failure or heaving of the bottom of excavations; and
to provide suitable conditions for placement of backfill materials and
construction of structures and other installations.
b. Depressurization - reduction in piezometric pressure within strata not
controlled by dewatering alone, as required to prevent failure or
heaving of excavation bottom.
2. Surface Water Control - diversion and drainage of surface water runoff and
rain water away from the excavation.
3. Excavation Drainage - keeping excavations free of surface and seepage
water.
02/2008 01564 - 1 of 8
CONTROL OF GROUND WATER
CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Measurement for and control of ground water for open cut pipe excavations shall be on
a linear foot basis and shall not exceed the length of open cut pipe installation in the
area requiring ground water control.
B Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for control of ground
water for any condition(s) other than those described in this Section, 1.02A. No
separate payment will be made for conti of of surface water. Include the cost to control
non -pipe excavation ground water and surface water in price for Woik requiring such
contt ols.
C Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement & Payment Procedures.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
02/2008
B Submit a Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan for review by the Engineer
prior to start of any field work. The plan shall be signed by a Professional Engineer
registered in the State of Texas. The plan shall include the following:
1. Results of subsurface investigation and description of the extent and
characteristics of water bearing layers subject to ground water control.
2. Names of equipment suppliers and installation subcontractors.
3. A description of proposed ground water control systems indicating
arrangement, locution, depth and capacities of system components,
installation details and criteria, and operation and maintenance procedures.
4. A description of proposed monitoring and control system indicating depths
and locations of piezometers and monitoring wells, monitoring installation
details and criteria, type of equipment and instrumentation with pertinent
data and characteristics.
5. A description of proposed filters including types, sizes, capacities and
manufacturer's application recommendations
6. Design calculations demonstrating adequacy of proposed systems for
intended applications. Define potential area of influence of ground water
control opeiation near contaminated areas.
7. Operating requirements, including piezometric control elevations for
dewatei ing and depressurization.
8. Exc'tvation drainage methods including typical drainage layers, sump pump
•application and other necessary means
9. Surface water control and drainage installations.
10. Proposed methods and locations for disposing of removed water.
C Submit the following records upon completed initial installation:
1. Installation and development reports for well points, eductors, and deep
wells.
01564-2of8
CONTROL OF GROUND WATER
CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER
2. installation reports and baseline readings for piezometers and monitoring
wells.
3. Baseline analytical test data of water from monitoring wells.
4. Initial flow r ntes.
D Submit the following records on a weekly basis during operations:
1. Records of flow rates and piezometrrc elevations obtained during
monitoring of dewatering find depressurization. Refer to this Section, 3.02
"Requirements for Eductor, Well Points, of Deep Wells".
2. Maintenance records for ground water control installations, piezometers,
and monitoring wells.
E Submit the following records at end of the Work. Decommissioning (abandonment)
reports for monitoring wells and piezometers installed by other during the design phase
and left for Contractor's monitoring and use.
1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A Conduct subsurface investigations to identify groundwater conditions and to provide
parameters for design, installation, and operation of grolmdwatei control systems.
B Design a ground water control system, compatible with the requirements of OSHA
Standards - 29 CFR, Part 1926, and Section 01570 - Trench Safety Systems of these
Technical Specifications, to produce the following results:
1. Effectively reduce the hydrostatic pressure affecting excavations.
2. Develop 1 substantially diy and stable subgrade for subsequent construction
operations.
3. Preclude damage to adjacent properties, buildings, structures, utilities,
installed f tcilities and other work.
4. Prevent the loss of fines, seepage, boils, quick condition, or softening of the
foundation strata.
5. Maintain stability of sides and bottom of excavations.
•
C Ground water control systems may include single -stage or multiple -stage well point
systems, eductor and ejector -type systems, deep wells, or combinations of these
equipment types.
D Provide di ainage of seepage water and surface water, as well as water from any other
source entering the excavation Excavation drainage may include placement of
drainage materials, such as crushed stone and filter fabric, together with sump
pumping.
E Provide ditches, berms, pumps and other methods necessary to divert and drain surface
water from excavation and other work areas.
F Locate ground water control and drainage systems so as not to interfere with utilities,
construction operations, adjacent properties, or adjacent water wells.
02/2008 01564 - 3 of 8
CONTROL OF GROUND WATER
CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER
G Assume sole responsibility for ground water control systems and for any loss or
damage resulting from partial or complete failure of protective measures and any
settlement or resultant damage caused by the ground water control operations. Modify
ground water control systems or operations if they cause or threaten to cause damage to
new construction existing site improvements, adjacent pi operty, or adjacent water
wells, or affect potentially contaminated areas. Repair damage caused by ground water
control systems oi resulting from failure of the system to protect property as required.
H Provide an adequate number of piezometers installed at the proper locations and depths
as required to provide meaningful observations of the conditions affecting the
excavation, adjacent structures, and water wells.
Provide environmental monitoring wells installed at the proper locations and depths as
required to provide adequate obsery rtions of hydiostatic conditions and possible
contaminant transport from contamination sources into the work area or into the
ground water control system.
1 Decommission piezometers and monitoring wells installed during design phase studies
and left for Contractors monitoring and use.
1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A Comply with requirements of agencies having jurisdiction.
B Comply with TCEQ regulations and WWD/PI Advisory Council for development,
drilling, and abandonment of wells used in dewatering system.
C Obtain permit from TCEQ under the Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
(TPDES), for storm water discharge from construction sites. Refer to Section 01565 —
TPDES, 3.02 "Certification Requirements".
D Obtain all necessary permits from agencies with control over the use of groundwater
and matters affecting well installation, water discharge, and use of existing storm
drains and natural water sources. Because the review and permitting process may be
lengthy, take early action to pursue and submit for the required approvals.
E Monitor ground water discharge for contamination while performing pumping in the
vicinity of potentially contaminated sites.
F Implement control of ground and surface water under the provisions of Section 01566
— Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
A Equipment and materials are at the option of Contractor as necessary to achieve
desired results tor dewatering. Selected equipment and materials are subject to review
02/2008 01564 - 4 of 8
CONTROL OF GROUND WATER
CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER
of the Engineer through Submittals required in Section 01350 — Submittals, 1.06
"Operations and Maintenance Data".
B Eductors, well points, or deep wells, where used, must be furnished, installed and
operated by an experienced contractor regularly engaged in ground water control
system design, installation, and operation.
C Equipment and instrumentation for monitoring and control of the ground water control
system includes piezometers and monitoring wells, and devices, such as flow meters,
for observing and recording flow rates.
D All equipment must be in good repair and operating order.
Sufficient standby equipment and materials shall be kept available to ensure
continuous operation, where required.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 GROUND WATER CONTROL
A Perform a subsurface investigation by borings as necessary to identify water bearing
layers, piezometric pressures, and soil parameters for design and installation of ground
water control systems. Perform pump tests, if necessary to determine the drawdown
characteristics of the water -bearing layers. The results shall be presented in the
Ground Water and Surface Water Control Plan. Refer to this Section, 1.03B.
B Provide labor, material, equipment, techniques and methods to lower, control and
handle ground water in a manner compatible with construction methods and site
conditions. Monitor effectiveness of the installed system and its effect on adjacent
property.
C Install, operate, and maintain ground water control systems in accordance with the
Plan. Notify Engineer in writing of any changes made to accommodate field
conditions and changes to the Work. Provide revised drawmgs and calculations with
such notification.
D Provide for continuous system operation including nights, weekends, and holidays.
Arrange for appropriate backup if electrical power is primary energy source for
dewatering system.
E Monitoi operations to verify that the system lowers ground water piezometric levels at
a rate required to maintain a dry excavation resulting in a stable subgiade for
prosecution of subsequent operations.
F Where hydrostatic pressures in confined water bearing layers exist below excavation,
depressurize those zones to eliminate risk of uplift or other instability of excavation or
installed works. Allowable piezometric elevations shall be defined in the Plan.
02/2008 01564 - 5 of 8
CONTROL OF GROUND WATER
CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER
G Maintain water level below subgrade elevation. Do not allow levels to rise until
foundation concrete has achieved design strength.
H During backfilling, dewatering may be reduced to maintain water level a minimum of
5 feet below prevailing level of backfill. However, do not allow that water level to
result in uplift pressures in excess of 80 percent of downward pressure produced by
weight of structure or backfill in place. Do not allow water levels to rise into cement
stabilized sand until at least 48 hour after placement.
I Provide a uniform diameter for each pipe drain run constructed for dewatering.
Remove pipe drain when it has served its purpose. If removal of pipe is impractical,
provide grout connections at 50-foot intervals and fill pipe with cement-bentonite grout
or cement -sand grout when pipe is removed from service.
J Extent of construction ground water control for structures with a permanent perforated
underground diainage system may be reduced, such as for units designed to withstand
hydrostatic uplift pressure. Provide a means of draining the affected portion of
underground system, including standby equipment. Maintain drainage system during
operations and remove it when no longer required.
K Remove system upon completion of construction or when dewatering and control of
surface or ground water is no longer required.
L Compact backfill as required by the Contract Documents.
3.02 REQUIREMENTS FOR EDUCTOR, WELL POINTS, OR DEEP WELLS
A For aboveground piping in ground water control system, include a 12-inch minimum
length of clear, transparent piping between every eductor well or well point and
discharge header so that discharge from each installation can be visually monitored.
B Install sufficient piezometers or monitoring wells, to show that all trench or shaft
excavations in water bearing materials are predrained prior to excavation Provide
separate piezometers for monitoring of dewatering and foi monitoring of
depressurization. Install piezometers and monitoring wells for tunneling as appt opriate
tot Contractor's selected method of work.
C Install piezometers or monitoring wells not less than one week in advance of beginning
the associated excavation.
D Dewatering may be omitted for portions of underdrains or other excavations, but.only
where auger borings and piezometers or monitoring wells show that soil is predrained
by an existing system such that the criteria of the Ground Water and Surface Water
Control Plan are satisfied.
02/2008 01564 6 of 8
CONTROL, OF GROUND WATER
CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER
> Replace installations that produce noticeable amounts of sediments after development.
F Provide additional ground water control installations or change the methods in the
event that the installations according to the Ground Water and Surface Water Control
Plan do not provide satisfactory results based on the performance criteria defined by
the Plan and by this Section. Submit a revised Plan according to this Section, I.03A.
G Mechanical dewatering equipment shall comply with Chapter 19 NOISE, Code of
Ordinances, City of Pearland, Texas.
3.03 EXCAVATION DRAINAGE
A Contractor may use excavation drainage methods if necessary to achieve well drained,
stable trench conditions. The excavation drainage may consist of the following
methods or combination of methods:
1. Sump pumping in combination with:
a. Layer of crushed stone and filter fabric.
b. Sand and gravel drains.
2. Wells for ground water control.
B Use sump pumping and a drainage layer, as defined in ASTM D 2321, placed on the
foundation beneath pipe bedding or thickened bedding layer of Class I material.
3.04 MAINTENANCE AND OBSERVATION
A Conduct daily maintenance and observation of piezometers or monitoring wells while
the ground water control installations or excavation drainage are operating in an area.
Keep system in good operating condition.
B Replace damaged and destroyed piezometers or monitoring wells with new
piezometers or wells as necessary to meet observation schedule.
C Cut off piezometers or monitoring wells in excavation areas where piping is exposed,
only as necessary to perform observation as excavation proceeds. Continue to
maintain and make observations, as specified.
D Remove and grout piezometers inside or outside the excavation area when ground
water control operations are complete. Remove and grout monitoring wells when
directed by the Engineer.
3.05 MONITORING AND RECORDING
A Monitor and record aver age flow rate of operation for each deep well, or for each
wellpoint or eductor header used in dewatering system Also monitor and record water
level and ground water recovery. These records shall be obtained daily until steady
conditions are achieved, and twice weekly thereafter.
02/2008 01564 - 7 of 8
CONTROL OF GROUND WATER
CITY OF PEARLAND AND SURFACE WATER
B Observe and record elevation of water level daily as long as ground water control
system is in operation, and weekly thereafter until the Work is completed or
piezometers or wells are removed, except when Engineer determines that more
frequent monitoring and recording are required. Comply with Engineer's direction for
mcieased monitoring and recording and take measures as necessary to ensure effective
dewatering for intended purpose.
3.06 SURFACE WATER CONTROL
A Intercept surface water and divert it away from excavations through use of dikes,
ditches, curb walls, pipes, sumps or other approved means. The requitement includes
temporary works required to piotect adjoining properties from surface drainage caused
by construction operations.
B Divert surface water and seepage water into sumps and pump it into drainage channels
or storm drains, when approved by agencies having jurisdiction. Provide settling
basins when required by such agencies.
C Provide additional surface water control measures or change the methods in the event
that the measures according to the Ground Water and Surface Watei Control Plan do
not provide satisfactory results based on the performance criteria defined by the Plan
and by this Section. Submit a revised Plan according to this Section, 1.03B.
END OF SECTION
02/2008 01564 8 of 8
CITY OF PEARLAND TPDES REQUIREMENTS
Section 01565
TPDES REQUIREMENTS
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Description of the required documentation to be prepared and signed by the Contractor
before conducting construction operations, in accordance with the tei ms and conditions
of the Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Permit as
issued March 5, 2003 by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality under the
provisions of Section 402 of the Clean Water Act •ind Section 26.040 of the Texas
Watei Code.
B Contractor's responsibility for implementation, maintenance, and inspection of storm
water pollution prevention control measures including but not limited to, erosion and
sediment controls, storm water management plans, waste collection and disposal, off -
site vehicle tracking, and other practices shown on the Plans or specified elsewhere in
this or other Technical Specifications.
C References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01350 — Submittals
2. Section 01310 — Coordination & Meetings
3. Section 01770 — Contract Closeout
D Referenced Standards:
1. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ)
E Other References:
1. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) found in Appendix A of
these Technical Specifications
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350
Submittals.
2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed
01/2008 01565 - 1 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND TPDES REQUIREMENTS
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 REQUIRED NOTICES
A The Contractor shall complete, sign, and date the Contractor's Notice of Intent (NOI)
attached in Appendix A. The signed copy of the Contractor's NOI shall be i eturned to
the Owner. The Owner will complete the Owner's Notice of Intent attached in
Appendix A and will submit both notices to the TCEQ Submission of the NOI is
required by both the Owner and the Contractor before construction operations start.
B Upon completion of construction and acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the
Contractor shall complete, sign, and date the Contractor's Notice of Termination
(NOT) attached in Appendix A.
3.02 CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS
A On the Operator's Information form attached in Appendix A, the Contractor shall
complete name, address, and telephone number for the Contractor; the names of
persons or firms responsible for maintenance and inspection of erosion find sediment
control measures and all Subcontractors.
B The Owner will complete and sign the Owner's Certification, shown in Appendix A
and provide a copy to the Contractor for inclusion with other project certification
forms.
C The Contractor and Subcontractors named in the Contractor's Information form shall
read, sign, and date the Contractor's/Subcontractor's Certification form, attached in
Appendix A.
D The persons or firms responsible for maintenance and inspection of erosion and
sediment control measures shall read, sign, and date the Contractor's Inspection and
Maintenance Certification form, attached in Appendix A.
E The Contractor's Information form and all certification forms shall be submitted to the
Owner before beginning construction.
F Contractor shall review implementation of the SWPPP in a meeting with the Owner
and Engineer prior to start of construction in accordance with Section 01310 —
Coordination & Meetings.
3.03 RETENTION OF RECORDS
A The Contractor shall keep a copy of the SWPPP at the Project Site or at the
Contractor's office horn the date that it became effective to the date the Work is
accepted by the Owner.
B At Contract Closeout, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner all TPDES foams and
certifications, as well as a copy of the SWPPP, in accordance with Section 01770 —
01/2008 01565 - 2 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND TPDES REQUIREMENTS
Contnct Closeout. The SWPPP records and data will be retained by Owner for a
period of 3 years from the date the Work is accepted by the Owner.
3.04 POSTING OF NOTICES
A The following notices shall be posted fiom the date that this SWPPP goes into effect
until the date the Work is accepted by the Owner:
1. Copies of the Notices o% Intent submitted by the Owner and Contractor and
a briet Description of Construction Activity being conducted at the Project
Site, as given in Article 1 of the SWPPP, shall be posted at the Project Site
or at Contractor's office in a prominent place for public viewing.
2. Notice to drivers of equipment and vehicles, instructing them to stop, check,
Ind clean tires of debris and mud before driving onto traffic lanes. Post
such notices at every stabilized construction exit area.
3. In an easily visible location on Project Site, post a notice of waste disposal
procedures.
4. Notice of hazardous material handling and emergency procedures shall be
posted with the NOI on Project Site. Keep copies of Material Safety Data
Sheets at a location on Project Site that is known to all personnel.
5. Keep a copy of each signed certification at the Project Site or at Contractor's
office.
END OF SECTION
01/2008 01565-3of3
CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR
EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION
Section 01566
SOURCE CONTROLS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Descriptions of measures and practices, in response to TPDES General Permit TXR
150000, which shall be used on the Work to eliminate of significantly minimize
pollutants in discharges into Surface Water in the State by controlling erosion and
sediments at their source.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01550 — Stabilized Construction Exit
2. Section 01.562 — Waste Material Disposal
3. Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls
C Definitions:
1. Potential Water Pollutant - any substance that could potenti illy altei the
physical, thei mal, chemical, or biological quality of the Surface Water in the
State, rendering the water harmful, detrimental, or injurious to humans,
animal life, vegetation, or property, or to public health, safety or welfare, or
impaiis the usefulness or the public enjoyment of the water for any lawful or
reasonable purpose.
1.02 MEAUSREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component.
2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION
A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in
conformance with the erosion control practices described in the Plans and this
Technical Specification.
B Erosion and sediment control measures shall be in place prior to the start of any Work
that exposes the soil, other than as specifically directed by the Engineei to allow soil
testing and surveying.
C The Contractor shall install maintain, and inspect erosion and sediment control
measures and practices that operate effectively and as specified in the Plans and in this
or other Technical Specifications.
07/2006 01566 - 1 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR
EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION
D Equipment and vehicles shall be prohibited by the Contractor from maneuvering on
areas outside of the limits of construction or dedicated rights -of -way and easements.
Damage caused by construction traffic to erosion and sediment control systems shall
be repaired immediately by the Contractor.
N, The Contractor shall be responsible for collecting, storing, hauling, and disposing of
spoil, silt, waste materials and contaminated material resulting from erosion and
sediment control measures as specified in this or other Technical Specifications and in
compliance with applicable federal, st rte, and local rules and regulations.
3.02 EXPOSED SOIL
A When soil is exposed as a result of clearing, grading, excavating, stockpiling, or other
soil disturbing activities, the Contractor shall implement measures to effectively
control erosion and prevent the escape of sediments from the Project Site.
B Control measures may include the following practices:
1. Preserve existing vegetation to the extent possible.
2. Construct drainage swales, berms, or sediment basins.
3. Maintain grades to minimize the velocity of sheet flow over disturbed areas
and promote evaporation and infiltration of storm water directly into the
ground.
4. Install filter fabric fences or barriers, sediment traps, seepage basins,
gabions, or storm drain inlet protection devices.
5. Utilize vegetative buffer strips, mulching, or riprap
C When the placement of topsoil, bank sand, or other soil material is specified, after an
area has been brought to grade and immediately prior to placement, loosen the
subgrade discing or by scarifying to a depth of at least 2 inches to permit bonding to
the subsoil.
D When all soil disturbing activities have been completed, establish a perennial
vegetative cover on all areas that are not paved, covered by permanent structures, or
otherwise permanently stabilized.
3.03 DUST CONTROL
A Implement control measures to minimize dust creation and movement on construction
sites and roads and to prevent airborne sediment from reaching receiving streams or
storm water conveyance systems, to reduce on -site and off -site damage, to prevent
health hazards, and to improve traffic safety.
B Control blowing dust by using one or more of the following measures:
1. Mulches bound with chemical binders.
2. Temporary vegetative cover.
3. Tillage to roughen surface and bring clods to the surface.
4. Irrigation by water sprinkling.
07/2006 01566 - 2 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR
EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION
5. Barriers using solid board fences, burlap fences, crate walls, bales of hay, or
similar materials.
C Implement dust control measures immediately whenever dust can be observed blowing
on the Project Site.
3.04 DEMOLITION AREAS
A Demolition activities which create large amounts of dust with significant
concentrations of heavy metals or other potential water pollutants shall use methods
described in this Section, 3.03 "Dust Control", to limit transport of airborne pollutants.
However, water or slurry used to control dust contaminated with heavy metals or
potential water pollutants shall be retained on the Project Site and shall not be allowed
to run directly into watercourses or storm water conveyance systems by the appropriate
use of control measures described in this Section. Methods of ultimate disposal of
these materials shall be carried out in accordance with applicable local, st ute, and
federal health and srifety regulations.
3.05 SEDIMENT TRACKING
A Minimize off -site tracking of sediments and the generation of dust by construction
vehicles, keeping the streets clean or construction debris and mud, by implementing
one or more of the following control measures:
1. Restrict all ingress and egress to stabilized construction exits.
2. Stabilize areas used for staging, parking, storage or disposal.
3. Stabilize on -site vehicle transportation routes.
4. Remove mud and other debris, washing if necessary, from vehicles prior to
entrance onto public roadways from the Project Site.
5. Maintain grade to minimize the occurrence of mud on the Project Site.
B Construct stabilized construction areas under the provisions of Section 01550 —
Stabilized Construction Exists.
C In addition to Stabilized Construction Exits shovel or sweep the pavement to the extent
necessary to keep the street clean. Water -hosing or sweeping of debris and mud off of
the street into adjacent areas is not allowed.
3.06 EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR
A Control equipment maintenance and repair so that oils, gasoline, grease, solvents, and
other potential water pollutants cannot be washed directly into receiving streams or
storm water conveyance systems.
B Control measures may include the following practices:
1. Confine maintenance and repair of construction machinery and equipment
to areas specifically designated for that purpose.
2. Provide these areas with adequate waste disposal receptacles for liquid as
well as solid waste.
07/2006 01566 - 3 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR
EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION
3. Clean and inspect maintenance and repair areas daily.
4. Stabilize the area with coarse aggregate.
5. Maintain grade to prevent surface water from flowing over the area.
6. Place plastic matting, packed clay, tat paper, or other impervious material to
prevent contamination of soil in the area.
7. Isolate areas of contaminated soil or other materials to facilitate proper
removal and disposal.
C Where effective control measures are not feasible, equipment shall be taken off -site for
maintenance and repair.
3.07 WASTE COLLECTION AND DISPOSAL
A Conduct operations in conformance with the plan provided in Section 01562 — Waste
Material Disposal and utilize such control measures, described in this Section, as may
be necessary to eliminate or significantly reduce the disch trge of possible water
pollutants from the Project Site as a result of waste collection and disposal.
B Keep receptacles and waste collection areas neat and orderly to the extent possible.
Waste shall not be allowed to overflow its container or accumulate from day-to-day.
Locate trash collection points where they will least likely be affected by concentrated
storm water runoff
3.08 WASHING AREAS
A Vehicles such as concrete delivery trucks or dump trucks and other construction
equipment shall not be washed at locations where the runoff will flow directly into a
watercourse or storm water conveyance system. Preventative measures may include
the following practices:
1. Designate special areas for washing vehicles.
2. Locate these areas where the w tsh water will spread out and evaporate or
infiltrate directly into the ground, or where the runoff can be collected in a
temporary holding or seepage basin.
3. Beneath wash areas construct a gravel or rock base to minimize mud
production.
B Construct washing areas under the provisions of Section 01550 — Stabilized
Construction Exists.
3.09 STORAGE AND USAGE OF POTENTIAL WATER POLLUTANTS
A Store and use potential water pollutants such as pesticides, fertilizers, distillate fuels,
lubricants, solvents cements paints, acids, caustics and other toxic substances in
accordance with manufacturers' guidelines, Material Safety Data Sheets, and with
local, state, and federal regulations.
07/2006
01566-4of5
CITY OF PEARLAND SOURCE CONTROLS FOR
EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION
B Isolate these substances in areas where they are to be stored, opened or used such that
they will not cause pollution of runoff from the Project Site. Preventative measures
may include the following practices:
1. Stabilize the area with coarse aggregate.
2. Store containers on raised platforms.
3. Place plastic matting, packed clay, tar paper, or other impervious material to
prevent contamination of soil in the area.
4. Provide protective cover or weather proof enclosure.
5. Minimize accidental spillage.
6. Keep containers tightly closed.
7. Periodically inspect containers for leakage.
8. Maintain grade to prevent surface water from flowing over the area.
9. Provide berms, filter fabric fences or barriers, or sediment basins.
10. Designate washing areas for containers and other items that have come in
contact with potential water pollutants.
C Avoid overuse of substances such as pesticides and fertilizers which could produce
contaminated runoff.
3.10 SANITARY FACILITIES
A Provide the Project Site with adequate portable toilets for workers in accordance with
Section 01500 —Temporary Fac►hties and Contiols, and applicable health regulations.
B Control areas where sanitary facilities are located so that sewage or chemicals will not
be washed directly into receiving streams or storm water conveyance systems by using
one or more of the following measures.
1. Inspect the facilities daily
2. Service the facilities as often as necessary to maintain cleanliness and
prevent overflows.
3. Stabilize the area with coarse aggregate
4. Maintain grade to prevent surface water from flowing over the area
END OF SECTION
07/2006 01566 - 5 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM
Section 01571)
TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Trench safety system for the construction of trench excavations.
B Trench safety system for excavation of utilities, excavation of structures, and
embankment which fall under provisions of lederal, state, of local excavation safety
laws.
C References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01200 — Measurement & Payment Procedures
2. Section 01350 — Submittals
D Referenced Standards:
1. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
E Definitions:
1. Trench. A narrow excavation (in relation to its depth) made below the
surface of the ground. In general, the depth is greater than the width, but the
width of a trench (measured at the bottom) is not greater than 15 feet.
2. Trench safety system requirements apply to larger open excavations if the
erection of structures or other installations limits the space between the
excavation slope and the installation to dimensions equivalent to a trench as
defined.
3. Trench safety systems include both Protective Systems and Shoring Systems
but are not limited to sloping, sheeting, trench boxes or trench shields, slide
rail systems, sheet piling cribbing, bracing, shoring, dewatermg or
diversion of water to provide adequate drainage.
a. Protective System: A method of protecting employees from cave-ins,
from material that could fall or roll from an excavation face or into an
excavation, or from the collapse of an adjacent structure.
b. Shoring System: A structure, which supports the sides of an
excavation, to prevent cave-ins, maintain stable soil conditions, or to
prevent movements of the ground affecting adjacent installations or
improvements.
c. Special Shoring: A shoring system meeting Special Shoring
Requirements for locations identified on the Plans.
4. Competent Person- one who is capable of identifying existing and
predictable hazards in the sun oundings or working conditions which are
unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to employees, and who has
authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them.
07/2006 01570 - 1 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Measurement for trench safety systems used on utility excavations is on a linear foot
basis, measured along the centerline of the bench. Payment for trench safety systems
includes payment for manholes and other line structures.
B Unless indicated in as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for shoring
systems under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for trench safety systems.
C If shown on the Plans and included in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal as a separate Bid
Item, Measurement and Payment for Special Shoring system installation for trench
excavation is on a square foot basis, measured and completed in place.
D Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for trench safety
systems used on structural excavations under this Section. Include cost for trench
safety system used on structural excavations in 'applicable structure installation.
E Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for trench safety
systems used on roadway excavation or embankment under this Section. Include cost
in applicable Sections.
F Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement & Payment Procedures.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
Submit a safety plan specifically for the construction of trench excavation, excavation
of utilities, excavation of structures, and embankment which fall under provisions of
federal state, or local excavation safety laws. Design the Tt ench Safety Plan to be in
accordance with OSHA Standards - 29CFR governing the presence and activities of
individuals worlung in and around tench excavations, and in accordance with any
Special Shoring requirements at locations shown on the Plans. Include in the plan,
submittal of the contact information for the Competent Person
C Have Shop Drawings for trench safety systems sealed, as required by OSHA, by a
Professional Engineer licensed by the State of Texas, retained and paid by the
Contractor.
1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A Install rind maintain trench safety systems in accordance with the provision of
Excavations, Trenching, and Shoring, OSHA Standards — 29 CFR, Part 1926, Subpart
P, as amended, including Final Rule, published in the Federal Register Vol. 54, No
209 on Tuesday, October 31, 1989. The sections that are incorporated into these
Technical Specifications, by reference, include Standard 1926.650 — 652.
07/2006 01570 - 2 of 4
CITY OF PEARI AND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM
B A reproduction of the OSHA Standards — 29 CFR included in Subpart P —
"Excavations" from the Federal Register Vol. 54, No. 209 is available upon request to
Contractors bidding on the Work. The Owner assumes no responsibility for the
accuracy of the reproduction. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining a copy of
this section of the Federal Register.
C Include in the Trench Safety Program measures thfit establish compliance with the
standard interpretation of the General Duty Clause, Section 5.(a)(1), of the
Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 — 20 USC 654 which states, "Employers
must shore or otherwise protect employees who walk/work at the base of an
embankment from possible collapse."
D Legislation that has been enacted by the State of Texas with regard to Trench Safety
Systems is hereby incoiporated, by reference, into these specifications. Under Texas
Statutes, refei to Chapter 756 of the Health and Safety Code, SUBCHAPTER C.
TRENCH SAFETY.
Reference materials, if developed foi this Work, will be issued by the Engineer along
with the Bid Documents, including the following:
1. Geotcchnical information obtained for use in design of the trench safety
system.
2. Special Shoring Requirements.
1.05 INDEMNIFICATION
A Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, its employees, and agents,
from any and all damages, costs (including, without limitation, legal fees, court costs,
and the cost of investigation), judgments or claims by anyone foi injury or death of
persons resulting from the collapse or failure of trenches constructed under this
Contract.
B Contractor acknowledges and agrees that this indemnity provision provides indemnity
for the Owner in case the Owner is negligent either by.act or omission in providing for
trench safety, including, but not limited to safety program and design reviews,
inspections failures to issue stop work orders, and the hiring of the Contractor.
C Review of the safety program by the Engineer will only be in regard to compliance
with the Contract Documents find will not constitute approv rl by the Engineer nor
relieve Contractor of obligations under state and federal trench safety laws.
2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A Install and maintfiin trench safety systems in accordance with provisions of OSHA
Standards — 29 CFR.
07/2006 01570 - 3 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM
B Specially designed trench safety systems shall be installed in accordance with the
Contractor s trench exc ivation safety program for the locations and conditions
identified in the program.
C Install Special Shoring at the Locations shown on the Plans.
D Obtain verification from a Competent Person, defined in this Section and as identified
in the Conti actor's Trench Safety Program, that trench boxes and other pre -
manufactured systems are certified foi the actual installation conditions.
3.02 INSPECTION
A Conduct daily inspections by Contractor or Contractor's independently retained
consultant, of the trench safety systems to ensure that the installed systems and
operations meet OSHA Standaids — 29 CFR and other personnel protection regulations
requii ements.
B If evidence of possible cave-ins or slides is apparent, immediately stop work in the
trench and move personnel to safe locations until necessary precautions have been
taken to safeguard personnel
C Maintain a permanent record of daily inspections.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A Verify specific applicability of the selected or specially designed trench safety systems
to each field condition encountered on the Work.
END OF SECTION
07/2006 01570 - 4 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS
1.0 GENERAL
Section 01580
PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Project identification sign description.
B. Installation.
C. Maintenance and removal.
1.02 UNIT PRICES
A. No separate payment will be made for design, fabrication, installation, and
maintenance of project identification signs under this Section. Include cost of
work performed under this Section in the pay item for Section 01505 -
Mobilization.
B. If changes to project identification signs are requested by the City Engineer to
keep them current payment will be made by change order.
Skid -mounted signs shall be relocated as directed by the City Engineer at no
additional cost to the City Post -mounted signs shall be relocated once, if directed
in writing by the City Engineer, at no additional cost to the City. If a post -
mounted sign is relocated more than once at the written direction of the City
Engineer, payment will be made b) change order
1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Sign Construction: Project identification signs shall be constructed of new
materials and painted new foi the project. Construct post -mounted signs as
shown on Construction Sign Details.
B. Appearance: Project identification signs shall be maintained to present a clean
and neat look throughout the project duration.
C. Sign Manufacturer/Maker: Experienced as a professional sign company.
D. Sign Placement: Place signs at locations as directed by the City Engineer. The
City Engineer will provide sign placement instructions at the Pre -construction
Meeting.
1. A linear project is one involving paving, overlay, sewer lines, storm
drainage, or water mains that run in the right-of-way over a distance. A
linear project requires a project identification sign at each end of the
construction site
05/2007 01580-1
CITY OF PEARLAND PROJKCT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS
2. Single Site or Building Projects: Provide one project identification
sign.
3. Multiple Sites: Provide one project identification sign at each site.
4. Sign Relocation. As work piogiesses at each site, it may be necessary
to move and relocate project identification signs. Relocate signs as
directed in writing by the City Engineer.
Alternate Skid -mounted Sign Construction: Post -mounted signs are preferred, but
skid -mounted signs ale allowed, especially for projects with noncontiguous
locations where work progresses from one location to another. The skid structure
shall be designed so that the sign will withstand a 60-mile-per-hour wind load
directly to the face or back of the sign. Use stakes, straps, or ballast. Approval of
the use of skid -mounted signs shall not release the Contractor from responsibility
of maintaining a project identification sign on the project site and shall not make
the City responsible for the security of such signs.
1..04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01350 - Submittal Procedures.
B. Show content, layout, lettering style, lettering size, and colors. Make sign and
lettering to scale, clearly indicating condensed lettering, if used.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 SIGN MATERIALS
A. Structure and Framing: All sign materials shall be new.
1. Sign Posts: Use 4 inch by 4-inch treated wood posts, sized to fix
top of sign at 6 FEET ABOVE GROUND.
2. Sign Supports and Skid Bi acing: 2-inch by 4-inch wood framing
material.
3. Skid Members: 2-inch by 6-inch wood framing material.
4. Fasteners:
a. Use galvanized steel fasteners.
b. Use 3/8-inch by 5-1/2-inch button head carriage bolts to attach sign to posts.
Secure with nuts and flat head washers at locations as recommended by Sign
Manufacturer.
c. Cover button heads with white reflective film or paint to match sign
background
B. Sign and Sign Header: Use medium density overlaid marine plywood, minimum
1/2-inch thick. Use full-size 4-foot by 8-foot sheets for sign and a single piece for
header to minimize joints; do not piece wood to fabricate a sign face.
C. Paint and Primers: White paint used to prime surfaces and to resist weathering
shall be an industrial grade, fast -drying, oil -based paint with gloss finish. Paint
structural and framing members white on all sides and edges to resist weathering
05/2007
01580-2
CITY OF P1'ARLAND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS
Paint sign and sign header material white on all sides and edges to resist
weathering. Paint all sign surfaces with this weather -protective paint prior to
adding any sign paint or adhesive applications.
D. Colors:
Follow criteria established by attached Exhibit
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install project identification signs within 10 calendar days after Date of
Commencement.
B. Erect signs where designated by the City Engineer at the Pre -construction
Meeting or as described in pact 1.03 of this Section. Position the sign in such a
manner as to be fully visible and readable to the general public.
C. Erect sign level and plumb.
D. If mounted on posts, sink posts a minimum of 30 inches below grade in 10-inch
diameter posthole. Stabilize posts with sharp sand or concrete to minimize lateral
motion. Leave a minimum of 8 feet of post above existing grade for mounting of
the sign and header.
E. Erect sign so that the top edge of the sign, is no higher than 6 feet above existing
grade.
3.02 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL
A. Keep signs and supports clean. Repair deterioration and damage.
B. Remove signs, framing, supports, and foundations to a depth of 2 feet upon
completion of Project. Restore the area to a condition equal to or better than
before construction.
END OF SECTION
05/2007 01580-3
CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT IDEENTIFICATION SIGNS
PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGN
EXHIBIT
SOUTHWEST ENVIRONMENTAL CENTER
WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT EXPANSION No, 1
PROJECT SCHEDULE: JULY 2007
ENGINEER: CARTER & BURGESS, INC.
CONSTRUCTION COST: UNKNOWN
CONTRACTOR: UNKNOWN
Typu ai 4'x8'x112' MO 0 single sided site sign. Installs on two
4" x4' x 8' treated 42 0 CA posts set m sharp sand or concrete
ur a 10" x24" purr minimum.
MU P1 W(NTQW51I3N
$16N»G1
?IMGitOO TElt8
5.21.07
ter e1 remh d M8i<+1iv,.
,,Ir..,-,
dW
120 VOLT flfCT3iICAI. SFHV10E
CLIENT APPROVAL
•
05/2007
01580-4
CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL ANI) EQUIPMENT
Section 01600
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Requirements for transportation, delivery, handling, and storage of materials and
equipment.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation
1.02 MEASUREMENT AN J• PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this work is a component.
1.03 PRODUCTS
A Products: Means material, equipment, or systems forming the Work. Does not include
machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabric ition conveying and erection of
the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components designated for
reuse.
B Do not reuse materials and equipment, designated to be removed, except as specified
by the Contract Documents.
C Provide equipment and components from the fewest number of manufacturers as is
practical, in order to simplify sp ire parts inventory and to allow for maximum
Interchangeability of components For multiple components of the same size, type or
application, use the same make and model of component throughout the Work.
1.04 TRANSPORTATION
A Make arrangements for transportation, delivery, and handling of equipment and
materials required for timely completion of the Work.
B Transport and handle products in accordance with instructions.
C Consign and address shipping documents to the proper party giving name of Project,
street number, and City. Shipments shall be delivered to the Contractor.
1.05 DELIVERY
A Arrange deliveries of products to accommodate the Construction Schedule and in
ample time to facilitate inspection prior to installation. Avoid deliveries that cause
lengthy storage or overburden of limited storage space.
07/2006 01600 - 1 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
B Coordinate deliveries to avoid conflict with Work and conditions at the Project Site
and to accommodate the following:
1. Work of other contractors or the Owner.
2. Limitations of storage space.
3. Availability of equipment and personnel for handling products.
4. Owner's use of premises.
C Have products delivered to the Project Site in manufacturer's original, unopened,
labeled containers
D Immediately upon delivery, inspect shipment to assure:
1. Product complies with requirements of Contract Documents.
2. Quantities are correct.
3. Containers and packages are intact; labels are legible.
4. Products are properly protected and undamaged.
1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING
A Coordinate the off-loading of materials and equipment delivered to the Project Site If
necessary to move stored materials 'ind equipment during construction, Contractor
shall relocate materials and equipment at no additional cost to the Owner.
B Provide equipment and personnel necessary to handle products, including those
provided by the Owner, by methods to prevent damage to products or packaging.
C Provide additional protection during handling as necessary to prevent breaking
scraping, marring, 01 otherwise damaging products or surrounding areas.
D Handle products by methods to prevent over bending or overstressing.
E Lift heavy components only at designated lifting points.
F Handle materials and equipment in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations.
G Do not drop, roll, or skid products off delivery vehicles. Hand carry or use suitable
materials handling equipment.
1.07 STORAGE OF MATERIAL
A Store and protect materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and
requirements of these Technical Specifications. Control storage of potential water
pollutants in conformance with Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion &
Sedimentation.
13 Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment. Place loose
soil materials, and materials to be Incorporated into the Work to prevent damage to any
part of the Work or existing facilities and to maintain free access at all times to all
parts of the Work and to utility service company installations in the vicinity of the
Work.
07/2006 01600 - 2 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
C Keep materials and equipment neatly and co►npactly stored in locations that will cause
a mmimum of inconvenience to other contractoi s, public travel, adjoining owners,
tenants, and occupants. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for
Inspection.
D Provide adequately ventilated, watertight storage facilities with floor above ground
level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage.
E Restrict storage to areas available on the construction site for storage of material and
equipment as shown on Plans or approved by the Project Manager.
F Provide off -site storage and protection when on -site storage is not adequate.
G Do not use lawns, grass plots, or other private property for storage purposes without
written permission of the owner or other person in possession or cont►ol of such
premises. Damage to lawns, sidewalks, streets or other improvements shall be repaired
or replaced to the satisfaction of the Project Manager.
H Protect stored materials and equipment against loss or damage.
I Store materials in manufacturers' unopened containers.
J Materials delivered and stored along the line of the Work shall be not closer than 3 feet
to any fire hydrant. Public and private drives and street crossings shall be kept open.
K The total length which materials may be distributed along the route of construction at
any one time is 1000 lineal feet, unless otherwise approved in waiting by the Project
Manager.
2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed
3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed
END OF SECTION
07/2006 01600 - 3 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND
PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
Section 01630
PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Options for making product or process selections.
B Procedures for proposing equivalent construction products or processes, including pre-
ipproved, and approved products or processes
C References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01350 — Submittals
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section
01350 — Submittals.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A Product: Means, materials, equipment, or systems incorporated into the Work. Product
does not include machinery and equipment used for production, fabrication, conveying,
and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components
designated for to -use.
B Process: Any proprietary system or method for installing system components resulting
in an integral functioning part of the Work. Foi this Section, the woid Product
includes Processes.
1.04 SELECTION OPTIONS
A Pre -approved Products: Products of certain manufacturers or suppliers are designated
m the Technical Specifications as "pre -approved". Products of other manufacturers or
suppliers will not be acceptable undei this Contract and will not be considered under
the submittal process for approving alternate products.
B Approved Products: Products of certain manufacturers or suppliers designated in the
Technical Specifications followed by the words "or approved equal" Approval of
alternate products not listed in the Technical Specifications may be obtained through
provisions of this Section and Section 01350 — Submittals. The procedure for approval
of alternate products is not applicable to Pte-approved Products.
C Product Compatibility: To the maximum extent possible, provide products that are of
the same type or function fiom a single manufacturer, make or source. Where more
than one choice is available as a Contractor's option, select a product which is
compatible with other products already selected, specified, or in use by the Owner.
07/2006 01 630 - 1 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
1.05 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY
A Furnish information the Engineer deems necessary to judge equivalency of the
tlternate product.
B Pay for laboratory testing as well as any other review or examination cost needed to
establish the equivalency between products which enables the Engineer to make such a
judgment.
C If the Engineer determines that an alternate product is not equivalent to that named in
the Technical Specifications, the Contractor shall furnish one of the specified products.
1.06 ENGINEER'S REVIEW
A Alternate products may be used only if approved in writing by the Engineer. The
Engineer's determination regarding acceptance of a proposed alternate product is final.
B Alternate products will he accepted if the product is judged by the Engineer to be
equivalent to the specified product or to offer substantial benefit to the Owner.
C The Owner retains the right to accept any product deemed advantageous to the Owner,
and similarly, to reject any product deemed not beneficial to the Owner
1.07 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURE
A Collect and assemble technical information applicable to the proposed product to aid in
determining equivalency as related to the Approved Product specified.
B Submit a written request for a product to be considered as an alternate product along
with the product information within fourteen (14) days after the Effective Date of the
Agreement.
C After the submittal period has expired, requests for alternate products will be
considered only when a specified product becomes unavailable because of conditions
beyond the Contractor's control.
D Submit 5 copies of each request for alternate product approval. Include the following
information
1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with
Contract Documents.
2. For products:
a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address.
b. Manufacturer's literature with product description, performance and
test data, and reference standards.
c. Samples, is rpplicable.
d. Name and address of similar projects on which product was used and
date of installation. Include the name of the Owner
Architect/Engineer, and installing contractor.
07/2006 01630 - 2 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
3. For construction methods:
a. Detailed description of proposed method.
b. Shop Drawings illustrating methods.
4. Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product or method
specified
5. Data relating to changes in Construction Schedule
6. Relationship to separate contracts, if any.
7. Accurate cost data on proposed substitution in comparison with product or
method specified.
8. Other information requested by the Engineer.
E Approved alternate products will be subject to the same review piocess as the specified
product would have been for Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples.
2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used
3.0 EXECUTION - Not Used
END OF SECTION
•
07/2006 01630 - 3 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND FIELD SURVEYING
Section 01720
FIELD SURVEYING
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Requirements for surveyors and surveys.
B Procedures pertaining to survey control points and reference points.
C References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01350 — Submittals
2. Section 01760 — Project Record Documents
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component.
1.03 QUALITY CONTROL
A Conform to State of Texas laws for surveys requiring licensed surveyors Employ a
land surveyor acceptable to Engineer.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
B Submit to Engineer the name, address, and telephone number of Surveyor before
starting survey work.
C Submit documentation verifying accuracy of survey work on request.
1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses.
B Submit Record Documents under provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record
Documents.
1.06 EXAMINATION
A Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting Work.
B Notify Engineer immediately of any discrepancies discovered.
07/2006 01720 - 1 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND FIELD SURVEYING
1.07 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS
A Control datum for survey is that established by Owner -provided survey and indicated
on Plans.
B Locate and protect survey control points, including property corners, prior to starting
site work. Use caution to preserve permanent reference points during construction.
C The Contractor shall not reset; nor cause to be reset, lost, disturbed, or damaged,
control points. Promptly notify Engineer of disturbance or damage to any control
point(s)
D Notify Engineer 48 hours in advance of need for relocation of reference points due to
changes in grades or other reasons.
E Report promptly to Engineer the loss or destruction of any reference point.
F Any re -staking of control points lost, disturbed, or damaged by Contractor's operations
will be provided by Owner at Contractor's expense.
G Employ a Registered Public Land Surveyor to reset any missing, disturbed, or damaged
monumentation
1.08 SURVEY REQUIREMENTS
A Utilize recognized engineering survey practices.
B Establish a minimum of two permanent bench marks on Project Site, referenced to
established control points. Record locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on
Project Record Documents.
C Establish and record in survey notes elevations, lines and levels to provide quantities
requited for Measutement and Payment and to provide appropriate controls for the
Work. Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means:
1. Site improvements including pavements; stakes for grading; fill and topsoil
placement; utility locations, slopes, and invert elevations.
2. GIid or axis for stt uctures.
3. Mounumented Baseline.
D Verify periodically layouts by same means.
2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed
3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed
END OF SECTION
07/2006 01720 - 2 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND CUTTING AND PATCHING
Section 01730
CUTTING AND PATCHING
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Cutting, patching and fitting of Work to existing facilities, or to accommodate
installation o1 connection of Work with existing facilities, or to uncover Work for
access, inspection or testing.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01350 — Submittals
2. Section 01630 — Product Options & Substitutions
1.02 MEASURMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350
Submittals.
B Submit written notice to the Engineer requesting consent to proceed prior to cutting
which may affect structural integrity or design function, Owner operations, or work of
another contractor.
C Include the following in submittal:
1. Identification of Project
2. Description of affected Work.
3. Necessity for cutting.
4. Effect on other work and on structural integrity.
5. Include description of proposed Work:
a. Scope of cutting and patching.
b. Contractor, subcontractor or trade to execute Work.
c. Products proposed to be used.
d. Extent of refinishing.
e. Schedule of operations.
6. Alternatives to cutting and patching, if any.
D Should conditions of Work or schedule indicate change of materials or methods,
submit a written recommendation to the Engineer including:
1. Conditions indicating change
2. Recommendations foi alternative materials or methods.
3. Submittals as required for substitutions in Section 01630 — Product Options
& Substitutions.
07/2006 01730 - 1 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND CUTTING AND PATCIIING
E Submit written notice to the Engineer designating time Work will be uncovered for
observation. Do not begin cutting or patching operations until authorized by the
Engineer.
1.04 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING FACILITIES
A Perform construction necessary to complete connections and tie-ins to existing
facilities. Keep all existing facilities in continuous operation unless otherwise
specifically permitted in these Technical Specifications or approved by the Engineer.
B Coordinate with the Engineer, interruption of service requiring connection into existing
facilities. Bypassing of wastewater or sludge to waterways is not pei nutted. Provide
temporary pumping facilities to handle wastewater if necessary. Use temporary
bulkheads (e.g., inflatable plugs) to minimize disruption. Provide temporary power
supply and piping to facilitate construction where necessary.
C Submit a detailed schedule of proposed connections, including shut -downs and tie-ins.
Include in the submittal the proposed time and date as well as the anticipated duration
of the Work. Submit the detailed schedule coordinated with the construction schedule.
1. Provide specific time and date information to the Engineer 48 hours in
advance of proposed Work.
D Procedures and Operations:
1, The Contractor may operate existing pumps, valves and gates required for
sequencing procedures only as directed by the Engineer. Do not operate any
valve, gate or other item of equipment without permission of the Owner and
the knowledge of the Engineer.
2. Insofar as possible, equipment shall be tested and in operating condition before
final tie-ins are made to connect equipment to the existing facility
3. Carefully coordinate Work and schedules. Provide written notice to the
Engineer at least 48 hours before shut -downs or by-passes are required
2.0 P!'' ODUCTS - Not Used.
3.0 EXECUTION
A Perform activities to avoid interference with facility operations and the Work of others
in accordance with Section 00700 — General Conditions of the Agreement
B Execute cutting and patching including excavation, backfill, and fitting to:
1. Remove and replace defective Work or Work not conforming to the Plans
and Technical Specifications.
2. Take samples of installed Work as required for testing.
3. Remove construction required to provide for specified alteration or addition
to existing Work.
4. Uncover Work to provide for inspection or reinspection of covered Work by
the Engineer or regulatory agencies having jurisdiction.
5. Connect any Work that was not accomplished in the proper sequence to
completed Work.
07/2006 01730 - 2 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND CUTTING ANI) PATCHING
6. Remove or relocate existing utilities and pipes which obstruct Work to which
connections must be made.
7. Make connections or alterations to existing or new facilities.
8. Provide openings, channels, chases and flues, if any, and do cutting, patching
Ind finishing.
C Restore existing Work to a state equal to oI better than that prior to cutting and
patching. Restore new Work to standards of these Technical Specifications.
D Support, anchor, attach, match, tiim and seal materials to the Work of others Unless
otherwise specified, furnish and install sleeves, insects, hangers, required for the
execution of the Work.
E Provide shoring, bracing and support as required to maintain structural integrity and
protect adjacent Work from damage during cutting and patching. Before cutting beams
or other structural membeis, anchors, lintels or other supports, request written
instructions from the Engineer. Follow such instructions, as applicable
END OF SECTION
07/2006 01730 - 3 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Section 01760
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Maintenance and Submittal of Record Documents and Samples.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01350 — Submittals
2. Section 01770 — Contract Closeout
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section
01350 — Submittals.
1.04 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES
A Maintain one copy of Record Documents at the Project Site in accordance with Section
00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 3.02 ` Keeping Plans and Specifications
Accessible".
B Store Record Documents and Samples in field office if a field office is required by
Contract Documents, or in a secure location. Provide files, racks, and secure storage
for Record Documents and Samples.
C Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat, large, printed letters.
D Maintain Record Documents in a clean, dry, and legible condition. Do not use Record
Documents for construction purposes.
E Keep Record Documents and Samples available for inspection by Engineer.
1.05 RECORDING
A Record information concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal any work
until required information is recorded.
B Plans, Change Orders, and Shop Drawings• Legibly mark each item to record all
actual construction, or "as built" conditions, including:
1. Measured horizontal locations and elevations of underground utilities and
appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements.
07/2006 01760 - 1 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
2. Elevations of underground utilities referenced to bench marks utilized for
the Work.
3. Field changes of dimension and detail.
4. Ch inges made by modifications.
5. Details not on original Plans.
6. References to related Shop Drawings and Modifications.
C Record information with a red pen or pencil on a set of drawings indicated as the
Record Document Set, provided by Engineer
2.0 PRODUCTS _ Not Used
3.0 EXECUTION
A Deliver Record Documents and Samples to Owner in accordance with Section 01770 Contract Closeout.
END OF SECTION
07/2006
01760-2of2
CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
Section 01770
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
A Closeout procedures including final submittals such as operation and maintenance
data, warranties, and spare parts and maintenance materials.
B References to Technical Specifications:
. Section 01350 — Submittals
2. Section 01760 — Project Record Documents
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
1.04 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
A Comply with Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement regarding Final
Completion and Final Payment when Work is complete and ready for Engineer's final
inspection.
B Provide Record Documents under provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record
Documents.
•
C Complete or correct items on punch list, with no new items added. Any new items will
be addressed during warranty period.
D The Owner will occupy portions of the Work as specified in Section 00700 — General
Conditions of Agreement.
E Contractor shall request Final Inspection at least two weeks prior to Final Acceptance.
1.05 FINAL CLEANING
A Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection.
B Clean debris from drainage systems.
C Clean Project Site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces.
09/2009 01770 - 1 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
D Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and temporary construction facilities
from the Project Site following the final test of utilities and completion of the Work.
1.06 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A Submit Operations and Maintenance data under provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
1.07 WARRANTIES
A Provide one original of each warranty from Subcontractors, Suppliers, and
Manufacturers.
B Provide Table of Contents and assemble warranties in 3-ring/D binder with durable
plastic cover.
C Submit warranties prior to Final Application for Payment.
1. Warranties shall commence in accordance with the requirements of Section
00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 1.09 "Substantially Completed".
2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed
3.0 EXECUTION Contractor shall diligently pursue completion of the items and
activities contained in the Contract Close Out and Project Record Document sections
of the project manual. Notwithstanding any performance of warranty work, the
work of Conti act Closeout shall be complete within thirty (30) days of the date of
Final Completion and Acceptance of the work.
END OF SECTION
•
09/2009 01770 - 2 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION
Section 02200
SITE PREPARATION
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Removal of topsoil, stripping and stockpiling, clearing and grubbing.
B Removal and disposal of waste materials, excess materials, debris and trash.
C Removal of obstructions.
D Excavation and fill.
E Salvaging of designated item.
F References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section
2. Section
3. Section
4. Section
5. Section
6. Section
7. Section
01200 —
01350 —
01450 —
01500 —
02255 —
02330 —
01140
Measurement and Payment Procedures
Submittals
Testing Laboratory Services
Temporary Facilities and Controls
Bedding, Backfill and Embankment Material
Embankment
Contractor's Use of Premises
G Referenced Standards:
1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
a. ASTM D 4318, ' Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic
Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils"
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component.
B If Site Preparation is included as a Bid Item, measurement will be based on the Units
shown in Section 00300 — Bid Pioposal and in accordance with Section 01200 Measurement and Payment Procedures.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
B Submit embankment material sources and product quality information in accordance
this Section.
07/2006 02200 - 1 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION
1.04 TESTING
A Testing and analysis of pioduct quality, material sources, or field quality shall be
performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the
provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this
Section.
1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY
A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in
conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Temporary Facilities and
Controls.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A Contractor shall provide materials used as embedment, backfill, back -dressing, and
embankment identified on the Plans in accordance with Section 02255 — Bedding
Backfill and Embankment Material.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 CLEARING AND GRUBBING.
07/2006
A Clear Project Site of trees, shrubs, and other vegetation, except for those designated by
Owner to be left standing.
B Use only hand methods for grubbing inside drip line of trees designated to remain.
C Completely remove stumps, roots, and other debris protruding through ground surface.
1. On areas required for roadway, channel, or structural excavation, remove
stumps, 2" diameter or larger limbs and roots, to depth of 2 feet below lower
elevation of excavation
2. On areas required for embankment construction, remove 2" diameter limbs,
stumps and roots to depth of 2 feet below ground surface
3. Trees and stumps may be cut off as close to natural ground as practicable on
areas which are to be covered by at least 3 feet of embankment
D Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil
material, unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated.
1. Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding 6 inches loose depth, and
thoroughly compact to density equal to adjacent original ground.
E Complete operations by bulldozing, blading, and grading so that prepared area is free
of holes unplanned ditches abrupt changes in elevations and irregular contours, and
preserve drainage of area.
1. Blade entire area to prevent ponding of water and to provide drainage, except
m areas to be immediately excavated
02200 - 2 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION
3.02 TOPSOIL STRIPPING AND STOCKPILING
A Obtain approval of topsoil quality before excavating and stockpiling.
B Excavate topsoil for esplanades and areas to receive grass or landscaping from areas to
be further excavated.
C Topsoil Stripping:
1. Remove growths of grass from areas before stripping.
2. Topsoil is defined as surface soil found of depth of not less than 4 inches.
3. Strip topsoil to depths encountered.
4. Perform stripping in a mannei to prevent intermingling of topsoil with
underlying sterile subsoil and remove objectionable materials, including clay
lumps, stones over 2 in. in diameter, weeds, loots, leaves, and debris.
5. Where trees are designated by Owner to be left standing, stop topsoil stripping
at extreme limits of tree drip line to prevent damage to main root system.
D Topsoil Stockpiling:
1. Stockpile in areas designated on Plans.
2. Construct storage piles to freely drain surface water.
3. Cover storage piles, if required to prevent wind-blown dust.
4. Stockpile topsoil to depth not exceeding 8 feet. Stockpile in a manner to
prevent erosion.
3.03 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL
A Undercut, remove, and replace material which Engineer designates as unsuitable for
subsequent construction.
B Material used to replace unsuitable material shall be suitable material from site
excavation or as indicated on Plans.
3.04 EXCAVATION AND FILL
A Depressed site areas shall be filled using material from high areas, insofar as
practicable.
B When fill obtained from high areas is exhausted, fill to indicated rough grade
elevations under roadways with "Structural Fill" and open areas not under structures or
roadways with "General Fill" or as indicated on Plans.
C Place and compact fill in accordance with Section 02330 — Embankment.
3.05 SALVAGEABLE ITEMS AND MATERIAL
A Items designated by Engineer to be salvaged are to be carefully removed, so as to cause
no damage to the salvaged items and delivered to Owner's storage yaid.
07/2006 02200 - 3 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND SITE PREPARATION
3.06 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION
A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with
Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises
END OF SECTION
•
•
07/2006 02200 - 4 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND SITE DEMOLITION
1.0 GENERAL
Section 02220
SITE DEMOLITION
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Demolishing and removing existing pavements, structures, equipment and materials
only to the extent as indicated on the Plans.
Removing concrete paving, asphaltic concrete pavement, and base courses.
Removing concrete curbs, concrete curb and gutters, sidewalks and driveways.
Removing pipe culverts and sewers.
D
E Removing miscellaneous structures of wood, plastics, metals, concrete, masonry, or
combination of concrete and masonry, etc.
F Disposing of demolished materials and equipment.
G References to Technical Specifications:
1 Section
2. Section
3. Section
4. Section
5. Section
6. Section
7. Section
01200 —
01350 —
01500
01100-
01730 —
01140-
01562 —
Measurement and Payment Procedures
Submittals
Tempoiary Facilities and Control
Summary of Work
Cutting and Patching
Contractor's Use of Premises
Waste Material Disposal
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid item, no separate payment will be made for removing and
disposing of existing pavement and structures under this Section. Include cost for
removing and disposing of existing pavement and structures in Bid Items for which
this Work is a component.
B if indicated as a Bid Item, measurement will be as follows:
1. Measurement for removing and disposing of concrete base and surfacing, and
removing asphaltic surfacing, is on a square yard basis measured between lips
of gutters.
Measurement for removing and disposing of cement stabilized shell base
course, with or without asphalt surfacing, is on a square yard basis.
3. Measurement for iemovmg and disposing of concrete base and surfacing with
curbs, is on a square yard basis measured from back to back of curbs. Payment
includes removal of all base, asphaltic surfacing, concrete pavement, esplanade
curbs, curb and gutters and paving headers.
2.
04/2008 02220 - 1 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND SITE DEMOLITION
4. Measurement for removing and disposing of concrete pavement is on a square
yard basis measured from back to back of curbs.
5. Measurement for removing and disposing of monolithic curb and gutter,
removing monolithic concrete curb and removing concrete curb, is on a lineal
foot basis measured along the face of the curb.
6. Measurement for removing and disposing of concrete sidewalk and driveway is
on a square yard basis.
7. Measurement for removing and disposing of miscellaneous concrete and
masonry removal is on a cubic yzrd basis of the structure in place.
8. Measurement foi removing and disposing of pipe culverts and sewers is on a
lineal foot basis for each diameter of type of pipe removed.
9. Measurement foi removing and disposing of unlisted materials shall be on the
lump sum basis.
C No payment will be made for work outside maximum payment limits indicated on
Plans, or in areas removed for Contractor's convenience
D Refer to Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures.
1.03 SUIIMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
B Submit proposed methods, equipment, materials and sequence of operations for
demolition. Describe cool dination for shutting off, capping, and removing temporary
utilities. Plan operations to minimize temporary disruption of utilities to existing
facilities or adjacent property.
C Submit proposed demolition and removal schedule for approval. Notify Engineer in
writing at least 48 hours before starting demolition.
D Submit an approved copy of demolition schedule to Engineer prior to commencement
of demolition operations.
E Obtain a permit for building demolition, as required.
1.04 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY
A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in
conformance with the practices described in Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and
Controls.
B The Contractor shall be responsible for safety and integrity of adjacent structures and
shall be liable foi any damage due to movement or settlement Provide pioper framing
and shoring necessary for support. Cease operations if an adjacent structure appears to
be endangered. Resume demolition only after proper protective measures have been
taken.
04/2008 02220 - 2 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND SITE DEMOLITION
1.05 OWNERSHIP OF MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
A Materials and equipment designated for reuse or salvage are listed in Section 01.100 —
Summary of Work Protect items designated for reuse or salvage from damage dui mg
demolition, handling and storage. Restore damaged items to satisfactory condition.
B Materials and equipment not designated for reuse or salvage become the property of
the Contractor.
1.06 STORAGE AND HANDLING
A Store and protect materials and equipment designated for reuse until time of
installation.
B Deliver and unload items to be salvaged to storage areas indicated on Plans.
C Remove equipment and materials not designated for reuse or salvage and all waste and
debris resulting from demolition from site. Remove material as work progresses to
avoid clutter.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS FOR DEMOLITION
A Use equipment and materials approved as prescribed in this Section, 1.03 "Submittals'.
B Use of a "drop hammer" must have the Engineer's prior approval.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A Prior to demolition, make an inspection with Engineer to determine the condition of
existing structures and features adjacent tb items designated for demolition.
B Engineer will mark or list existing equipment to remain the property of the Owner.
C Do not proceed with demolition or removal operations until after the joint inspection
and subsequent authorization by Engineer.
D Stop demolition and notify Engineer if underground fuel storage tanks, asbestos,
PCB's contaminated soils, of other hazardous materials are encountered.
3.02 UTILITY SERVICES
A Follow rules and regulations of authorities or companies having jurisdiction over
communications, pipelines, and electrical distribution services.
B Notify and coordinate with utility company and adjacent building occupants when
temporary interruption of utility service is necessary.
04/2008 02220 - 3 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND SITE DEMOLITION
C When required by the Work, cutting, patching, and fitting of Work to existing
facilities, accommodating installation or connection of Work with existing facilities, or
uncovering Work foi access, inspection, or testing shall be performed in accordance
with Section 01730 — Cutting and Patching
3.03 MECHANICAL WORK ITEMS
A Mechanical removals consist of dismantling and removing existing piping, pumps,
motors, water tanks, equipment and other appurtenances. It includes cutting, capping,
and plugging required to restore use of existing utilities.
B Remove existing process, water, chemical, gas, fuel oil and other piping not required
for new work. Take out piping to the limits shown or to a point where it will not
interfere with the new work Piping not indicated to be removed or which does not
interfere with new work shall be removed to the net est solid support, capped, and the
remainder left in place. Purge chemical and fuel lines and tanks Verify that such lines
are safe prior to removal or capping.
C Where piping that is to be removed passes through existing walls, cut and cap piping
on each side of the wall. Use cap appropriate for pipe material to be capped. Provide
fire -rated sealant for walls classified as fire -rated.
D When underground piping, which is not located in the public right-of-way, is to be
altered or removed, cap the remaining piping Abandoned underground piping may be
left in place unless it interferes with new work of is shown or specified to be removed.
Piping less than 15 inches in diameter may be plugged and abandoned in place. For
piping 15 inches in diameter and greater to be abandoned, fill with sand, pressure grout
or other approved method and plug with concrete or brick masonry bulkhead.
E Remove waste and vent piping to points shown Plug pipe and cleanouts and plugs
Where vent stacks pass through an existing roof that is to remain, remove the stack and
patch the hole in the roof, making it watertight. Comply with requirements of existing
roof installer so as to maintain roof warranty
F Conform to applicable codes when making any changes to plumbing and heating
systems.
3.04 ELECTRICAL WORK ITEMS
A Electrical removals consist of disconnecting and removing existing switchgear,
distribution switchboards, control panels, bus duct, conduits and wires, panel boards,
lighting fixtures, and miscellaneous electrical equipment.
B Remove existing electrical equipment and fixtures to prevent damage to allow
continued operation of existing systems and to maintain the integrity of the grounding
systems.
04/2008 02220 - 4 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND SITE DEMOLITION
C Remove poles and metering equipment, if designated for removal on the Plans
Coordinate electrical removals with the power company, as necessary. Verify that
power is properly de -energized and disconnected.
D Where shown or otherwise required, remove wiring in underground duct systems.
Verify function of wiring before disconnecting and removing. Plug ducts which are
not to be reused at entry to buildings.
E Changes to electrical systems shall conform to applicable codes.
3.05 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION
A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with
Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises.
B Remove from the site all items contained in or upon the structure not designated for
reuse or salvage in accordance with this Section and Section 01562 — Waste Material
Disposal.
C Follow method of disposal as required by regulatory agencies.
END OF SECTION
04/2008 02220 - 5 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND
Section 02252
CEMENT STABILIZED SAND
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Cement stabilized sand for backfill and bedding.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01350 — Submittals
2. Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials
3. Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services
C Referenced Standards:
1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
a. ASTM D 558, "Standard Test Methods for Moisture -Density (Unit
Weight) Relations of Soil -Cement Mixtures"
b. ASTM D 1632, "Practice for Making and Curing Soil -Cement
Compression and Flexure Test Specimens in the Laboratory"
c. ASTM D 1633, ` Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of
Molded Soil -Cement Cylinders'
d. ASTM C 150, "Standard Specification for Portland Cement"
e. ASTM C 33, "Standard Specification for Conctete Aggregates"
f. ASTM D 2487, "Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering
Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System)"
g. ASTM C 142, "Standard Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable
Particles in Aggregates"
h. ASTM C 123, "Standard Test Method for Lightweight Particles in
Aggregate"
i. ASTM C 40, "Standard Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine
Aggt egates for Concrete'
j. ASTM C 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic
Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils"
k. ASTM C 94 "Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete'
I. ASTM C 31, "Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test
Specimens in the Field"
1.02 MEASUREMENT ANI) PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as an Extra Item, no separate payment will be made for cement
stabilized sand under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items fot applicable utility or
structure installation.
B If use of cement stabilized sand is allowed, based on the Engineer's direction, and
indicated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal as an Extra Item, measurement will be on a
pei ton basis. A conversion between volumes calculated based on theoretic 11 limits
and total weight will be made based on a ratio of 1.64 tons per cubic yard
02/2009 02252 - 1 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Subrnittals.
B Submit material qualification and design mix tests to include:
1. Three series of tests of sand or fine aggregate material from the proposed
source. Tests shall include procedures defined in this Section, 2.01
"Materials".
2. Three moisture -density relationship tests prepared using the material qualified
by the tests in this Section, 1.03B 1 Blends of fine aggregate from crushed
concrete and bank run sand shall be tested at the ratio to be used for the design
mix testing.
3. Design mix report to meet the specifications of this Section, 1.04 "Design
Requirements' . The design mix shall include compressive strength tests after
48-hours and 7 drys curing.
1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A Design sand -cement mixture to produce a minimum unconfined compressive strength
of 100 pounds per square inch in 48 hours when compacted to a minimum 95 percent
in accordance with ASTM D 558 and when cured in accordance with ASTM D 1632,
and tested in accordance with ASTM D 1633. Mix shall contain a minimum of 1-1/2
sacks of cement pet cubic yard. Compact mix with a moisture content on the dry side
of optimum.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A Cement shall be Type 1 Portland cement conforming to ASTM C 150.
B Sand shall be clean, durable, and meet grading requirements for fine aggregates of
ASTM C 33 and the following requirements:
1. Classified as SW, SP or SM by the United Soil Classification System of
ASTM D 2487.
2. Deleterious material content:
a. Clay lumps shall comprise less than 0.5 percent by ASTM C 142.
b. Lightweight pieces shall comprise less than 5.0 percent by ASTM C
123.
c. Organic impurities shall produce color no darker than the standard
color by ASTM C 40 ASTM.
3. Plasticity Index of 4 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318.
C Fine aggregate, manufactured from crushed concrete meeting the quality requirements
for crushed rock material in Section 02255 - Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment
Materials, may be used as a complete or partial substitute for Bank Sand. The
blending ratio of fine aggregate from crushed concrete and Bank Sand shall be defined
in the mix design report.
02/2009 02252 - 2 of 5
CITY 01%PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND
D Water shall be potable, free of oils, acids, alkalies, organic matter, or other deleterious
substances meeting requirements of ASTM C 94.
2.02 MIXING MATERIALS
A Thoroughly mix sand, cement and water in proportions of the mix design using a
pugmill-type mixer. The plant shall be equipped with automatic weight controls to
e nsure correct mix proportions.
B Stamp batch ticket at plant with time of loading directly after mixing. Material not
placed and compacted within 4 hours after mixing shall be rejected.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION
A Place sand -cement mixture in 8-inch-thick loose lifts and compact to a minimum of
95 percent of ASTM D 558, unless otherwise specified on Plans. The moisture
content during compaction shall be on the dry side of optimum but sufficient for
h) dration. Perform and complete compaction of sand -cement mixture within 4 hours
after addition of water to mix at the plant.
B Do not place or compact sand -cement mixture in standing or free water.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A Testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboratory
Services.
B Mixing plant inspections will be performed periodically. Material samples will be
o btained and tested in accordance with this Section, 2.01 `Materials" if there is
evidence of change in material characteristic.
C One sample of cement stabilized sand shall be obtained for each 150 tons of material
placed per day with no less than one sample per day of production. Random samples
o f delivered cement stabilized sand shall be taken in the field at point of delivery in
accordance with ASTM 3665. Obtain three individual samples of approximately 12 to
15 lb each from the first, middle, and last third of the truck and composite them into
one sample for test purpose.
D Prepare and mold four specimens (for each sample obtained) in accordance with
ASTM D558 Method A, without adjusting moisture content. Samples will be molded
at approximately same time material is being used, but no later than 4 hours after water
is added to mix.
E After molding, specimens will be removed from molds and cured in accordance with
ASTM D 1632.
02/2009 02252 - 3 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND
P Specimens will be tested for compressive strength in accordance with ASTM D 1633,
Method A. Two specimens will be tested at 48 hours plus or minus 2 hours and two
specimens will be tested at 7 days plus or minus 4 hours.
G A strength test will be average of strengths of two specimens molded from same
sample of material and tested at same age. Average daily strength will be average of
strengths of all specimens molded during one day's production and tested at same age
H Precision and Bias: Test results shall meet recommended guideline for precision in
ASTM D 1633 Section 9.
Reporting: Test reports shall contain, as a minimum, the following information:
1. Supplier and plant number
2. rime material was batched
3. Time material was sampled
4. Test age (exact hours)
5. Average 48-hour strength
6. Average 7-day strength
7. Specification section number
8. Indication of compliance / non-compliance
9. Mixture identification
10. Truck and ticket numbers
11. The time of molding
12. Moisture content at time of molding
13. Required strength
14. Test method designations
15. Compressive strength data as required by ASTM D 1633
16. Supplier mixture identification
17. Specimen diametet and height, in.
18. Specimen cross -sectional area, sq. in.
J The cement content will be checked on samples obtained in the field whenever there
ate apparent changes in the mix properties.
3.03 ACCEPTANCE
02/2009
•
A Strength level of material will be considered satisfactory if
1 The average 48-houi strength is greater than 100 psi with no individual
strength test below 70 psi.
2. All 7-day individual strength tests (average of two specimens) are greater than
or equal to100 psi.
B Material will be considered deficient when 7-day individual strength test (average of
two specimens) is less than 100 psi but greater than 70 psi. See Paragraph 3.04
Adjustment for Deficient Strength.
C The material will be considered unacceptable and subject to removal and replacement
at Conti actors expense when individual strength test (average of two specimens) has
7-day strength less than 70 psi
02252-4of5
CITY OF PEARLAND CEMENT STABILIZED SAND
D When moving average ofthree daily 48-hour averages falls below 100 psi, discontinue
shipment to project until plant is capable of producing mates sal, which exceeds 100 psi
at 48 hours. Five 48-hour strength tests shall be made in this determination with no
individual strength tests less than 100 psi
Testing laboratory shall notify Contractor, Project Manager, and material supplier by
facsimile of tests indicating results falling below specified strength requirements
within 24 hours.
If any strength test of laboratory cured specimens falls below the specified strength,
Contractor may, at his own expense, request test of cores drilled from the area in
question in accordance with ASTM C42. In such cases, three (3) cores shall be taken
tor each strength test that falls below the values given in 3.03.A.
G Cement stabilized sand in an area represented by core tests shall be considered
satisfactory if the average of three (3) cores is equal to at least 100 psi and if no single
core is less that 70 psi. Additional testing of cores extracted from locations represented
by erratic core strength results will be permitted.
3.04 ADJUSTMENT FOR DEFICIENT STRENGTH
A When mixture produces 7-day compressive strength greater than or equal to 100 psi,
then material will be considered satisfactory and bid price will be paid in full.
B When mixture produces 7-day compressive strength less than 100 psi and greater than
or equal to 70 psi, material shall be accepted contingent on credit in payment Compute
credit by the following formula:
Credit per Cubic Yard = $30.00 x 2 (100 psi - Actual psi)
100
C When mixture produces 7-day compressive strength less than 70 pounds per square
inch, then remove and replace cement -sand mixture and paving and other necessary
work at no cost to City.
END OF SECTION
02/2009 02252 5 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING, BACKFILL, AND
EMBANKMENT MATERIALS
Section 02255
BEDDING, BACKFILL, AND EMBANKMENT MATERIALS
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A A reference source for materials used as embedment, backfill, back -dressing, and
embankment, specified elsewhere in the Technical Specifications, and their associated
materi•d qualification testing requirements.
B Source qualifications and handling of these materials.
C Material use and application is specified on the Plans or in individual Technical
Specifications referencing materials either by Mateiial Classification or by Pioduct
Description.
D References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 03300 — Cast -in --Place Concrete
2. Section 02910 — Topsoil
3. Section 02252 — Cement Stabilized Sand
E Referenced Standards:
1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
a. ASTM D 2487, ' Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering
Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System)"
b. ASTM C 142, "Standard Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable
Particles in Aggregates"
c. ASTM C 123, "Standard Test Method for Lightweight Particles in
Aggi egate'
d. ASTM C 40, "Standard Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine
Aggiegates for Concrete"
e. ASTM C 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic
Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils'
f. ASTM D 1140 "Standard Test Methods for Amount of Material in
Soils Finer the No. 200 (70-um) Sieve"
g. ASTM C 33 "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates"
h. ASTM C 136, "Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and
Coarse Aggregates"
i. ASTM C 131, "Standard Test Methods for Resistance to Degrzdation
of Small -Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los
Angeles Machine"
07/2007 02255 - 1 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING, BACKFILL, AND
EMBANKMENT MATERIALS
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01. MATERIAL CLASSIFICATIONS
A Materials shall be classified for the purpose of quality control in accordance with the
Unified Soil Classification Symbols as defined in ASTM D 2487.
1. Class 1: Well -graded gravels and sands, gravel -sand mixtures, crushed well -
graded rock, little or no fines (GW, SW):
a. Plasticity index: non -plastic.
b. Gradation: D60/D11) - greater than 4 percent; amount passing No. 200
sieve - less than or equal to 5 percent.
2. Class II Poorly gi ided gravels and sands, silty gravels and sands, little to
moderate lines:
a. Plasticity index: non -plastic to 4.
b. Gradations:
Gradation (GP, SP): amount passing No. 200 sieve - less than 5
percent.
Gradation (GM, SM): amount passing No. 200 sieve - between 12
percent and 50 percent.
c. Borderline gradations with dual classifications (e.g., SP-SM): amount
passing No. 200 sieve - between 5 percent and 12 percent.
3. Class III: Clayey gravels and sands, poorly graded mixtures of gravel, sand,
silt, and clay (GC, SC, and dual classifications, e.g., SP-SC):
a. Plasticity index: greater than 7.
b. Gradation: amount passing No. 200 sieve - between 12 percent and 50
percent.
4. Class IVA: Lean clays (CL).
a. Plasticity Indexes:
Plasticity index: greater than 7, and above A line.
Borderline plasticity with dual classifications (CL-ML): PI
• between 4 and 7.
b. Liquid limit: less thin 50.
c. Gradation: amount passing No. 200 sieve - greater than 50 percent.
d. Inorganic.
5. Class IVB: Fat clays (CH)
a. Plasticity index: above A line.
b. Liquid limit. 50 or greater.
c. Gradation: amount passing No. 200 sieve - greater than 50 percent.
d. Inorganic.
B Use soils with dual class designation according to ASTM D 2487, and which are not
defined above, according to the more restrictive class.
2.02 PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS
A Unsuitable Material. Unsuitable soil materials are the following:
07/2007 02255 - 2 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND BEI)I)ING, BACKFILL, AND
EMBANKMENT MATERIALS
1. Materials that are classified as ML, CL-ML, MH, PT, OH and OL according to
ASTM D 2487.
2. Materials that cannot be compacted to the required density due to either
gradation, plasticity, or moisture content.
3. Materials th it contain large clods, aggregates, stones greater than 3 inches in
any dimension, debris, vegetation, waste or any other deleterious materials.
4. Materials that are contaminated with hydrocarbons or other chemical
contaminants.
B Suitable Material. Soil materials meeting specification requirements. Unsuitable soils
meeting specification requirements for suit able soils after treatment with, foi example,
lime or cement shall be considered suitable, unless otherwise indicated.
C General Fill. Material that is free of stones greater than 3 inches, free of roots, waste,
debris, hash, organic material, unstable material, non -soil matter, hydrocarbon or other
contamination, conforming to the following limits for deleterious materials:
1. Clay lumps: Less than 0.5 percent for Class I, and less than 2.0 percent for
Class II, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 142.
2. Lightweight pieces* Less than 5 percent when tested in accordance with
ASTM C 123.
3. Organic impurities: No color darker than standard color when tested in
accordance with ASTM C 40.
D Random Fill. Soils defined by ASTM D 2487 as Class I, II, DI, IV, or fat clay (CH),
sand, gravel, or a combination, from excavation or borrow, which can be compacted to
form stable embankments, and conforming to:
1. Liquid Limit: 65 maximum, ASTM - D4318.
2. Plasticity Index: 0 minimum, 45 maximum, ASTM - D4318.
3. Free from trash, vegetation, organic matter, large stones, hard lumps of earth
and frozen corrosive or perishable material
4. Well broken up, free of clods greater than 6 inches, hard earth, rocks, and
stones greater than 2-inch dimension.
E Structural Fill. Soils defined by ASTM D 2487 as Class I, II, III, or IV, sand, gravel or
a combination, from excavation or borrow, which can be compacted to form stable
embankments and fills conforming to:
1. Liquid Limit 45 maximum, ASTM D 4318.
2. Plasticity Index: 12 minimum, 20 m'tximum, ASTM D 4318.
3. Free from trash, vegetation, organic matter large stones hard lumps of earth
and frozen corrosive or perishable material.
4. Well broken up, free of clods greater than 6 inches, hard earth, rocks, and
stones greater than 2-inch dimension.
F Select Fill. Class III clayey gravel or sand or Class IV lean clay or clayey soils treated with
lime or cement, and conforming to:
07/2007 02255 - 3 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING, BACKFILL, AND
EMBANKMENT MATERIALS
1. Plasticity Index: 7 minimum, 20 maximum, ASTM D 4318.
2. Free from trash, vegetation, organic matter, Large stones, hard lumps of earth
and frozen corrosive or perishable material.
3. Well broken up, free of clods greater than 6 inches, hard earth, rocks, and
stones greater than 2-inch dimension.
G Concrete Fill. Conform to requirements for Class B concrete as specified in Section
03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete.
H Topsoil. Conform to requirements specified in Section 02910 - Topsoil.
Bank Sand: Durable Bank Sand classified as SP, SW, or SM by the Unified Soil
Classification System (ASTM D 2487) meeting the following requirements
1. Less than 15 percent passing the number 200 sieve when tested in accordance
with ASTM D 1140 The amount of clay lumps or balls not exceeding 2
per cent.
2. Material passing the number 40 sieve shall meet the following requirements
when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318:
a. Liquid limit: not exceeding 25 percent.
b. Plasticity index: not exceeding 7.
J Cement Stabilized Sand. Conform to requirements of Section 02252 - Cement
Stabilized Sand.
K Concrete Sand. Natural sand, manufactured sand, or a combination of natural and
manufactured sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 33 and graded within
the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136:
SIEVE
PERCENT
PASSING
3/8"
100
No.
4
95
to
100
No.
8
80
to 100
No.
16
50
to 85
No.
30
25
to 60
No.
50
10
to 30
No.
100
2
to 10
L Gem Sand. Sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 33 for course aggregates
specified for number 8 size and graded within the following limits when tested in
accordance with ASTM C 136:
SIEVE
3/8"
PERCENT PASSING
95 to 100
No. 4
60 to 80
No. 8
15 to 40
07/2007 02255 - 4 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND
BEDDING, BACKFILL, AND
EMBANKMENT MATERIALS
Pea Gravel. Durable particles composed of small, smooth, rounded stones or pebbles
and graded within the following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136:
SIEVE
PERCENT
PASSING
1/2"
100
3/8"
85
to 100
No.
4
10
to 30
No.
8
O
to 10
No.
16
0
to 5
N Crushed Aggregates. Crushed aggregates consist of durable particles obtained from an
approved source and meeting the following requirements:
1 Materials of one product delivered for the same construction activity from a
single source.
2. Non -plastic fines.
3. Los Angeles Abrasion Test wear not exceeding 45 percent when tested in
accordance with ASTM C 131.
4. Crushed aggregate shall have .l minimum of 90 percent of the particles retained
on the No. 4 sieve with 2 or more crushed faces as determined by TxDOT Tex-
460 A, Part I.
5. Crushed stone: Produced from oversize plant processed stone or gravel, sized
by crushing to predominantly angular particles from a naturally occurring
single source. Uncrushed gi 'ivel are not acceptable materials for embedment
where crushed stone is shown on the applicable utility embedment drawing
details.
6. Crushed Concrete: Crushed concrete is an acceptable substitute for crushed
stone as utility backfill. Gradation and quality control test requirements are the
same as ci ushed stone. Provide crushed concrete produced . from normal
weight concrete of unifoim quality; containing particles of aggregate and
cement material, free from other substances such as asphalt, reinforcing steel
fragments, soil, waste gypsum (calcium sulfate), or debris.
7. Gradations, as determined in accordance with TxDOT Tex-110-E
SIEVE
PERCENT
PASSING
BY WEIGHT
FOR
PIPE
EMBEDMENT
BY
RANGES
OF
NOMINAL
PIPES
SIZES
>15"
15" - 8"
<8"
I"
95 -
100
100
-
3/4"
60
- 90
90
— 100
100
1/2"
25 - 60
-
90
— 100
3/8"
20
55
40
70
-
—
-
No.4
0
5
0-10
0
15
-
-
No.
8
-
0-
5
0-
5
07/2007 02255 - 5 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING, BACKFILL, AND
EMBANKMENT MATERIALS
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 SOURCE QUALIFICATIONS FOR BORROW MATERIAL
A Use of material encountered in excavations is acceptable, provided applicable
requirements are satisfied If excavation material is not acceptable, provide fi om other
approved source.
B Identify off -site sources for materials at least 14 days ahead of intended use so that the
Engineer may obtain samples for verification testing.
C Obtain approval for each material source by the Engineer before delivery is started. If
sources pieviously approved do not produce uniform and satisfactory products, furnish
materials from other approved sources. Materials may be subjected to inspection or
additional verification testing after delivery. Materials which do not meet the
requirements will be rejected. Do not use material which, after approval, has become
unsuitable for use due to segregation, mixing with other materials, or by
contamination. Once a material is approved by the Engineer, a Change Order is
required to change to a different material.
D Bank sand, select fill, and random fill, if available in the project excavation, may be
obtained by selective excavation and acceptance testing. Obtain additional quantities
of these mates ials and other materials required to complete the Work from off -site
sources.
E The Owner does not represent or guarantee that any soil found in the excavation work
will be suitable and acceptable as backfill material.
3.02 MATERIAL HANDLING
A When material is obtained from either a commercial or non-commercial borrow pit,
open the pit to expose the vertical faces of the various strata for identification and
selection of approved material to be used Excavate the selected material by vertical
cuts extending through the exposed strata to achieve uniformity in the product.
B Establish temporary stockpile locations for practical material handling and control, and
verification testing by the Engineer in advance of final placement. Obtain approval
from landowner for storage of backfill material on adjacent private property.
C When stockpiling material near the Project Site, use appropriate methods to eliminate
blowing of materials into adjacent areas and prevent runoff containing sediments from
entering the drainage system.
D Place material suitable for backfilling in stockpiles at a distance from the trench to
prevent slides or cave-ins. Do not place stockpiles of excavated materials on public
streets.
07/2007 02255 - 6 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND BEDDING, BACKFILL, AND
EMBANKMENT MATERIALS
E Place stockpiles in layers to avoid segregation of piocessed materials. Load material
by making successive vertical cuts through entice depth of stockpile.
END OF SECTION
07/2007 02255 - 7 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
FOR STRUCTURES
Section 02317
EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Excavation, backfilling, and compaction of backfill for structures.
B
References to 1
1. Section
2. Section
3. Section
4. Section
5. Section
6. Section
7. Section
8. Section
9. Section
10. Section
11. Section
12. Section
'ethnical Specifications:
01200 — Measul ement and Payment Procedures
01350 - Submittals
01760 — Project Record Documents
01450 - Testing Laboratory Services
01500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls
02255 — Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials
01570 - Trench Safety System
01564 Control of Ground Water and Surface Water
02220 - Site Demolition
02200 — Site Preparation
02252 - Cement Stabilized Sand
01562 - Waste Material Disposal
C Referenced Standards:
1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
a. ASTM D 698, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Stand ird Effort"
b. ASTM D 4318, "Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic
Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils'
c. ASTM D 1556, "Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of
Soil m Place by the Sand -Cone Method"
d. ASTM D 2922, Standard Test Method fol. Density of Soil and Soil-
Aggiegate in Place by Nueleai Methods (Shallow Depth)"
e. ASTM D 3017, "Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and
Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)"
2. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
3. Texas Department of Transpoitation (TxDOT)
a. Tex-101-E, Preparing Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing
b. Tex-110-E, Particle Size Analysis of Soils
D Definitions*
1. Backfill - material meeting specified quality requirements, placed and
compacted under controlled conditions around pavements, structures and
utilities.
07/2006 02317 - 1 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
FOR STRUCTURES
2. Foundation Backfill - natural soil or manufactured aggregate meeting Class 1
requirements and Geotextile fabrics as required to control drainage and
material separation placed and compacted where needed to piovide stable
support for the structure foundation base. Foundation backfill may include
crushed aggregate with filter fabric as required, cement stabilized sand, or
concrete seal slab.
3. Foundation Base - provides a smooth, level working surface for the
construction of the concrete foundation.
4. Foundation Subgrade - the surface of the natural soil which has been excavated
and prepared to support the foundation base or foundation backfill, where
needed.
5. Over -Excavation - excavation of subgrade soils with unsatisfactory bearing
capacity or composed of otherwise unsuitable materials below the foundation
as shown on the Plans.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT UNIT PRICES
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Excavation and
Backfill for Structures under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for construction
of structures.
B If Excavation and Backfill for Structures is included as a Bid Item, measurement will
be based on the Units shown in Section 00300 — Bicl Proposal and in accordance with
Section 01200 — Measurement and Payment Procedures.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
B Submit for each structure a work plan for excavation and backfill with a complete
written description which identifies details of the proposed method of construction
and the sequence of operations for constt uction relative to excavation and backfill
activities. The desci iptions, with supporting illustrations, shall be sufficiently
detailed to demonstrate to the Engineer that the procedures meet the requirements of
the Plans and Technical Specifications.
C Submit product quality, material sources, and field quality information in accordance
with this Section.
D Submit field red lines documenting location of structures as installed, referenced to
survey Control Points under the provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record
Documents, 1.04C. Include location of utilities and sti uctuies encountered or
rerouted. Give horizontal dimensions, elevations, inverts and gradients.
07/2006 02317 - 2 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
FOR STRUCTURES
1.04 TESTING
A Testing and analysis of product quality, material sources, or field quality shall be
performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Ownei under the
provisions of Section 01450 - Testing Laboaatory Services and as specified in this
Section.
1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY
A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in
conformance with the practices described in Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities
and Controls.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A Contractor shall provide materials used as embedment backfill, back -dressing, and
embankment identified on the Plans in accordance with Section 02255 — Bedding,
Backfill and Embankment Material.
2.02 EQUIPMENT
A Perform excavation with equipment suitable for achieving the requirements of this
Section.
B Use equipment which will produce the degree of compaction specified. Backfill
within 3 feet of walls shall be compacted with hand oper tted equipment. Do not use
equipment weighing mote than 10,000 pounds closer to walls than a horizontal
distance equal to the depth of the fill at that time. Use hand operated power
compaction equipment where use of heavier equipment is impractical oa restricted
due to weight limitations.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A Employ a Trench Safety Plan as specified in Section 01570 - Trench Safety Systems.
B Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures in
3ccoidance with requirements of Section 01564 Control of Ground Water and
Surface Water.
C Remove existing pavements and structures, including sidewalks and driveways, in
accordance with requirements of Section 02220 - Site Demolition, as applicable.
D Area shall be cleared and grubbed under the provisions of Section 02200 - Site
Preparation prior to excavation.
07/2006 02317 - 3 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
FOR STRUCTURES
E Strip and stockpile topsoil under the provisions of Section 02200 - Site Preparation
F Upon discovery of unknown utilities, badly deteriorated utilities not designated for
removal, or concealed conditions, discontinue work. Notify Engineer and obtain
instructions before proceeding in such areas.
3.02 EXCAVATION
A Perform excavation work so that the underground structure can be installed to depths
and alignments shown on Plans Drawings. Use caution during excavation work to
avoid disturbing surrounding ground and existing facilities and improvements. Keep
excavation to the absolute minimum necessary. No additional payment will be made
for excess excavation not authorized by Engineer.
B Avoid settlement of surrounding soil due to equipment operations, excavation
procedures, vibration, dewatering, or other construction methods.
C Prevent voids from forming outside of sheeting. Immediately fill voids with grout,
concrete fill cement stabilized sand, or other material approved by Engineer.
D After completion of the structure, remove sheeting, shoring, and bracing unless
Engineer has approved in wilting that such temporary structures may remain.
Remove sheeting shoring, and bracing in such a manner as to maintain safety during
backfilling operations and to prevent damage to the Work and adjacent structures or
improvements.
E Immediately fill and compact voids left or caused by removal of sheeting with
cement stabilized sand or material approved by Engineer.
3.03 DEWATERING
A Maintain ground water control as directed by Section 01564 Control of Ground
Water and Surface Water and until the structure is sufficiently complete to provide
the required weight to resist hydrostatic uplift with a minimum safety factor of 1.2.
B Maintain the ground water surface a minimum of two feet below the bottom of the
foundation base.
3.04 FOUNDATION EXCAVATION
A Notify Engineer at least 48 hours prior to planned completion of foundation
excavations. Do not place the foundation base until the excavation is accepted by the
Engineer.
B Excavate to elevations shown on Plans Drawings, as needed to provide space for the
foundation base, forming a level undisturbed surface, free of mud or soft material.
Remove pockets of soft or other wise unstable soils and replace with foundation
backfill material or a material as directed by the Engineer. Pi for to placing material
07/2006 02317 - 4 of 7
CITY OF PEARL AND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
FOR STRUCTURES
o ver it, re -compact the subgrade, scarifying as needed, to 95 percent of the maximum
Standard Proctor Density according to ASTM D 698. II the specified level of
compaction cannot be achieved, moisture condition the subgrade and re -compact
u ntil 95 percent is achieved, over -excavate to provide a minimum layer of 24 inches
o f foundation backfill material, or other means acceptable to the Engineer.
C Fill unauthorized excessive excavation with foundation backfill material or other
material as directed by the Engineer.
D Protect open excavations from rainfall, runoff, freezing groundwater, or excessive
drying so as to maintain foundation subgrade in a satisfactory, undisturbed condition.
Keep excavations free of standing water and completely free of water during concrete
placement.
E Soils which become unsuitable due to inadequate dewatering or other causes, after
initial excavation to the required subgrade, shall be removed and replaced with
foundation backfill material as directed by Engineer, at no additional cost to the
Owner.
F Place foundation base, or foundation backfill material where needed, over the
subgrade on same day that excavation is completed to final grade. Where base of
excavations are left open for longer periods, protect them with a seal slab or cement -
stabilized sand.
G Where directed by the Plans Drawings, all ci ushed aggregate, and other free draining
Class I materials, shall have i Geo- textile filter fabric separating it from native soils
o r select material backfill. The fabric shall overlap a minimum of 12 inches beyond
where another material stops contact with the soil.
H Crushed aggregate, and other Class I materials, shall be placed in uniform Layers of
8-inch maximum thickness. Compaction shall be by means of at least two passes of a
vibratory compactor.
3.05 FOUNDATION BASE
A After the subgrade is properly prepared, including the placement of foundation
backfill where needed, the foundation base shall be placed. The foundation base
shall consist of a 12-inch layer of crushed aggregate of cement stabilized sand.
Alternately, a 4-inch minimum seal slab may be placed. The foundation base shall
extend a minimum of 12 inches beyond the edge of the structure foundation.
B Where the foundation base and foundation backfill are of the same material, both can
be placed in one operation.
07/2006 02317 - 5 of 7
CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
FOR STRUCTURES
3.06 BAC
A
B
C
D
E
F
KFILL
Complete backfill to surface of natural ground or to lines and grades shown on Plans
Drawings. Use existing material that qualifies as select material, unless indicated
otherwise. Deposit backfill in uniform layers and compact each Iayei as specified.
Do not place backfill against concrete walls or similar structures until laboratory test
breaks indicate that the concrete has reached a minimum of 85 percent of the
specified compressive strength. Where walls ate supported by slabs or intermediate
walls, do not begin backfill operations until the slab or intermediate walls have been
placed and concrete has attained sufficient strength.
Remove concrete forms before starting backfill and remove shoring and bracing as
work progresses.
Maintain fill material at no less than 2 percent below and no more than 2 percent
above optimum moisture content Place fill material in uniform 8-inch maximum
loose layers. Compaction of fill sh tll be to at least 95 percent of the maximum
Standard Proctor Density according to ASTM D 698 under paved areas. Compact to
at least 90 percent around structures below unpaved areas.
Where backfill is placed against a sloped excavation surface, run compaction
equipment across the boundary of the cut slope and backfill to form a compacted
slope surface for placement of the next layer of backfill.
Place backfill using cement stabilized sand in accordance with Section 02252 -
Cement Stabilized Sand.
3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A
B
07/2006
Tests will be performed initially on minimum of three different samples of each
material type for plasticity characteristics, in accordance with ASTM D 4318, and for
gradation characteristics, in accordance with TxDOT Tex-101-E and Tex-110-E
Additional classification tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable
change in material gradation or plasticity.
In -place density tests of compacted subgrade and backfill will be performed
according to ASTM D 1556, or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017, and at the
following frequencies and conditions:
1. A minimum of one test for every 100 cubic yards of compacted backfill
material.
2. A minimum three density tests for each full work shift.
3. Density tests will be performed in all placement areas
4. The number of tests will be increased if inspection determines that soil types or
moisture contents are not uniform or if compacting effort is variable and not
considered sufficient to attain uniform density.
02317-6of7
CITY OF PEARLAND EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
FOR STRUCTURES
C At least three tests for moisture -density relationships will be initially performed for
each type of backfill material in accordance with ASTM D 698. Additional
moisture -density relationship tests will be performed whenever there is a noticeable
change in material gradation or plasticity.
D If tests indicate work does not meet specified compaction requirements, recondition,
re -compact, and retest at Contractor's expense.
3.08 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION
A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with
Section 01 140 Contractor's Use of Premises
B In unpaved areas, grade surface as a uniform slope from installed appurtenances to
natural grade and stabilize as indicated on Plans.
3.09 PROTECTION OF THE WORK
A Maintain excavation and embankment areas until start of subsequent work. Repair
and re -compact slides, washouts settlements, of areas with loss of density at no cost
to the Owner
B Prevent erosion at all times. Do not allow water to pond in excavations.
C Distribute construction traffic evenly over compacted areas, where practical, to and in
obtaining uniform compaction. Protect exposed areas having high moisture content
from wheel loads that cause rutting.
END OF SECTION
•
07/2006 02317 - 7 01' 7
CITY OF PEARLAND EMBANKMENT
Section 02330
EMBANKMENT
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Construction of embankments with excess excavated material and borrow.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1 Section
2. Section
3. Section
4. Section
5. Section
6. Section
7. Section
8. Section
9. Section
10. Section
11. Section
12. Section
13. Section
01200 —
01350 —
01760 —
01570 —
01450-
01500 —
02255 —
02910 —
01564 —
01720-
02220 —
02200 —
01140 —
Measurement and Payment Procedures
Submittals
Project Record Documents
Trench Safety System
Testing Laboratory Services
Tempor iry Facilities and Controls
Bedding, B'ickfill and Embanlunent Material
Topsoil
Control of Ground Water and Surface Water
Field Surveying
Site Demolition
Site Prepaiation
Contractor s Use of Premises
C Referenced Standards:
1. American Water Works Association (AWWA)
a. ASTM D 698, "Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort"
b. ASTM D 1556, "Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of
Soil in Place by the Sand -Cone Method"
c. ASTM D 2922, Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil-
Aggiegate in Place by Nucleai Methods (Sh allow Depth)"
d. ASTM D 3017, "Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and
Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)"
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A
B
Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Embankment
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component.
If embankment is included as a Bid Item, measurement will be based on the Units
shown in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200 —
Measurement and Payment Procedures.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
07/2006 02330 - 1 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND EMBANKMENT
B Submit product quality, material sources, and field quality information in accordance
with this Section.
C Submit field red lines documenting location of embankments as installed, referenced to
survey Control Points, under the provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record
Documents, 1.04C. Include location of utilities and structures encountered or rerouted.
Give horizontal dimensions, elevations, inverts and gradients.
D Submit a Trench Safety Plan under the provisions of Section 01570 — Trench Safety
System that included measures that establish compliance with the standard
interpretation of the General Duty Clause Section 5.(a)(1), of the Occupational Safety
and Health Act of 1970 — 20 USC 654 which states, "I-+mployers must shore or
otherwise protect employees who walk/woik at the base of an embankment from
possible collapse "
1.04 TESTING
A Testing and analysis of product quality, material sources, or field quality shall be
performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the
provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this
Section.
1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY
A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in
conformance with the practices described in Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and
Controls.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A Contractor shall provide materials used as embedment backfill, back -dressing, and
embankment identified on the Plans in accordance with Section 02255 — Bedding,
Backfill and Embankment Material.
B Topsoil: Conform to requirements of Section 02910 — Topsoil.
C Borrow Material: Conform to requirements of intended use. Take borrow material
from sources approved by Engineer.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A Verify borrow and excess excavated materials to be reused, are approved.
B Verify removals, and clearing and grubbing operations, have been completed.
07/2006 02330 - 2 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND EMBANKMENT
C Verify backfill of new or relocated utilities and structures, below future grade, is
complete.
3.02 PREPARATION
A Employ a Trench Safety Plan as specified in Section 01570 — Trench Safety Systems.
B Install and operate necessary dewatering and surface water control measures in
'iccomdance with requirements of Section 01564 — Control of Ground Water and
Surface Water.
C Identify required lines, levels, and datum. Coordinate with Section 01720 — Field
Surveying.
D Remove existing pavements and structures, including sidewalks and driveways, in
conformance with requirements of Section 02220 — Site Demolition, as applicable.
E Arca shall be cleared and grubbed under the provisions of Section 02200 — Site
Preparation prior to placing embankment or opening borrow source.
F Strip and stockpile topsoil under the provisions of Section 02200 — Site Preparation.
G Backfill test pits, or stump holes and other surface irregularities such as small swales
with embankment materials and compact in proper lift depths according to the
compaction requirements of this Section.
H Areas of unsuitable material shall be removed, backfilled with embankment materials
and compacted in proper lift depths according to the compaction i equirements of this
Section.
I Upon discovery of unknown or badly deteriorated utilities or concealed conditions,
discontinue work. Notify Engineer and obtain instructions before proceeding in such
areas.
3.03 PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION
A Do not conduct placement operations during inclement weather or when existing
ground or embankment materials exceed 3 percent of optimum moisture content.
Contractor may manipulate wet material to facilitate drying by disking or windrowing,
at Contractor's ekpense.
B Do not place embankment material until density and moisture content of previously
placed material complies with specified requirements.
C Scarify areas to receive embankment to a minimum depth of 4 inches to bond existing
and new materials. Mix with first layer of embankment material.
D Spread embankment material evenly, from dumped piles or windrows into horizontal
layers approximately parallel to finished glade. Place to meet specified compacted
07/2006 02330 - 3 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND EMBANKMENT
thickness. Break clods and lumps and mix materials by blading, harrowing, discing, or
other approved method. Each layer shall extend across full width of embankment.
E Each layer shall be homogeneous and contain uniform moisture content before
compaction. Mix dissimilar abutting 'materials to prevent abrupt changes in
composition of embankment.
F Layers shall not exceed depth as indicated on the Plans.
G Where shown on Plans for steep slopes, cut benches into slope and scarify before
placing embankment. Place increasingly wide horizontal layers of specified depth, to
the level of each bench.
H Build embankment layers on back slopes, adjacent to existing roadbeds, to level of old
roadbed. Scarify top of old roadbed to minimum depth of four inches and ie-compact
with next layer.
I Construct to lines and grades shown on Plans.
3.04 COM.''ACTION REQUIREMENTS
A Maintain moisture content of embankment materials to attain required compaction
density.
B Compact to minimum densities shown on the Plans with a moisture content of
optimum to 3 percent above optimum as determined by ASTM D 698.
3.05 TOLERANCES
A Top of compacted surface: Plus or.minus '/z inch in cross section, or in 16 foot length.
3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A Compaction testing will be pei formed in accordance with ASTM D 1556 or ASTM D
2922 and ASTM D 3017 under provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboiatory
Services.
B A minimum of three tests will be taken for each 1,000 linear feet per lane of roadway
or 500 square yards of embankment per lift.
C If tests indicate work does not meet specified compaction requirements, recondition,
re -compact, and retest at Contractor's expense.
3.07 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION
A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with
Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises.
B In unpaved areas, grade surface as a uniform slope from installed appurtenances to
natural grade and stabilize as indicated on Plans.
07/2006 02330 - 4 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND EMBANKMENT
3.08 PROTECTION OF THE WORK
A Maintain all embankment areas in good condition until completion of Work.
B Repair and re -compact slides, washouts, settlements, areas with loss of density, or
excavation damaged by Contractor_s operations at no additional cost to Owner.
C Distribute construction traffic evenly over compacted areas, where practical, to aid in
obtaining uniform compaction. Protect exposed areas having high moisture content
fiom wheel loads that cause rutting.
END OF SECTION
•
07/2006 02330 - 5 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND TOPSOIL
Section 02910
TOPSOIL
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Furnishing and placing topsoil for finish grading and for seeding, sodding, and
planting.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1. Section 01200 - Measurement and Payment Procedures
2. Section 01350 — Submittals
3. Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services
4. Section 01 500 — Temporary Facilities and Controls
5. Section 02200 — Site Preparation
6. Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of Premises
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for topsoil under this
Section. Include cost in Bid Items tor which topsoil is a component.
B If topsoil is included as a Bid Item, measurement will be based on the units shown in
Section 00300 — Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200 — Measurement
and Payment Procedures.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
B Submit product quality, material sources, and field quality information in accordance
with this Section.
•
1.04 TESTING
A Testing and analysis of product quality material sources, or field quality shall be
performed by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Owner under the
provisions of Section 01450 — Testing Laboratory Services and as specified in this
Section.
1.05 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY
A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in
conformance with the practices described in Section 01500 — Temporary Facilities and
Controls.
07/2006 02910 - 1 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND TOPSOIL
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 TOPSOIL
A Topsoil shall be fertile, friable, natural sandy loam surface soil obtained from
excavation of borrow operations having the following characteristics:
1. pH value of between 5.5 and 6.5.
2. Liquid limit: topsoil not exceed 50
3. Plasticity index: 10 or less.
4. Gradation: maximum of 40 percent with a passing the #280 sieve.
B Topsoil shall be reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, weeds, non -soil materials and
other litter of contamination. Topsoil shall not contain roots, stumps, and stones larger
than 2 inches.
C Obtain topsoil from the top material from naturally well drained areas where topsoil
occurs at a minimum depth of 4 inches and has similar characteristics to that found at
the placement site. Do not obtain topsoil from areas infected with a growth of, or
reproductive parts of nut glass or other noxious weeds.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A Verify that excavation and embankment operations have been completed to correct
lines and grades.
3.02 TOPSOIL STRIPPING AND SOTCKPILING
A Conform to topsoil stripping and stockpiling requirements of Section 02200 — Site
Preparation.
3.03 PLACEMENT
•
A Contractor shall conduct erosion control practices described in Section 01566 - Source
Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation during topsoil placement operations.
B For areas to be seeded or sodded, scarify of plow existing surface material to a
minimum depth of 4 inches, or as indicated on the Plans. Remove any vegetation and
foreign inorganic material. Place 4 inches of topsoil on the loosened material and roll
lightly with an appropriate lawn roller to consolidate the topsoil.
C Increase depth of topsoil to 6 inches when placed over cement stabilized sand used as
bedding and backfill material.
D For areas to receive bushes or trees, excavate existing material and place topsoil to the
depth and dimensions shown on the Plans.
07/2006 02910 - 2 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND TOPSOIL
E Remove spilled topsoil from curbs, gutters, and, paved areas and dispose of excess
topsoil in accordance with requirements of Section 01140 — Contractor's Use of
Pi emises.
3.04 PROTECTION OF TIIE WORK
A Protect and maintain topsoil until a vegetative cover is established.
B Repair areas damaged by Contractor's operations at no cost to Owner.
END OF SECTION
07/2006 02910 - 3 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND SODDING
Section 02922
SODDING
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A Sodding areas of residential lawns disturbed during construction and not paved or
designated to be paved, or as indicated on Plans.
B References to Technical Specifications:
1 Section 01200
2. Section 01350
3. Section 01500
4. Section 02910
5. Section 02255
6. Section 01140
— Measurement and Payment Procedures
— Submittals
— Temporary Facilities and Controls
— Topsoil
- Bedding, Backfill, and Embankment Materials
— Contractor's Use of Premises
C Definitions:
1. Lawn - ground covered with fine textured grass kept neatly mowed.
2. Sod - blocks, squares, strips of tuff glass, and adhering soil used for
vegetative planting.
1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Work performed
under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for utility or paving.
B If sodding is included as a Bid Item, measurement will be based on the units shown in
Section 00300 — Bid Proposal and in accordance with Section 01200 — Measurement
and Payment Procedures.
C No payment shall be made for sodding of restoration areas disturbed by Contractor
outside the limits of construction.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A
B
C
Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 —
Submittals.
Submit material sources and product quality information in accordance with this
Section.
Submit a certificate stating that fertilizer complies with these specification
requirements and the requirements of the Texas Fertilizer Law.
07/2006 02922 - 1 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND SODDING
1.04 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE AND PROPERTY
A Contractor shall conduct all construction operations under this Contract in
conformance with the practices described in Section 01500—Tempoialy Facilities and
Controls.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A Topsoil: Conform to material requirements of Section 02910 — Topsoil.
B Bank Sand: Conform to material requirements of Section 02255 — Bedding, Backfill,
and Embankment Materials
C Fertilizer: Available nutrient percentage by weight: 12 percent nitrogen, 4 percent
phosphoric acid and 8 percent potash; or 15 percent nitrogen, 5 percent phosphoric
acid, and 10 percent potash.
D Weed and Insect Treatment: Provide acceptable treatment to protect sod from weed
and insect infestation. Submit treatment method to the Engineer for approval. All
insect and disease control shall be installed within guidelines set forth by the Structural
Pest Control Board of the State of Texas
E Water: Potable, available on -site through Contractor's water trucks. Do not use
private resident's water.
2.02 SOD
A Species: Bermuda (Cynodon Dactylon), Buffalo (Buchloe Dactyloides), or St.
Augustine to match existing or as directed.
B Contents: 95 percent permanent grass suitable to climate in which it is to be placed;
not more than 5 percent weeds and undesirable grasses, good texture, free from
obnoxious grasses, roots stones and foreign materials.
C Size: 12 inch wide strips, uniform in thickness (2 inch minimum with clean-cut edges.
D Sod is to be supplied and maintained in a healthy condition as evidenced by the grass
being a normal, green color.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A Do not start work until conditions are satisfactory. Do not start work during inclement
or impending inclement weather. Perform Sodding only when weather and soil
conditions are deemed by Engineer to be suitable for proper placement.
07/2006 02922 - 2 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND SODDING
B After the areas to receive sod are brought to grade, rake out any foreign organic or
inorganic material, including stones, hard clay lumps and other debris.
C Level with Bank Sand or Topsoil, as approved by the Engineer.
D Loosen the subgrade by discing or by scarifying to a depth of at least 4 inches.
E Place and compact topsoil in accordance with requirements of Section 02910 —
Topsoil. Top soil shall be free of weeds and foreign material immediately before
sodding.
F Spread 2-inch (±1 ") layer of Bank Sand over prepared topsoil.
G Prior to placing sod, rake areas smooth, free from unsightly variations, bumps, ridges,
or depressions, and completely free from stones, hard clay lumps and other debris.
H Apply fertilizer at a rate of 25 lbs/1000 SF. Apply after raking soil surface and not
more than 48 hours prior to laying sod. Mix thoroughly into upper 2 inches of soil.
Lightly water to aid in dissipation of fertilizer
3.02 APPLICATION
A Lay sod with closely fitted joints leaving no voids and with ends of sod strips
staggered. Sod shall be laid within 24 hours of harvesting.
B After sod is laid, irrigate thoroughly to secure 6-inch minimum penetration into soil
below sod.
C Tamp and roll sod with approved equipment to eliminate minor irregularities and to
form close contact with soil bed immediately after planting and watering. Submit type
of tamping and rolling equipment to be used to the Engineer for approval, prior to
construction.
3.03 MAINTENANCE
A Maintenance Period:
1 Begin maintenance immediately after each section of grass sod is installed
and continue for a 30-day period from date of Substantial Completion.
2. Re -sod unacceptable areas.
3. Water, fertilize, control disease and insect pests, mow, edge, replace
unacceptable materials and perform other procedures consistent with good
horticultural practice to ensure normal vigorous and healthy growth All
disease control shall be installed within guidelines set forth by the Structural
Pest Control Board of the State of Texas
4. Notify Engineer 10 days before end of maintenance period for inspection.
B Watering:
1. Water lawn areas once a day with minimum 1/2 inch water for the first 3
weeks after area is sodded.
07/2006 02922 - 3 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND SODDING
2. After 3-week period, water twice a week with 3/4 inch of water each time
unless comparable amount has been provided by rain.
3. Make weekly inspections to determine moisture content of soil unless soil is
in frozen condition.
4. Water in the morning to enable soil to absorb maximum amount of water
with minimum evaporation.
C Mowing:
1. Mow sod at intervals which will keep grass height from exceeding 3-1/2
inches.
2. Set mower blades at 2-1/2 inches.
3. Do not remove more thin one-half of grass leaf surface.
4. Sodded areas requiring mowing within 1 month after installation, shall be
mowed with a light -weight rotary type mower. The sod shall be mowed
only when dry and not in a saturated or soft condition.
5. Remove grass clippings during or immediately after mowing.
D Fertilizer and Pest Control.
1. Evenly spread fertilizer composite at a rate of 40 pounds per 5,000 square
feet or as recommended by manufacturer. Fertilizer shall not be placed until
2 weeks tfter placement of sod
2. Restore bare or thin areas by topdressing with a mix of 50 percent sharp
sand and 50 percent sphagnum peat moss.
3. Apply mixture 1/4 to 1/2 inch thick.
4. Tieat areas of heavy weed and insect infestation as recommended by
treatment manufacturer.
3.04 CLEAN-UP AND RESTORATION
A Perform clean-up and restoration in and around construction zone in accordance with
Section 01140 - Contractor's Use of Premises.
3.05 PROTECTION OF THE WORD
A Protect and maintain sod in good condition until 30 days after Substantial Completion.
B Replace sod damaged by Contractor's operations at no cost to Owner.
END OF SECTION
07/2006 02922 - 4 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE FORMWORK
Section 03100
CONCRETE FORMWORK
1.0 GENERAL
Drawings, Standard General Conditions of Contract, Supplementary Conditions and
Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this section.
1..01 WORK INCLUDED
A Furnish and install all formwork required for cast -in -place concrete as indicated on the
drawings and specified herein.
B Install anchors, anchor bolts, pipe sleeves, construction joints and other miscellaneous
items required by other trades to be built into -formwork and cast into concrete.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A Section 03200 - Reinforcement Steel
B Section 03310 - Portland Cement Concrete
1.03 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
Design, construct, erect, maintain, and remove forms and related structures for cast -in -place
concrete work in compliance with the American Concrete Institute Standard ACI 347,
"Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork."
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
Design of formwork is the Contractor's responsibility.
1.05 JOB CONDITIONS
A Protection
Use all means necessary to protect formwork materials before, during and after
installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades.
B Replacements
09-11290 03100 -I of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE FORMWORK
In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary and
at no additional cost to the Owner.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A Forms
1. Wood
Provide Douglas Fir or Southern Yellow Pine Plyform Plywood for exposed
concrete surfaces and No. 2 Southern Yellow Pine shiplap boards or Plyform
Plywood for concealed surfaces.
2. Steel: As required.
B Form Coatings
1. Exposed Concrete
E. A. Thompson Chemical Co., "Waterseal," Rex-Spanall "Super Rex -Coat,"
Sonnebom Building Products "Form Saver' or approval equal.
2. Unexposed Concrete
Oil wood forms with a paraffin base oil, construct mill oiled material, or wet
thoroughly and immediately before placing concrete.
C Form Ties (Break -Back Type)
All metal appliances used inside of the forms to hold them in correct alignment shall
be removed to a depth of at least one inch from the surface of the concrete. For
exposed concrete surfaces, wooden or plastic cones (3/4 inch diameter maximum)
shall be used on ties to insure proper break -back and to facilitate patching.
09-11290 03100 -2 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND CONCRETE FORMWORK
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A General
Construct, erect, support, and remove forms and related structures in compliance with
ACI 347. Construct forms to sizes shapes, lines, and dimensions shown, and to obtain
accurate alignment, location, grades, level, and plumb work in finished structures.
Solidly butt joints and provide back-up at joints to prevent leakage of cement paste.
Maintain formwork to support vertical and lateral loads that might be applied until
such loads can be supported by the concrete structure.
I3 Cleaning and Tightening
Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips,
wood, sawdust, dirt or other debt is just before conciete is placed Tighten forms after
conciete placement if required to eliminate mortar leaks.
C Embedded Items
Set all required embedded items before the concrete is placed.
D Formcoatings
Apply in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
3.02 REMOVAL OF FORMS
Formwork not supporting weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at .
not less than 50 degrees F. for 24 hours after placing. concrete, provided concrete is
sufficiently hard and will not be damaged by form removal operations.
END OF SECTION
09-11290 03100 -3 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND REINFORCING STEEL
Section 03200
REINFORCING STEEL
1.0 GENERAL
Drawings, Standard General Conditions of Contract, Supplementary Conditions and
Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this section.
1.01 . WORK INCLUDED
A. Furnish and install all concrete reinforcement as indicated on the drawings and specified
herein.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork
1.03 REFERENCES
A. American Concrete Institute (ACI 315) - Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing
Reinforced Concrete Structures
B. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) - Manual of Standard Practice
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings
Submit shop drawings for fabrication, bending and placement of concrete
reinforcement. Comply with the ACI 315 'Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing
Reinforced Concrete Structures" showing bar schedules, stirrup spacing, diagrams of
bent bars, arrangement of concrete reinforcement.
B. Submit mill test certificates of supplied reinforcement indicating physical and chemical
analysis.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
09-11290 03200-1 of2
CITY OF PEARLAND REINFORCING STEEL
A. Reinforcing Steel Bars
Domestic deformed type, ASTM A615, Grade 60
B. Supports for Reinforcement
Provide supports for reinforcement including bolsters, chairs, spacers and other devices
for spacing, supporting and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place.
Use wire bar type supports complying with CRSI recommendations. Wood, brick, and
other devices will not be acceptable.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. General
Comply with the specified codes and standards, approved shop drawings and Concrete
Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice for "Placing Reinforcing Bars, ' for
details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports, and as herein specified.
B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, grease and other materials
which reduce or destroy bond with concrete.
C. Accurately foam bar reinforcement to dimensions indicated. Bend stirrup and tie bars
around a pin of diameter not less than two times bar diameter. Bend other bars around a
pin of diameter not less than six times bar diameter. Bend bars cold. Do not straighten
or rebend in a manner that will injure material. After fabrication bundle and tag with
identifying metal tags securely wired in place.
D. Accurately position and secure metal reinforcement against displacement with annealed
iron wire ties, suitable clips at intersections, metal supports, chairs, and hangers.
E Avoid splices of bar reinforcement at points of maximum stress All splices shall
conform to the requirements of Chapter 12 ACI 318-83, but shall in no case be less
than 36 bar diameters unless otherwise noted on plans. Stagger splices of adjacent bars
and provide corner bars corresponding in size and number to adjacent bars.
END OF SECTION
09-11290 03200 -2 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
Section 03300
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
1.0 GENERAL
Drawings, Standard General Conditions of Contract, Supplementary Conditions and
Division-1 Specification Sections apply to work of this section.
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
This section covers the materials and procedures for cast -in -place concrete.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork
B. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement
1.03 WORK INSTALLED BY OTHERS
All trades, whose work is related to the concrete or must be supported by it, shall be given
ample notice and opportunity to introduce and/or furnish embedded items before the
concrete is placed.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The specifications of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM),
latest edition, referred to in this Section are listed below with their serial
designation and shall apply to the extent applicable in each reference thereto:
C 31 Standard Method of Making and Curing Concrete Specimens in the
Field
C 33 Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates
C 39 Standard Method Test for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical
Concrete Specimens
C 42 Standard Method of Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and
Sawed Beams of Concrete
C 94 Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete
C 143 Standard Method of Test for Slump of Portland Cement Concrete
C 150 Standard Specification for Portland Cement
09-11290
03300 -1 of 28
CITY OF PEARLAND
C 171
C 172
C 231
CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete
Standard Method of Sampling Fresh Concrete
Standard Method of Test for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete
by the Pressui e Method
C 260 Standard Specification for Air-tbntraining Admixtures for Concrete
C 309 Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds
for Curing Concrete
C 494 Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete
D 1752 Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork
Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural
Construction
B. Other Standards
The following publications, latest edition, of the American Concrete Institute (ACI)
and the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI), latest edition, shall apply to
the extent applicable in each reference thereto:
ACI 301 Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings
ACI 304 Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Trans- porting
and Placing Concrete
ACI 305R Hot Weather Concreting
ACI 306R Cold Weather Concreting
ACI 308 Recommended Practice for Curing Concrete
ACI 309
ACI 318
ACI 347
CRSI
•
Recommended Practice for Consolidation of Concrete
Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete
Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork
"Reconunended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars," 1968
09-11290
03300 -2 of 28
C/TY OF PEARLAND CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
1.05 SUBMITTALS
C. Submittals shall comply with the requirements of Section 01340 and shall include:
1. Concrete monolith drawings for all concrete work showing all proposed
joints.
2. Concrete Mix Designs
a. Concrete mix designs will be designed using the trial batch method
described in ACI-301 The concrete mix design proposed for the
project shall include the following information.
1) 28-day compressive strength test results for the proposed concrete
mix
2) Gradation for coarse and fine aggregates
3) Type and amount of cement to be used
4) Amount of water to be used
5) Type and amount of admixture to be used
6) Technical information on any admixtures to be used in the mix
design
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Cements
Each of the following types of cements shall comply with the appropriate
specifications, as indicated:
Portland Cement. ASTM C150, Type I or Type II
B. Admixtures
Use each of the following admixtures when required or so instructed by the Owner.
They shall comply with the appropriate specifications as indicated.
1. Air -Entraining Admixtures - ASTM C260
09-1 1290 03300 -3 of 28
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
2. Chemical Admixtures - ASTM C494
C. Water
Mixing water for concrete shall meet the requirements of ASTM C94.
D. Aggregates
1. Aggregates for concrete shall comply with ASTM C33.
2. Fine and coarse aggregates shall be regarded as separate ingredients Each
size of coarse aggregate, as well as the combination of sizes when two or
more are used, shall comply with the grading requirements of the applicable
ASTM Specifications.
3. Maximum size of coarse aggregate shall be 1 inch unless concrete is to be
pumped which will require a maximum size of coarse aggregate of 3/4
inches.
a. Concrete that will be pumped will follow the recommendations of ACI
304.2R (Placing Concrete by Pumping Methods) with regard to coarse
and fine aggregates.
2.02 CONCRETE
A. Class
The specified 28-day compressive strength and minimum cement content of
concrete shall be as follows:
Class A 4000 psi 6 Sacks/C.Y.
Class B 3000 psi 5 Sacks/C.Y.
Class C 2000 psi 4 Sacks/C.Y.
B. All concrete shall be Class B except as shown on the drawings or specified herein.
C. Air Content
All concrete shall contain air as indicated below:
Maximum Size of Total Air Content
Coarse Aggregate Percent by Volume
3/8 inch
1/2 Inch
6 to 10
5to9
09-11290 03300 -4 of 28
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
3/4 inch
1 inch
D. Slump
4to8
3.5 to 6.5
1. Slump of concrete, as determined by ASTM C143, shall not be less than 3
inches or greater than 5 inches. If concrete is conve} ed by pumping or
pneumatic equipment, take slump tests at the dischaige end.
2. The minimum slump is waived for concrete used in ramps or other sloping
construction.
E. Admixtures
1. Do not use calcium chloride or fly ash.
2. For concrete which will contain embedments of aluminum or galvanized
metal it shall be demonstrated that the admixture will not contain a
deleterious amount of chloride ion.
3. Air -Entraining Admixture. Shall be liquid vinsol resin type conforming to
ASTM C260, Master Builders, ' Type MB-VR" or approved equal.
4. Retarding Admixture. Shall comply with ASTM C494, Type B, Master
Builders, "Pozzolith (R)' or approved equal.
5. Water -Reducing, High Range and Retarding Admixtures. (Superplasticizer).
Shall comply with ASTM C494, Master Builders, "Rheobuild 561" or
approved equal.
6. Selection of Proportions. All admixtures shall be used in accordance with
the manufacturer's recommendations.
2.03 GROUT
09-11290 03300 -5 of 28
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
A. Grout shall be a non -shrink grout conforming to the requirements of Corps of
Engineers Specifications for Nonshrink Grout CRD-C 621, premixed factory
packaged grouting compound. Nonshrink grout shall be used under all column
baseplates, all mechanical equipment and electrical equipment where grout is
required. Grout shall be Master Builders, Masterflow 928 or approved equal.
Contractor shall submit product data for Owner review.
B. Contractor shall install grout per manufacturer recommendations. All surfaces to
be grouted shall have the top concrete surface chipped off to expose a completely
new surface. These surfaces shall be kept clean during the entire process. Grout
beneath base plates, sole plates, etc., shall be tapped or rodded to remove all air
pockets and allow intimate contact with all surfaces. After exposing the new
concrete surfaces for grouting, these surfaces shall be kept wet for 24 hours before
grout is placed, or longer if recommended by the grout manufacturer After the
finished grout has taken its initial set, the exposed surfaces shall be covered with
burlap and kept wet for three days o1 longer if recommended by the grout
manufacturer.
2.04 BONDING AGENT
A. Chemical Bonding Agent
Film -forming, freeze -thaw resistant compound suitable for brush or spray
application, complying with Mil-B-9235.
B. Epoxy -Resin Bonding Agent
2-component, mineral filled, epoxy -poly- sulphide polymer complying with FS
MMM-G-650, Type I or Type II, Grade A.
C. Submit product data for proposed bonding agent for Owner review.
2.05 CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS
A. Absorptive Cover
Burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 ounces per square
yard and complying with AASHTO M 182, Class 3.
09-11290 03300 -6 of 28
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
B. Moisture -Retaining Cover
One of the following, complying with ASTM C 171:
1. Waterproof Paper
2. Polyethylene Film
3. White Burlap -Polyethylene Sheet
C. Liquid Membrane -Forming Curing Compound
Liquid type membrane -forming curing compound complying with ASTM C309,
Type 2, Class A white pigmented curing compound.
2.06 STORAGE OF MATERIALS
A. General
Procedures for storing materials apply to ready mixed concrete produced offsite and
on -site produced concrete.
1. Cement
Cement shall be stored in weathertight buildings, bins, or silos to prevent
absorption of moisture.
2. Aggregates
Aggregate stockpiles shall be arranged and used in a manner to avoid
excessive segration and prevent stockpile contamination. Stockpiles of sand
shall be allowed to drain to insure a uniform moisture content throughout the
stockpile.
3. Admixtures
Admixtures shall be stored to prevent contamination, evaporation, and
damage. Liquid admixtures shall be protected from freezing and from
temperature changes which will adversely affect their characteristics.
3.0 EXECUTION
09-11290 03300 -7 of 28
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
3.01 PRODUCTION OF CONCRETE
A. Ready -Mixed Concrete
Ready -mixed concrete shall be batched, mixed and transported in accordance with
ASTM C94. Plant equipment and facilities shall conform to the "Check List for
Certification of Ready Mix Concrete Production Facilities' , of the National Ready
Mixed Concrete Association.
B. On -Site Mixed Concrete — On -Site Botching or Mixing is Not Allowed
C. Mixing Time
The maximum time interval between the addition of cement to the concrete mix
and the placing of concrete in the forms shall not exceed the following:
Air or Concrete Temperature
(Whichever is Higher)
90 F or Above
75Fto89F
35Fto74F
Maximum Time
45 Minutes
60 Minutes
90 Minutes
D. Admixtures
1. Charge air entraining and chemical admixtures into the mixer as a solution
and dispense by an automatic dispenser or similar metering device. Weigh or
measure powdered admixtures by volume as recommended by the
manufacturer. The accuracy of measurement of any admixture shall be
within plus or minus 3 percent.
2. If two or more admixtures are used in the concrete, they shall be added
separately to avoid possible interaction that might interfeme with the
efficiency of either admixture or adversely affect the concrete.
3. Addition of retarding admixtures shall be completed within 1 minute of the
completed addition of water to the cement, or prior to the beginning of the
last three-quarters of the required mixing, whichever occurs first.
E Weather Conditions
1. Cold Weather
09-11290 03300 -8 of 28
CITY OF PEARLAND
CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
a. Cold Weather Concreting shall conform to the requirements of ACI
306R.
b. The minimum temperature of the concrete when delivered at the site of
the Work shall conform to the following temperature limitation:
Minimum Concrete
Temperature, Degrees F.
Air Temperatures
Degree F.
30to45
0to30
Below 0
For Sections with
Least Dimension
Less than 12 in.
60
65
70
For Sections with
Least Dimension
12 in. or Greater
50
55
60
c. If water or aggretate has been heated above 100 degrees F, combine the
water with the aggregate in the mixer before cement is added. Cement
shall not be mixed with water or with mixtures of water and aggregate
when the temperature of the mixture is greater than 100 degrees F.
2. Hot Weather
a. The maximum temperature of the concrete when delivered at the site
of the work and just prior to placement in the forms shall be 85 degrees
F. The maximum temperature of the concrete can be increased to 95
degrees F if a superplasticizer is used to reduce the water demand of
the concrete mix and retard the time of set. The superplasticizer shall •
be Master Builders 'Rheobuild 561", or approved equal and conform
to ASTM C494. The slump criteria in Section 2.02.D. may be waived
if super plasticizer is used. If the Contractor plans to use
superplasticizer in any portion of the concrete work a mix design with
superplasticizer will be submitted to the Ownei for approval. The mix
design will include 28-day compressive strength data and the concrete
temperature shall be 95 degrees F for the test cylinders.
b. The ingredients shall be cooled before mixing, of crushed, shaved, or
chipped ice will be used to replace all or part of the mixing water as
necessary to maintain the temperature of the concrete below 85 degrees
F (no superplasticizer in concrete) or 95 degrees F (superplasticizei in
concrete) Liquid nitrogen can be used to cool the mixing water. If
liquid nitrogen will be used to cool the mixing water the Owner
reserves the right to inspect the concrete batching facilities.
09-11290 03300 -9 of 28
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
c. Use a retarding agent complying with ASTM C494 under the
following conditions.
1) If the temperature of the concrete as placed is above 85 degrees F
and superplasticizer is not used.
2) In cased drilled shafts regardless of the concrete temperature.
3) Where large pours are permitted, to allow all portions of remain
plastic until adjacent concrete is placed.
d. Contractor shall include in his base bid provisions for both hot and
cold weather concreting during the execution of the Contact Work.
Any request for extra compensation due to the requirements of these
specifications with regards to hot and cold weather concreting
procedures will not be considered valid by the Owner.
3.02 INSPECTION
A. All reinforcement, before concrete is placed shall be free of mud, oil or other
materials that may adversely affect or reduce the bond. Reinforcement with iust or
mill scale, not removable by wire brush, will be accepted provided the weight
dimensions, cross -sectional area, and tensile properties of a hand wire brushed test
specimen are not less than the requirements of ASTM A615. All reinforcing steel
shall be securely tied and supported to prevent displacement by construction loads
or the placing of concrete.
B. Inspect and clean column and wall forms of any debris. Close temporary openings
provided for such cleaning before concrete placement is begun. Clean beam
bottoms of debris and other foreign matter.
C. Embedded Items
1. Place sleeves, inserts, anchors, and embedded items required for adjoining
work or for its support prior to placing concrete.
3.03 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
A. General
Construction joints not shown on the Drawings, including those requested by the
Contractor to facilitate his construction procedures and those required by these
Specifications, shall be shown on the concrete placement (monolith) drawings.
Prepare and submit monolith drawings with deviations and changes clearly marked
for the Owner's review and action.
09-11290 03300 -10 of28
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
B. Joints not shown on the Drawings shall, in general, be located near the quarter
point of the spans of slabs, beams, and girders unless a beam intersects a girder at
this point, in which case the joints in the girders shall be offset a distance equal to
twice the width of the beam. Unless otherwise shown on Drawings, horizontal
joints in walls and columns shall be at the underside of floor slabs, beams, or
girders and at the top of footings or floor slabs. Place beams, girders, brackets,
column capitals, haunches, and drop panels at the same time as slabs. Joints shall
be perpendicular or parallel to the main reinforcement.
Continue reinforcing steel and welded wire fabric across joints. Longitudinal keys
at least 1-1/2 inches deep, or as shown in the plans, shall be provided in all
construction joints. Width of keys will vary depending on the concrete dimensions.
D. Clean surface of the concrete at all joints and remove laitance.
3.04 EXPANSION JOINTS
A. Do not extend reinforcement or other embedded metal items bonded to the concrete
(except dowels bonded only on one side of the joint) continuously through
expansion joints.
Premolded expansion joint filler shall comply with ASTM D1752, Type I (Sponge
Rubber). Joint filler thickness and location shall be shown on the Drawings.
C. The following joint sealant for horizontal applications, or Owner approved equal,
shall be used:
"SOF-SEAL" hot applied, single component, low modular joint sealant, as
manufactured by W.R. Meadows, Inc (817) 834-1969.
Expansion joint filler for horizontal applications shall be full depth and set straight
or may be recessed for the joint sealant. If the joint filler is not recessed from the
surface, saw or cut the filler and remove it to a depth of 1/2 the width of the joint
filler. Clean and dry the surfaces thoroughly and prime with the manufacturer's
recommended primer. The preparation of the joint filler and installation of the
joint sealant shall be done in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
D. Joint Sealant (Vertical Application) for vertical applications the following sealants
or Ownei approved equal shall be used.
1. Sonnenborn "Sonlastic Sealant Two -Part" or "Sonolastic NP 11 "
2. W.R. Meadows, "Duathane Non -Sag Sealant"
09-11290 03300-11 of28
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
3. Pecore, "Dynatrol I"
4. Woodmont Products, Inc. "Chem -Calk 500 Non -Sag"
Hxpansion joint filler shall run the full width of the vertical joint and shall be set
straight or may be recessed for the joint sealant. fhe preparation of the joint filler
and installation of the joint sealant shall be done in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions.
3.05 PLACING
A. General
Conveying and depositing concrete shall comply with ACI 304.
1. Hai dened concrete and foreign materials shall be removed from the inner
surfaces of the conveying equipment.
2. Before concrete placement may begin formwork shall be completed, snow,
ice, and water shall be removed, reinforcement shall be secured in place,
expansion joint material anchors, and other embedded items shall be
installed, and the work shall be inspected by the Owner and approved.
3. Unless adequate protection is provided and the Owner has approved,
concrete shall not be placed during lain, sleet, or snow.
4. Rainwater shall not be allowed to increase the mixing water nor to damage
. the surface finish.
When the air temperature is expected to be below 40 degrees F during
concrete placing or within 24 hours after the concrete is placed, the
teniperature of the plastic concrete as placed shall be no lower than 55
degrees F for sections with a dimension of 12 inches or less nor 50 degrees F
• for sections with a least dimension of 12 inch or more. The requirements of
ACI 306R shall apply foi cold weather concreting.
6. When the concrete temperature exceeds 85 degrees F the requirements of
these specifications and ACI 305R shall apply for hot weather concreting.
B. Conveying
1. Handle concrete from the mixer to the place of final deposit as rapidly as
practical by methods which will prevent separation on loss of ingredients.
2. Truck mixers and agitators and their manner of operation shall comply with
09-11290 03300 -12 of 28
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
the applicable requirements of ASTM C94.
3. Pumping or pneumatic conveying equipment shall be of a suitable kind,
without "Y" sections, and with adequate pumping capacity. Clean equipment
at the end of each operation. Control pneumatic placement so segregation is
not apparent in the discharged concrete. The loss of slump in pumping of
pneumatic conveying equipment shall not exceed 2 inches.
4. Chutes, pipe and other conveying equipment shall not be constructed of
aluminum or aluminum alloy.
5. Concrete for tennis court shall be conveyed to point of deposit by pumping or
pneumatic conveying equipment.
6. Do not drive concrete truck or equipment over reinforcing or prepared
subgrade to reach point of deposit.
C. Depositing
1. General
Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of not to exceed 12 inches in
thickness such that no concrete will be deposited on concrete which has
hardened sufficiently to cause the formation of seams or planes of weakness
within the section. If a section cannot be placed continuously, locate
construction joints at points as approved by the Owner. Continue
concrete -placing at such a rate that the concrete which is being integrated
with fresh concrete is plastic. Do not deposit concrete which has partially
hardened or has been contaminated by foreign materials. Remove temporary
spreaders in forms when the concrete placing has reached an elevation
rendering their service unnecessary. They may remain embedded in the
concrete only if made of metal or concrete and if prior approval by the
Owner has been obtained. Do not place concrete in supported elements, such
as floor systems, until 24 hours after the concrete in columns and walls under
the elements was placed.
09-11290 03300 -13 of 28
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
•
Consolidation
Consolidation of concrete shall comply with the requirements of ACI 309
Standard Practice for Consolidation of Concrete. All concrete for the work
shall be consolidated by vibration, spading, rodding, or forking unless the
Owner waives the consolidation requirement foi a specific application.
Consolidation shall work the concrete around reinforcement and other
embedded items and into the corners of forms, eliminate all air or stone
pockets which may cause honeycombing pitting or planes of weakness.
3.06 RETEMPERING
Internal vibrators. Internal vibrators shall be chosen for minimum
frequency and application pei Table 5.1.4 in ACI 309. The vibrators
shall consolidate the concrete effectively Vibrators shall not be used
to transport concrete in the forms. Vibrators shall be inserted
vertically at a uniform spacing of 18 inches over the entire area of
work. The vibrator shall penetrate to the bottom of the concrete layer
and at least 6 inches into the preceding layei if there is such. The
vibrator shall be held stationery for 5 to 15 seconds until consolidation
is considered adequate, but segradation of the concrete is prevented.
The vibiator shall be removed slowly. During removal the vibrator
shall remain on until it is clear of the concrete. An operable spare
vibiator shall be kept on the job site at all times. If in the opinion of
the Owner the Contractoi does not have suitable equipment or
manpower to adequately consolidate the concrete, the Owner will stop
concreting operations until additional equipment or manpower has
been obtained External vibrators which attach to forms or
reinforcement will not be allowed.
A. Mix concrete only in quantities for immediate use. Concrete which has set shall
not be retempered and shall be discarded.
•
B. Indiscriminate addition of water to increase slump is prohibited.
C. When concrete arrives at the project with slump less than suitable for placing,
water may be added only if neither the maximum permissible water -cement ratio
noi the maximum slump is exceeded. Incorporate water by additional mixing equal
to at least half of the total required mixing time. Addition of water in excess of that
permitted by the limitation on water -cement ratio shall be accompanied by the
addition of a quantity of cement sufficient to maintain the proper water -cement
ratio. Such cement addition shall be approved by the Owner.
09-11290 03300 -14 of 28
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
3.07 REPAIR OF SURFACE DEFECTS
A. General
Surface defects, including tie holes shall be repaired immediately after form
removal.
B. Defective Areas
1. Minor honeycombed areas shall be chipped back to solid material, cleaned,
coated with a bonding agent then grouted flush with surrounding surfaces.
In exposed areas, mix grout to match color and texture of the surrounding
area. Prepare sample mix for each area patched so texture and color may be
compared for approval.
2. The patching mixtures shall be made of the same material and of
approximately the same proportions as used for the concrete, except that the
coarse aggregate shall be omitted and the mortal shall consist of not more
than 1 part cement to 2-1/2 parts sand by damp loose volume. Substitute
white portland cement for a part of the gray poi tland cement on exposed
concrete in order to produce a color matching the color of the surrounding
concrete, as determined by a trial patch. The quantity of mixing water shall
be no more than necessary for handling and placing. Mix patching mortar in
advance and allow to stand with frequent manipulation with a trowel,
without addition of water, until it has reached the stiffest consistency that
will permit placing.
3. When removal of defective concrete creates a void sufficiently deep to
expose reinforcing steel, accomplish patching by cleaning the exposed area,
coating with a bonding agent, and "dry -packing" to within 1/2 inch of the
surface. After "dry -pack" has set, plaster area with grout as specified for
honeycombed areas. Use Embeco Mortar 167, or approved equal for
'dry -packing' material.
a. Other proven methods of patching defects in concrete may be used
subject to prior approval of the Owner.
b. Patching shall be done by craftsmen experienced in this work.
c. Damp cure patched areas for a period of seven (7) days.
4. After surface water has evaporated from the area to be patched, brush bond
coat into the surface. When the bond coat begins to lose the water sheen,
apply pre -mixed patching mortar Consolidate mortar into place and strike
off to leave the patch slightly higher than the surrounding surface. Leave
undisturbed for at least 1 hour before being finally finished. Do not use
09-11290 03300 -15 of28
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
metal tools in finishing a patch in a formed wall which will be exposed.
C. Tie Holes
After being cleaned and thoroughly dampened, fill tie holes solid with patching
mortar. Patch tie holes within seven (7) days attei removal of forms.
D. Proprietary Materials
Proprietary compounds for adhesion or as patching ingredients may be used in lieu
of or in addition to the foregoing patching materials. Use such compounds in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and are subject to approval
by the Owner.
3.08 FINISHING OF FORMED SURFACES
A. General
After removal of forms, give surfaces of concrete one o1 more of the finishes
specified below in locations designated by the Contract Documents.
2. When finishing is required to match a small sample furnished to the
Contractor, the sample finish shall be reproduced on an area at least 100
square feet in an inconspicuous location designated by the Ownei before
proceeding with the finish in the specified location.
B. As -Cast Finishes
1. Rough Form Finish
Foim finish surfaces with no requirements for selected facing materials shall
be true to line and plane. Patch tie holes and defects. Fins exceeding 1/4
inch in height shall be chipped or rubbed off. Otherwise, leave surfaces with
the texture imparted by the forms.
2. Smooth Form Finish
The form facing material shall produce a smooth, uniform texture on the
concrete. It may be plywood, tempered concrete -form -grade hardboard,
metal, plastic, paper or other approved material capable of producing the
specified finish. The arrangement of the facing material shall be orderly and
symmetrical, with the number of seams kept to the practical minimum. Do
not use material with raised grain, torn surfaces, worn edges, patches, dents,
or other defects which will impair the texture of the concrete surface. Patch
tie holes and defects. Remove fins completely. Support facing material by
09-11290 03300 -16 of28
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
studs or other backing capable of preventing excessive deflection. (See
Section 03100)
C. Rubbed Finishes
Produce the following finishes on concrete with a smooth form finish. Where
smooth rubbed finish is to be applied, the forms shall have been removed and
necessary patching completed as soon after placement as possible without
Jeopardizing the structure.
1. Smooth Rubbed Finish
Produce smooth rubbed finish on newly hardened concrete no later than 24
hours after form removal. Do necessary patching immediately after forms
have been removed. Wet and rub surfaces with carborundum brick or other
abrasive until a uniform color and texture are produced. No cement grout or
slush shall be used other then the cement paste drawn from the concrete itself
by the rubbing process.
2. Grout Cleaned Finish
No cleaning operations shall be undertaken until all contiguous surfaces to be
cleaned are completed and accessible. Cleaning as the work progresses shall
not be permitted. Mix 1 part portland cement and 1-1/2 parts fine sand with
sufficient water to produce a grout having the consistency of thick paint.
White portland cement shall be substituted foi a part of the gray portland
cement in order to produce a color matching the color of the surrounding
concrete, as determined by a trial patch. Wet the surface of the concrete
sufficiently to prevent absorption of water from the grout and apply the grout
uniformly with brushes or a spray gun. Immediately after applying the grout,
scrub the surface vigorously with a cork float or stone to coat the surface and
fill all air bubbles and holes. While the grout is still plastic remove all
excess grout by working the surface with a rubber float, sack, or other means.
After the surface whitens from drying (about thirty minutes at normal
temperatures), rub vigorously with clean burlap. The finish shall be kept
damp for at least 36 hours. after final rubbing.
3. Cork Floated Finish
Remove forms at an early stage, within 2 to 3 days of placement where
possible. Remove ties. Remove all burrs and fins. Mix one part portland
cement and one pai t fine sand with sufficient water to produce a stiff mortar.
Dampen wall surface. Apply mortar with film rubber float or with trowel,
filling all surface voids. Compress mortar into voids using a slow -speed
grinder or stone. If the mortai surface dries too rapidly to permit proper
09-11290 03300 -17 of 28
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
compaction and finishing, apply a small amount of water with a fog sprayer.
Produce the final texture with a cork float using a swirling motion.
D. Paint Type Finish
1. Paint Type Finish
The finish shall be a paint -type material, consisting of a synthetic
elastomer-polyester base compound, containing fiber glass, asbestos, mica
and perlite texturing material, which when applied by one coat spray
application at the rate of 45 plus or minus 5 square feet pei gallon will yield
an acceptable textured coating. Color will be selected by the Owner.
2. Preparation of Concrete Surfaces
Prepare new concrete surfaces, including floors, which require coating by
removing all dirt dust, efflorescence, oil and grease stains curing
compounds o1 other foreign substances by wire or fiber brushing, scrapers, or
light sandblasting. Remove surface glaze, if present, by light blasting or by
scrubbing with a 5 percent solution of phosphoric acid Follow phosphoric
acid treatment by rinsing the surfaces with water and allowing to dry For
interior walls and floors, restrict sandblasting to the wet or vacuum type.
Prior to mechanical cleaning, remove oil or grease by solvent cleaning.
Patch air holes, ties holes and other imperfections in concrete surfaces using
a sack rubbed finish. Allow new concrete surfaces receiving paint to age for
a minimum of 28 days before being painted. Protect surfaces not to be
coated.
3.09 SELECTION OF FINISHES
Engineer preparing specifications shall choose appropriate finishes for the specific
project.
3.10 RELATED UNFORMED SURFACES
Strike tops of walls or buttresses, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces
occurring adjacent to formed surfaces smooth after concrete is placed and float to a
texture reasonably consistent with that of the formed surfaces. Continue final treatment
on formed surfaces uniformly across the unformed surfaces.
09-11290 03300 -18 of 28
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
3.11 SLABS
A. Preparation of Subgrade for Slabs on Ground
1. Prepare subgrade and base to conform to these Specifications and to grade
and lines shown on the Drawings.
2. The subgrade shall be free of frost before concrete placing begins. If the
temperature where concrete is to be placed is below freezing, it shall be
raised and maintained above 50 degiees F long enough to remove frost from
the subgrade.
3. The subgrade shall be moist at the time of concreting. If necessary, dampen
with water in advance of concreting, but there shall be no free water standing
on the subgrade nor any muddy or soft spots when the concrete is placed.
B. Edge Forms and Screed
Set edge forms and intermediate screed strips accurately to produce the designed
elevations and contours in the finished surface. They shall be sufficiently strong to
support vibrating screeds of roller pipe screeds if the nature of the finish specified
requires the use of such equipment. Align concrete surface to the contours of
screed strips by the use of strike -off templates or approved compacting type
screeds. When the formwork is cambered, set screed to a like camber to maintain
the proper conciete thickness.
C. Placement
Mixing and placing shall be carefully coordinated with finishing Conciete shall
not be placed on subgrade or forms more rapidly than it can be spread, straight
edged or bull floated. The operations must be complete before bleed water has an
opportunity to collect on the surface. The size of finishing crews shall be planned
with due regard for the effects of conciete temperature and atmospheric conditions
on the rate of hardening of concrete. The Contractor shall use retarder or
superplasticizer to facilitate finishing operations in hot weather.
D. Jointing
Joints in slabs shall be as shown on the Drawings or approved by the Owner. The
joint type shall be detailed on the Drawings. If saw -cut Joints are allowed or
required, cutting shall start as soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently to
prevent aggregates fiom being dislodged by the saw, and shall be completed before
shrinkage stresses become sufficient to produce cracking.
09-11290 03300 -19 of 28
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
E. Consolidation
1 General. Consolidate concrete in slabs thoroughly. Use internal vibration in
beams and girders for framed slabs and along the bulkheads of slabs on
grade. Obtain consolidation of slabs with vibrating screeds, roller pipe
screeds or internal vibrators.
F. Finishes
1. General
Tolerances referenced below for the various slab finishes shall conform to
the following:
Finishes with Class A tolerances shall be true planes within 1/8 inch in
10 feet as determined by a 10-foot straightedge placed anywhere on the
slab in any direction.
b. Finishes with Class B tolerances shall be true planes within 1/4 inch in
10 feet as determined by a 10-foot straightedge placed anywhere on the
slab in any direction.
c. Finishes with Class C tolerances shall be true planes within 1/4 inch in
2 feet as determined by a 2-foot straightedge placed anywhere on the
slab in any direction.
2. Parking Areas and Walkways
Parking areas and walkways shall have Class B tolerances.
•
3. Floated Finish
After the concrete has been placed, consolidated, struck off, and leveled, do
not work concrete further until ready fot floating. Begin floating when the
water sheen has disappeared and when the surface has stiffened sufficiently
to permit the operation. During or after the first floating, check planeness of
surface with a 10-foot straightedge applied at not less than two different
angles. Cut down high spots and fill low spots during this procedure to
produce a surface within Class B tolerance throughout. Refloat slab
immediately to a uniform sandy texture.
4. Broom or Belt Finish
hnmediately after the concrete has received a float finish it shall be given a
coarse transverse scored texture by drawing a broom or burlap belt across the
surface.
09-11290 03300 -20 of 28
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
Selection of Finishes
Provide the following finishes for different applications.
1. Broom Finish
For exposed footings, sidewalks, ramps, exterior platforms and landings.
3.12 CURING ANI) PROTECTION
A. General
Curing and protection shall comply with the requirements of ACI 308. Protect
freshly deposited concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold
temperatures, and excessive moisture loss for a period of time necessary for the
hydration of the cement and proper hardening of the concrete. The Conti actor's
methods and materials to be used in curing shall be approved by the Owner.
B. Protection
1. Weather Conditions
a. Unless adequate approved protection is provided, do not place concrete
during rain, sleet, or snow.
b. Do not allow rainwater to increase the mixing water or to damage the
surface finish.
Hot Weather
Prevention of rapid surface drying occurs when the rate of surface
evaporation exceeds 0.20 pounds per square foot per hour. If plastic
cracking is indicated, take precautions to reduce the evaporation to an
acceptable level. Such precautions include:
•
Building wind breaks to reduce air movement over the concrete
surfaces.
b. Reducing the concrete temperature.
c. Increasing the relative humidity near the surface of the concrete with
fogging equipment.
d. Adding retarder or superplasticizer to the concrete.
09-11290 03300 -21 of 28
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
e. Scheduling concrete pours to be started in the late afternoon continuing
into the night for large concrete pours.
f. Scheduling concrete pours to be started in the early morning hours.
The curing of the concrete will be very important for concrete placed
during the hot summer months, refer Section 3.12.C.
g.
Follow additional recommendations of ACI 305R. (Hot Weather
Concreting).
3. Cold Weather
When the mean daily outdoor temperature is less than 40 degrees F, the
temperature of the concrete shall be maintained between 50 and 70 degrees F
for the required curing period. When necessary, Contractor shall make
arrangements for heating, covering, insulating, or housing the concrete work
in advance of concrete placement. The heating equipment shall not dry the
concrete surface to fast or cause damage due to concentration of heat.
Combustion heaters shall not be used during the first 24 hours after concrete
placement unless precautions are taken to prevent exposure of the concrete to
exhaust gases which contain carbon dioxide. The recommendations of ACI
306R (Cold Weather Concreting) shall be as followed.
4. Protection from Mechanical Injury
During the curing period, protect concrete from damaging mechanical
disturbances, such as load stresses, heavy shock, and excessive vibration.
Protect finished concrete sui faces from damage caused by construction
equipment, materials, or methods, and by rain or running water. Do not load
self-supporting structures in such a manner as to overstress the concrete.
C. Curing
1. Initial Curing
Keep concrete continuously moist at least 18 hours. Use one of the
following materials or methods following the finishing:
a. Ponding or continuous sprinkling.
b. Absorptive cover kept continuously wet.
c. Sand kept continuously wet.
09-11290 03300 -22 of 28
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
d. Continuous steam (not exceeding 150 F.) or vapor mist spray.
Curing compounds complying with ASTM C309. Apply compound in
accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer
immediately after any water sheen has disappeared from the concrete
surface. Do not use on surfaces against which additional concrete or
other cementitious finishing materials are to be bonded unless it is
proven that the curing compound will not prevent bond, or unless
positive measures are taken to remove it completely from areas to
receive bonded applications.
Concrete surfaces where forms have not been loosened or removed do
not require any initial curing procedures during the time forms are left
intact. This applies tor the first 18 hours only
Concrete surfaces where forms have been loosened but not removed
shall have water applied between the form and the concrete and be
kept moist during the 18 hour initial curing period.
2. Final Curing
Immediately following the initial curing and before the concrete has dried,
final curing shall be accomplished by one of the following materials or
methods:
a. Continuation of the method used in initial curing.
Application of moisture -retaining cover.
c. Concrete surface where forms have not been removed shall be kept
moist with water for the remaining curing period.
d. Concrete surfaces where forms where loosened during the initial
curing period, but removed during the final curing period shall be
cured by one of the methods described in Section 1, "Initial Curing".
3. Duration of Curing
The curing procedures described above shall continue for a period of 7 days.
If test cylinders are made and kept adjacent to the structure and cured by the
same methods, moisture retention measures may be terminated when the
average compressive strength has reached 70 percent of the specified
concrete 28-day compressive strength. Moisture retention measures may be
terminated when the temperatuie of the concrete is maintained a minimum of
50 degrees F for the same length of time that laboratory cured cylinders,
09-11290 03300 -23 of 28
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
representative of the concrete in -place, required to achieve 85 percent of the
specified 28-day compressive strength.
4. Procedures
The Owner will review the Contractor's proposed methods of curing,
including the procedures the Contractor intends to use during hot or cold
weather as applicable. The Owner will require the Contractor to take
whatever steps necessary to adequately protect the concrete from the effects
of hot or cold weather duiing the curing period.
3.13 TESTING
A. General
Routine testing of materials and structural concrete for compliance with
requirements of the Specifications shall be performed by the Owner's
independent testing agency.
2. Special testing of field cured cylinders for determining form removal or
testing required because of changes in materials or proportions of the mix
requested by the Contractor, as well as extra testing of concrete or materials
occasioned by failure to meet specification requirements, shall be performed
by the Owner's testing agency, with the costs of the tests to be paid for by the
Owner, except for retests due to failure of concrete to meet specifications.
B. Testing Services
1. The designated testing agency will:
a. Test the Contractor's proposed materials for compliance with the
Specifications.
b. Review and check the Contractor's proposed mix design.
c. Obtain production samples of materials at plants or stockpiles during
the course of the work.
d. Conduct compressive strength tests of the concrete in accordance with
the following•
1) Secure composite samples in accordance with ASTM C 172.
Obtain each strength test from a different batch of concrete on a
representative, random basis avoiding selection of the test batch
other than by a number selected at random before commencement
09-11290 03300 -24 of 28
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
of concrete placement. When pumping or pneumatic equipment is
used, take samples at the discharge end.
2) Mold four (4) specimens for each strength test in accordance with
ASTM C31 and cure under standard moisture and temperature
conditions.
3) Test one of the three specimens at seven days. Test two specimens
at 28 days. The 28-day test result shall be the average of the
strength of the two specimens. If one specimen in the 28-day
strength test manifests evidence of improper sampling, molding or
testing, discard and consider the strength of the remaining
specimen the test result. If both specimens in a test show any of
the above effects, discard the entire test. All tests shall be in
accordance with ASTM C39.
4) Make one strength test for each 100 cubic yards, or fraction
thereof, of concrete in each monolithic placement. A minimum of
one strength test shall be taken for each day's concreting operations
regardless of the cubic yards of concrete being placed. In no case
during the life of the project shall a given mix design be
represented by less then five tests.
5) Determine air content and slump of concrete on a regular and
frequent basis in accordance with ASTM C231 and C143.
6) Report all test results to the Owner and the Contractor on the same
day that tests are made.
2. The testing agency will perform the following additional services, as directed
by the Owner's:
a. Check batching and mixing operations to the extent deemed necessary.
b. Review the manufacturer's report of each shipment of cement and
reinforcing steel or conduct laboratory test or spot check of these
materials as received.
c. Mold and test reserve 7-day or field cylinders as required or perform
additional services as authorized by the Contractor at his expense.
C. Responsibilities and Duties of Contractor. The Contractor's duties in connection
with testing shall include but not be limited to:
1. Furnishing all materials needed for required testing.
09-11290 03300 -25 of 28
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
2. Submitting to the Owner the concrete mix designs he proposes to use and
making written request foi approval.
3. Furnishing labor as is necessary to assist the Owner in obtaining and
handling samples at the project or at other sources of materials.
4. Advise the Owner in advance of construction operations to allow for
completion of quality tests and for the assignment of personnel.
5. Furnish copies of certified test reports of all shipments of cement and
reinforcing steel to the Owner.
3.14 EVALUATION OF CONCRETE STRENGTH
A. Evaluation of Test Results
The strength level of the concrete will be considered satisfactory when the averages
of all sets of three consecutive strength test results equal or exceed the specified
strength and no individual strength test result falls below the specified strength by
more than 500 psi. For evaluation of potential strength and uniformity, each type
and specified strength of concrete shall be represented by at least five tests.
B. Core Test
1. Impact hammers, sonoscopes, or other nondestructive testing devices may be
used to determine relative strengths of various areas of the structure as an aid
in determining location of areas to be cored. Do not use such nondestructive
test as a basis for acceptance or rejection.
•
2. When required obtain cores at least 2 inches in diameter and test in
accordance with ASTM C42.
3. Take at least three representative cores from each member or area of concrete
in place that is considered potentially deficient. The location of cores will be
determined by the Owner so as to least impair the strength of the structure
Cores may not be taken from any part of the structure, if in the opinion of the
Owner it will impair the safety of the structure. If, before testing, one or
more of the cores show evidence of having been damaged subsequent to or
during removal from the structure, additional cores may be required. If the
concrete in the structure will be dry under service conditions, air dry the
cores (temperature 60 to 80 F., relative humidity less than 60
096-11290 03300 -26 of28
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
percent) for 7 days before test and test dry. If the concrete in the structure
will be more than superficially wet under service conditions, test cores after
moisture conditioning in accordance with ASTM C42.
4. Concrete in the area represented by a core test will be considered adequate if
the average strength of the cores is equal to at least 85 percent of, and if no
single core is less than 75 percent of, the specified strength.
5. Plug cores holes solid as specified for defective areas.
Cores containing reinforcing steel may be unacceptable and additional cores
may be required.
3.15 ACCEPTANCE OF CONCRETE WORK
A. Concrete Compressive Strength
Allow additional curing for concrete which fails to meet the compressive strength
requirements and modify the concrete mix design for the remaining concrete work,
at no additional cost to the Owner.
B. Structural Tolerances
Formed surfaces resulting in configuration of members smaller than
permitted under the tolerances allowed in ACI 347 will be considered
deficient in strength and shall be treated as specified below.
2. Formed surfaces resulting in configuration of members larger than permitted
under the tolerances allowed in ACI 347 may be rejected and the excess
material removed. Remove excess material in such a manner as to maintain
the strength of the section and to meet applicable requirements of function
and appearance.
3. Concrete members cast in the wrong location may be rejected if the strength,
appearance or function of the structure is adversely affected or misplaced
members interfere with other construction. If rejected, remove members cast
in the wrong location and replace correctly.
4. Finished flatwork exceeding the specified tolerances may be repaired
provided that strength or appearance is not adversely affected. High spots
may be removed with a terrazzo grinder low spots filled in with an approved
patching compound (to be approved by the Owner) or other remedial
measures performed as permitted by the Owner.
09-11290 03300 -27 of 28
CITY OF PEARLAND CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
C. Strength of Structure
1. The strength of any structure in place will be considered potentially deficient
if it fails to comply with any requirement which controls the strength of the
structure. The Contiactor may make a structural analysis of any structure
considered potentially deficient by the Owner. It the analysis indicates the
completed structure will be suitable foi its intended use, it may be accepted,
subject to the approval of the Owner. In addition to the structural analysis,
core tests to check the concrete strength may be required and shall be
performed by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner.
2. If core tests are inconclusive or impractical to obtain and structural analysis
does not confirm the safety of the structure load tests may be required at no
additional cost to the Owner. The results shall be evaluated in accordance
with ACI 318.
3 The additional requirements of ACI 301 concerning strength of structure
shall apply.
4. Reinforced concrete work judged inadequate by structural analysis or by load
test shall be reinforced with additional construction or replaced at no
additional cost to the Owner. Additional construction shall be approved by
the Owner prior to the start of the work.
FND OF SECTION
09-11290 03300 -28 of 28
CITY OF PEARLAND MASONRY MORTAR
1.0 GENERAL
Section 04100
MASONRY MORTAR
Drawings, Standard General Conditions of Contract, Supplementary Conditions and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
1.01 DESCRIPTION
Mortar for unit masonry and stone masonry
1.02 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C 91 — Masonry Cement.
B. ASTM C 144 — Aggregate for Masonry Mortar.
C. ASTM C 150 — Portland Cement.
D. ASTM C 207 — Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes.
E ASTM C 476 — Mortar for Unit Masonry.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01340
B. Samples: Mortar color chart for color selection.
C. Mortar Mix Design: For compressive strength of 1,800 psi or greater
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
Use same source or brand of masonry mortar materials for the duration of the Project.
1.05 MATERIAL STORAGE
Store mortar materials in a dry location, off the ground and under cover during the life of
the project.
09-11290 04100 -1 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND MASONRY MORTAR
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I. Use Type III high -early strength for laying
masonry in cold weather.
B. Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91, with 12 percent maximum air content by volume.
C. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type N.
D. Aggregates: ASTM C 144.
E Water: Clean, free of deleterious amounts of acids, alkalis, or organic materials.
F. Mortar Color: As selected by A/E. Provide separate colors for stone and CMU.
2.02 MORTAR MIXES
A. Provide mortar mix that conforms to approved mix design.
B. Do not lower the freezing point of mortar by use of admixtures or anti -freeze agents. The
use of calcium chloride in mortar is not permitted.
C. Provide mortar mix that conforms to approved color.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 MIXING
A. Mixing mortar with sufficient water for minimum of three minutes in a drum type batch
mixer. Mix mortar thoroughly and only in such quantity as is needed for immediate use.
Use mortar within two hours after mixing. Discard mortar not used within specified time.
Clean mixer after four or five batches have been mixed.
B. Add water to lime at least 24 hours before mixing it with other materials.
C. Mortars that have stiffened within time interval stated above because of evaporation of
moisture may be retempered to restore workability by adding water. Do not retemper
mortar that has reached initial set.
D. In cold weather, heat sand or water sufficiently to maintain temperature of mortar above
50 degrees F as follows:
1. Heat sand or mixing water: 40 degrees F to 32 degrees F.
09-11290 04100 -2 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND MASONRY MORTAR
2. Ileat sand and mixing water: 32 degrees F to 20 degrees F.
3.02 MEASURING MATERIALS
A. Measure materials by volume or equivalent weight.
B. Do not measure by shovel.
END OF SECTION
09-11290 04100 -3 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND MANUFACTURED STONE MASONRY
Section 04200
MANUFACTURED STONE MASONRY
1.0 GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Manufactured stone masonry
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 04100 — Masonry Mortar
B. Section 04300 — Unit Masonry System
1.03 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C 150 — Standard Specification for Portland Cement.
B. ASTM C 1116 - Standard Specification for Fiber -Reinforced Concrete and
Shotcrete.
C. ASTM C 1364 — Standard Specification for Architectural Cast Stone.
D. Cast Stone Institute Standard Specification (www caststone.org)
1.04 SAMPLES
A. Submit samples as specified in Section 01340 — Shop Drawings, Product Data
and Sample
B. Samples: Three full size samples for each color selection, illustrating range of
color and texture to be anticipated in components furnished foi the project.
C. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data.
1.05 TEST REPORTS
A. Test Reports: Submit manufacturer's test results of cast stone components made
previously by manufacturer using materials from same sources proposed for use
in project.
09-11290 04200 -1 of 6
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: manufacturer having sufficient plant facilities to
produce the shapes, quantities and size of Products required in accordance with
the project schedule.
B. Installer. Company or person specializing in commercial masonry work with 10
years experience.
C. Mock-up: 48 inch by 48 inch by full depth cast stone samples for installation in
mock-up of extei for wall. Approved mock-ups will become standard for
appearance and workmanship Mock-ups shall not remain as part of the
completed Worlc. At Landscape Architect's direction, demolish mock-ups and
remove debris
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver calcium silicate masonry units in protective film. Prevent damage to
units.
B. Lift skids with proper and sufficiently long slings or forks with protection to
prevent damage to units. Protect edges and corners.
C. Store units in a manner designed to prevent damage and staining of units.
D. Stack units on timbers or platforms at least 3 inches above grade.
E. Place polyethylene or other plastic film between wood and other finished
surfaces of units when stored for extended periods of time.
F. Cover stored units with protective enclosure if exposed to weather.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers of calcium silicate masonry units having Products considered
acceptable for use:
1. Stone Castle Industries, Inc. — Eric Huegele (713.440.6224)
3615 Almeda Genoa Road, Houston, TX 77047
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Calcium Silicate Masonry Units (Georgia): to ASTM C73, Grade SW; solid
units that have been pressure formed and autoclaved; 3-5/8" bed depth; special
shapes as indicated• and as follows:
1. Modular Size: height and length as indicated on Drawings;
09-11290 04200 -2 of 2
CITY OF PEARLAND MANUFACTURED STONE MASONRY
2. Texture: finish as scheduled on exposed faces and ends;
3. Color: color as scheduled;
4. Compressive Strength: 6,815 psi, when tested to ASTM C170.
5. Absorption: 10.3 percent, when tested to ASTM C97.
6. Density : 120 lb/ft3, when tested to ASTM C97.
7. Modulus of Rupture: 800 psi, when tested to ASTM C99.
B. Mortar: Refer to Section 04100 — Masonry Mortar
C. Grout: maximum 6,500 psi at 28 days
D. Wall Ties and Anchorages: Non -corrosive type, sized for conditions. Type
304 stainless steel
E Joint Sealants and Backer Rods: non -staining type, as specified in the
Drawings
2.03 FABRICATION TOLERANCES
A. Fabricate calcium silicate masonry units to the following tolerances:
1 Unit Length: plus or minus 1/16".
2. Unit Height: plus or minus 1/16".
3. Deviation from Square: plus or minus 1/16", with measurement taken
using the longest edge as the base.
4. Bed Depth: plus or minus 1/8".
5. Custom Unit Dimensions: plus or minus 1/8".
3.0 EXECUTION
A. As Indicated on the Drawings, and as per the Manufacturer's instructions.
•
•
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify site conditions are ready to receive work.
B. Inspect materials for fit and finish prior to installation. Do not set unacceptable
units.
C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.02 CUTTING MASONRY UNITS
A. Cut masonry units with wet -saw.
B. Pre-soak units using clean water prior to cutting.
09-11290 04200 -3 of 6
C. Clean cut units using a stiff fiber brush and clean water. Allow units to surface
diy prior to placement.
D. Finish cut edges to match face when exposed in wall.
3.03 WETTING MASONRY UNITS
A. Where the ambient air temperature exceeds 100°F or exceeds 90°F with a wind
velocity greater than 8 mph, pre -wet masonry units.
B. Lay wetted units when surface dry.
3.04 COURSING
A. Place masonry to lines and levels indicated.
B. Maintain masonry courses to uniform width. Make vertical and horizontal
joints equal and of uniform thickness.
C. Lay masonry units as shown in the Drawings
D. Course one masonry unit and one mortar joint to equal 4 inches.
D. Maintain mortar joint thickness of 3/8 inch.
•
E. Tool joints when thumbprint hard, to a concave finish.
3.0.5 PLACING AND BONDING
A. Lay masonry in full bed of mortar, properly jointed with other work. Buttering
corners of joints, deep or excessive furrowing of mortar joints are not
permitted.
B. Fully bond intersections, and external corners.
C. Do not adjust masonry units after laying. Where resetting of masonry is
required, remove, clean units and reset in new mortar.
•
E Install wall ties and anchorages as specified in the Drawings.
3.06 SITE TOLERANCES
A. Comply with Cast Stone Institute Standard Specification.
1. Variation from Plumb: Do not exceed 1/8 inch in 5 feet (3 mm in 1.5 m) or
''A inch in 20 feet (6mm in 6 m) or more.
09-11290 04200 -4 of 4
CITY OF PEARLAND MANUFACTURED STONE MASONRY
2. Variation from Level: Do not exceed 1/8 inch in 5 feet (3 mm in 1.5 m), `/�
inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m), or 3/8 inch (9 mm) maximum.
3. Variation in Joint Width: Do not vary joint width more than 1/8 inch (3
mm) or of nominal joint width, whichever is greater.
4. Variation in Plane between Adjacent Surfaces: Do not exceed 1/8 inch (3
mm) difference between planes of adjacent components or adjacent surfaces
indicated to be flush with components.
3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform inspection and testing as specified in the Cast Stone Institute Standard
Specifications.
B. Landscape Architect Inspection• Landscape Architect will inspect installed
masonry and reject masonry that is chipped cracked, or blemished (streaked,
stained or otherwise damaged), as described below.
1. Masonry will be inspected to be free of cracks or other blemishes on the
finished face or front edges of the masonry units exceeding 3/8 inch or that
can be seen from a distance of 10 feet.
2. Units shall exhibit a texture approximately equal to the approved sample
when viewed under diffused daylight illumination at a 20 foot distance.
3. Minor chipping resulting from shipment and delivery shall not be grounds
for rejection. Minor chips shall not be obvious under diffused daylight
illumination from a 20 foot distance.
4. Efflorescence will not be cause for rejection. However, efflorescence must
be treated and removed prior to acceptance by the Owner.
3.08 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Repair chips on smooth finished units with patch kits furnished by
manufacturer.
B. Clean cast stone components as work progresses. Clean exposed cast stone,
after mortar is thoroughly set and cured.
C. Use alternative cleaning solutions and methods for difficult to clean masonry
only after consultation with masonry unit manufacturer.
D. Remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints.
3.09 WATER REPELLANT
A. Apply silane or siloxane water repellant for weatherproofing cast stone in
09-11290 04200 -5 of 6
accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Apply water repellant after pointing, repair, cleaning, inspection, and
acceptance are completed.
3.10 PROTECTION
A. Protect units from damage resulting from subsequent construction operations.
B. Use protection materials and methods which will not stain or damage units.
C. Remove protection materials upon Substantial Completion, or when risk of
damage is no longer present.
END OF SECTION
•
•
09-11290 04200 -6 of 6
CITY OF PEARLAND UNIT MASONRY SYSTEM
1.0 GENERAL
Section 04300
UNIT MASONRY SYSTEM
Drawings, Standard General Conditions of Contract, Supplementary Conditions and Division-1
Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Concrete masonry units.
B. Reinforcement, anchorage, and accessories.
1..02 REFERENCES
A. ACI 530 — Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures.
B. ACI 530.1 — Specifications for Masonry Structures.
C. ASTM A 641 — Zinc Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire.
D. ASTM C 90 — Load -Bearing Concrete Masonry Units.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01340
B. Samples:
1. Concrete Units: Submit two full size concrete masonry units to show texture,
finishes, and dimensions.
C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that Products meet or exceed specified requirements.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 530, ACI 530.1.
B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.
C. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in masonry systems specified in this
section and on the Drawings, with minimum five years documented experience.
09-11290 043001 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND UNIT MASONRY SYSTEM
1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
Conform to applicable Building Code requirements for masonry construction.
1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
Maintain materials and surrounding air temperature to minimum 40 degrees F prior to,
during, and 48 hours after completion of masonry work.
1.07 COORDINATION
Coordinate the masonry work with openings and chases for heating, plumbing, and
electrical ducts, pipes, and conduits built into masonry walls. Provide for installation of
bolts, toggles, flashing, beams, anchors, hangers, nailing strips, wall plugs, and frames.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 FACE BRICK — Not Used
2.02 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS
A. Hollow Load Bearing Block Units (CMU): ASTM C 90, Type I — Moisture Controlled
normal weight; standard and split face.
B. Size and Shape: As noted on the Drawings.
2.93 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE
A. Single Wythe Joint Reinforcement:
1. Truss type; steel wire, hot dip galvanized to ASTM A 641, 3/16-inch side rods with
cross ties.
2. Manufacturers
a. AA Wire Products Company
b. Dur-O-Wa1, Inc
c. Heckman Building Products
d. Hohman and Barnaid, Inc
e. Masonry Reinforcing Corp. of America
B. Veneer Wall Ties: Corrugated 22 gauge galvanized iron ties 7/8-inch by 7 inches.
2.06 LINTELS AND BEAMS — Not Used
3.0 EXECUTION
09-11290 04300 -2 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND UNIT MASONRY SYSTEM
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work.
B. Verify items provided by other sections of work are properly sized and located.
C. Verify that built-in items are proper location, and ready for roughing into masonry work.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Direct and coordinate placement of metal anchors supplied to other sections.
B. Provide temporary bracing during installation of masonry work. Maintain in place until
building structure provides permanent bracing.
3.03 COURSING
A. Establish lines, levels, and coursing indicated. Protect from displacement.
B. Maintain masonry courses to uniform dimension. Form vertical and horizontal joints of
uniform thickness.
C. Concrete Masonry Units:
1. Bond: Running.
2. Block Coursing: One unit and one mortar joint to equal 8 inches.
3. Mortar Joints: Tooled, Concave.
3.04 PLACING ANI) BONDING
•
A Lay solid masonry units in full bed of mortar, with full head joints, uniformly jointed with
other work.
B. Lay hollow masonry units with face shell bedding on head and bed joints.
C. Buttering corners of joints or excessive furrowing of mortar joints is not permitted.
D. Remove excess mortar as work progresses.
E. Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has achieved initial set. Where adjustment
must be made, remove mortar and replace.
F. Perform job site cutting of masonry units with proper tools to provide straight, clean,
unchipped edges. Prevent broken masonry unit cornei s or edges.
09-11290 04300 -3 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND UNIT MASONRY SYSTEM
G. Cut mortar joints flush where cement parging is required.
H. Isolate masonry partitions from vertical structural framing members with a control joint.
3.05 WEEPS
Install weeps as shown on the Drawings
3.06 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE
A. Continuously reinforce mortar joints 16 inches on center vertically in solid masonry walls
B. Provide ties at 8 inches on center where masonry walls intersect. Install ties in masonry
veneer walls 16 inches on center vertically.
3.07 LINTELS — Not Used
3.08 EXPANSION JOINTS
Provide where shown on Drawings.
3.09 BUILT-IN WORK
A. As work progresses, install items to be built-in the work and furnished by other sections.
B. Install built-in items plumb and level.
3.10 TOLERANCES
A. Maximum Variation from Alignment of Columns: 1/4-inch.
B. Maximum Variation from Unit to Adjacent Unit: 1/16-inch.
C. Maximum Variation from Plane and Wall: 1/4-inch in 10 feet and 1/4-inch in 20 feet or
more.
D. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1/4-inch per story noncumulative; 1/4-inch in two stories
or more.
E Maximum Variation from Level Coursing: 1/8-inch in 3 feet and 1/4-inch in 10 feet; 1/4-
inch in 30 feet.
F. Maximum Variation of Joint Thickness: 1/8-inch in 3 feet.
09-11290 04300 -4 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND UNIT MASONRY SYSTEM
G. Maximum Variation from Cross Sectional Thickness of Walls: 1/4-inch.
3.11 CUTTING AND FITTING
A. Cut and fit for chases, pipes, conduit, sleeves, and grounds. Coordinate with other
sections of work to provide correct size, shape, and location.
B. Obtain approval prior to cutting or fitting masonry work not indicated or where
appearance or strength of masonry work may be impaired.
3.12 PARGING
A. Dampen masonry walls prior to parging.
B. In cavity walls, solidly parge inner wythe masonry. In solid masonry walls, vertical
longitudinal joints between face brick and cement masonry shall be completely filled by
parging either face of backing or hack of facing.
3.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect and test all masonry work.
B. Inspect and test parging work.
3.14 CLEANING
A. Remove excess mortar and mortar smears as work progresses.
B. Replace defective mortar. Match adjacent work.
C. Clean soiled surfaces with cleaning solution.
D. Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations.
3.15 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK
Without damaging completed work provide protective boards at exposed external corners
which may be damaged by construction activities.
END OF SECTION
09-11290 04300 -5 of 5
CITY OF PEARLAND
1.0 GENERAL
SITEWORK METAL FABRICATIONS
Section 05510
SITEWORK METAL FABRICATIONS
Drawings, Standard General Conditions of Contract, Supplementary Conditions and
Division - 1 Specification Sections apply to work of this Section.
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide shop fabricated miscellaneous aluminum, steel, or ferrous metal items, galvanized,
primed or painted, as required for execution of Contract Requirements in accordance with
Contract Documents.
B. Sections includes, but is not limited to, the following metal fabrication types:
1. Support, structural or non-structural, of other trades, materials, products or work.
2. Connections, anchorage, framing or assembly.
3. Miscellaneous metal fabrications and components.
•
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawing
1. Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of
fasteners and accessories.
2. Indicate welded connections using standard as welding symbols; indicate net weld
lengths.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualify welding processes and welders in accordance with AWS "Standard Qualification
Procedure".
B. Where possible, take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and
fabrication to insure pioper fitting of work; however, do not delay job progress. Allow for
trimming and fitting wherever taking of field measurements before fabrication might delay
the work.
C. Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible so as to minimize field splicing and
assembly of units at project site. Disassemble units only to extent necessary foi shipping and
09-11290 05510 -1 of 6
CITY OF PEARLAND SITEWORK METAL FABRICATIONS
handling. Clearly mark units for reassembly and installation.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver items to be set in concrete or masonry including sleeves, anchor bolts or inserts in
sufficient time to be set and checked before concrete or masonry is placed.
B. Store products clear of ground and cover to avoid damage by elements.
1.05 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Time delivery and installation of work to avoid delaying other trades whose work is
dependent on or affected by miscellaneous metal work.
B. Correlate locations of framing and supporting members so that attached work will comply
with design requirements.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. General Requirements: Provide materials which have been selected for their surface flatness,
smoothness and freedom from surface blemishes wherever exposed to view in finished work.
Exposed surfaces which exhibit pitting, seam marks, roller marks, oil canning, stains,
discolorations or other imperfections will not be acceptable.
B. Carbon Steel Materials
1. Plates, Shapes and Bars: ASTM A36
2. Plates - Bent or Cold -Formed: ASTM A283, Grade C.
3. Tubing: ASTM A501
4. Cold -Finished Bars: ASTM A108
5. Cold -Rolled Sheets: ASTM A366
6. Hot -Rolled Sheets and Ship: ASTM A570
7. Galvanized Sheets: ASTM A446 or A526, G90 coating, commercial quality, paint grip
type.
8. Pipe: ASTM A53, Grade A, standard weight (Schedule 40) unless otherwise indicated.
9. Cold -Drawn Tubing: ASTM A512, sunk drawn, butt welded, cold finished and stress
relieved.
C. Ferrous Castings
1. Gray Iron Castings. ASTM A48, Grade 30
2. Malleable Iron Castings: ASTM A47
09-11290 0.5510 -2 of 6
CITY OF PEARLAND SITEWORK METAL FABRICATIONS
3. Cast Steel: ASTM A27
D. Anchors
1. Threaded Type Concrete Inserts: Galvanized ferrous castings, internally threaded to
receive machine bolts, malleable iron or cast steel.
2. Wedge "Type Concrete Inserts: Galvanized ferrous castings, designed to accept bolts
having special wedge-shaped heads, malleable iron or cast steel. Provide carbon steel
bolts having special wedge-shaped heads, with nuts washers and shims, galvanized.
3. Slotted -Type Concrete Inserts: Galvanized 1/8 inch thick pressed steel box -type insert
with slot designed to receive square head bolts, welded construction.
4. Anchor Bolts: ASTM A307.
F Steel Pipe
1. Interior: ASTM A53, Grade A, black finish, schedule 40 standard weight.
2. Exterior: ASTM A53, Grade A, hot -dipped galvanized, unless indicated for paint finish
on the drawings.
F. Fasteners
1. General: Provide fasteners of type, grade and class required for installation and
assembly of miscellaneous metal items. Provide galvanized fasteners for exterior use or
where built into exterior walls.
2. Standard Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A307, Grade A, regular hexagon head.
3. Lag Bolts FS FF-F-561, square head.
4. Machine Screws: FS FF-S-92, cadmium plated steel.'
5. Wood Screws: FS FF-S-111, flat head carbon steel.
6. Plain Washer: FS FF-W-92, round, general assembly grade carbon steel.
7. Lock Washer: FS Fh-W-84.
8. Expansion Shields: FS FF-S-325
9. Toggle Bolts: Tumble -wing type, FS FF-B-588
G. Welding Materials: AS D 1.1 or D 1.4, type and alloy recommended by producer of metals
being welded, and required for color match, strength and compatibility in welded items.
H. Paint: Refer to notes show on the Drawings
09-11290 05510 -3 of 6
CITY OF PEARLAND SITEWORK METAL FABRICATIONS
I. Galvanizing
1. Iron and steel hardware: ASTM A153
2. Roller, pressed and forged steel shapes, plates, bars and strip 18 gage thick and heavier:
ASTM A123.
3. Assembled steel products: ASTM A386.
4. ZRC Cold Galvanizing Compound may be used in lieu of galvanizing at Contractor's
option.
J. Galvanizing Repair Paint
1. High zinc dust content paint for regalvanizing welds in galvanized steel.
2. Comply with MIL-P-21035 (Ships), Galvalloy galvanizing compound or ZRC Cold
Galvanizing Compound.
2.02 FABRICATION
A. Field Measurements
1. Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication.
2. Do not delay job progress
3. Allow for trimming and fitting wherever taking field measurements before fabrication
might delay work.
B. General Requirements
1. Form materials to shapes with straight lines, sharp angles and smooth curves.
2. Shop fabricate work as large as practicable; minimize field splicing and assembly.
3. Disassemble units as necessary for shipping and handling; clearly marls units for
reassembly and coordinated installation.
4. Weld permanent shop connections; comply with AWS D1.1.
5. Continuously weld and grind smooth exposed welds.
6. Use concealed fastening where practicable.
7. Punch or drill for temporary field connections and attachment of work by other trades.
8. Comply with AISC "Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structt ral
Steel for Building".
09-11290 05510 -4 of 6
CITY OF PEARLAND SITEWORK METAL FABRICATIONS
2.03 FINISH
A. Galvanizing
1. Galvanize clip angles, shelf angles and anchor bolts embedded or in contact with
concrete or masonry.
2. Galvanize after fabrication in sections as large as possible.
3. Where field welding of galvanized material is necessary, wire brush welds clean and
immediately apply galvanizing repair.
4. ZRC Cold Galvanizing Compound may be used instead of galvanizing.
B. Shop Painting
1. Clean ferrous metal of scale, rust, oil, moisture and dirt.
2. Apply one shop coat primer to ferrous metals after fabrication.
3. Apply two shop coats of primer to ferrous metals that will be inaccessible after erection.
C. Field Painting
1. Clean field welds, bolted connections and damaged shop primer. Touch-up with same
paint used for shop priming.
2. Clean damaged galvanized coating and touch-up with galvanizing repair paint.
3. Coat concealed surfaces in contact with concrete, masonry, wood, plaster or dissimilar
metals with a heavy coat of bituminous paint.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Set metal work level, true to line and plumb. Shim bearing plates with metal and grout solid
from one side to ensure that no voids exist.
B. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1.
C. Comply with AISC "Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural
Steel for Buildings"
D. Separate aluminum from dissimilar metal or concrete which can cause electrolytic action.
09-11290 05510 -5 of 6
CITY OF PEARLAND SITEWORK METAL FABRICATIONS
E. Provide zinc -coated fasteners, with galvanizing complying with ASTM A 153 for exterior use
or where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade and class required for
installation of miscellaneous metal items. Conceal fastenings where practical. Secure metal
to wood with lag screws of adequate size with appropriate washers.
F. Use concealed field splices if possible.
3.02 ADJUSTING
A. Retouch in field scraped, abraded and unpainted surfaces which will not receive finish
painting. Use shop coat primer.
3.03 CLEANUP
A. Cleanup all debris caused by the work of this section, keeping the premises clean and neat at
all times.
•
•
FND OF SECTION
09-11290 05510 -6 of 6
CITY OF PEARLAND ELECTRICAL
SECTION 16000
ELECTRICAL GENERAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. Install all electrical work covered by these specifications and approved drawings.
Provide all material, labor transportation tools supervision, etc., necessary to complete
the total electrical job. All items not specifically mentioned herein which are obviously
necessary to make a complete working installation shall be provided.
B. Electrical components including but not limited to conductor size, overcurrent protective
device and disconnect switches are based on power requirements for equipment
specified as shown on the contract documents. Prior to installing work, contractor shall
coordinate electrical requirements with equipment of all trades requiring electrical
connections.
C. Final connections to equipment shall be per manufacturer's approved wiring diagrams,
details and instructions. It shall be the contractors responsibility to provide materials
and equipment compatible with actual equipment supplied.
D. Verify exact locations of existing and new underground utilities, piping and raceway
systems prior to trenching. Provide necessary trenching, backfill, excavation supports,
services (conduit and/or wire), pullboxes, transformer pads, sawcutting and patching,
concrete/paving, etc. As required Contractor shall obtain and verify exact utility
company drawings and requirements.
E. Examination of bidding documents:
2.
Each bidder shall examine the bidding documents carefully and make
written request to the architect for interpretation or correction of any
discrepancies, ambiguity, inconsistency or error therein. Any interpretation
or correction will be issued by the architect as an addendum. Only written
interpretation or corrections by addendum shall be binding. Contractor shall
include in his bid, labor, materials and methods of construction for
complete installation. After award of contract no allowance or extra
compensation will be made in behalf of the contractor due to his failure to
make the written requests as described above.
Failure to request clarification of any inadequacy, omission or conflict will
not relieve the contractor of responsibility The signing of the contract will
be considered implicitly denoting that the contractor has a thorough
comprehension of the full intent and scope of the working drawings and
specifications.
06/20 11 16000 - 1 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND ELECTRICAL
1.02 CODES AND FEES
A. All work shall be done in accordance with the requirements of the 2005 edition of the
National Electrical Code (with City of Pearland amendments), N.F.P.A. 70 and all local
and state codes and regulations. The contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits and
inspections required by the building and safety codes and ordinances, and the rules and
regulations of any legal body having jurisdiction.
1.03 WORKMANSHIP
A. The drawings are diagrammatic and indicate the general arrangement of electrical
equipment. Coordinate device locations with door swings, cabinets, counters, etc., as
indicated on the architectural drawings. Do not scale electrical plans. Obtain
dimensions for layout of equipment from architectural plans unless indicated on
electrical plans.
B. Coordinate with all other trades and subcontractors performing work on this project.
Minor offsets in locations of fixtures, devices, etc. Shall be made to avoid conflicts with
other trades. Such modifications shall be approved by the architect prior to the work
being performed.
C. Mounting heights, unless otherwise noted are to the center line of the equipment and/or
device except the mounting height of suspended light fixtures which is to the bottom of
fixture.
D. Contractor shall be responsible for replacing equipment which is damaged due to
incorrect field wiring provided under this section or factory wiring in equipment provided
under this section.
1.04 . SUBSTITUTIONS
A. All cost incurred by the acceptance of substitutions shall be borne by the contractor.
Proof for the equality of substitutions shall be by the contractor.
1.05 U.L. LISTING
A. All electrical items covered by this specification shall be U.L. Labeled and listed for their
specific use.
1.06 WARRANTY
A. Work shall be warranteed for a period of one (1) year from the date of acceptance by
the owner.
1.07 SPECIFICATIONS
A. Raceways and Conduits
1.
Conduits installed in direct contact with grade or within concrete slabs shall
be schedule 40 pvc. Conduits concealed within walls and above ceilings,
and exposed in indoor areas shall be electrical metallic tubing (e.M.T.).
Couplings shall be steel set screw type for indoor locations, and
06/2011 16000 - 2 of 3
CITY OF PEARLAND ELECTRICAL
compression type for outdoor and wet locations. Conduit shall be
intermediate or galvanized rigid steel in areas where subject to abuse.
2. Liquid tight flexible metal or non-metallic conduit shall be used for outdoor
exposed connections to ground -mounted equipment.
3. All raceways shall be installed concealed except in unfinished spaces or
where indicated on the drawings.
4. Fasteners and supports shall be as manufactured by Gedney, Efcor or
equal. Supporting devices shall be those as manufactured for a specific
purpose. Nails, wire or pipe strap shall not be used.
13. Submittals
1. Electrical equipment submittals shall be required, and are to include
manufacturer's data, test reports, performance data and certifications.
END OF SECTION
06/2011 16000 - 3 of 3